600D85299
                              HANDBOOK FOR RESPONDING TO

                      DISCHARGES OF  SINKING HAZARDOUS SUBSTANCES
                                         by:
                                    Kevin R. Boyer
                                  Virginia E. Hodge
                                   Roger  S. Wetzel
                    Science Applications  International Corporation
                                 8400 Westpark.Drive
                               McLean, Virginia  22102
                             EPA Contract No. 68-03-3113
        Anthony N. Tafuri
    Hazardous Waste Engineering
       Research Laboratory
      Releases Control Branch
     Edison, New Jersey  08837
                                  Project Officers
          John  R.  Sinclair
Office of  Reasearch and Development
  Environmental Technology Branch
       Washington, DC  20593
    HAZARDOUS WATSE ENGINEERING LABORATORY
      OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
     U.S. ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION  AGENCY
          CINCINNATI, OHIO  45268
 ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNOLOGY BRANCH
OFFICE OF RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT
         U.S. COAST GUARD
       WASHINGTON, DC  20593

-------
                             NOTICE
The information in this document has been funded, wholly or in
part, by the United States Environmental Protection Agency and
the United States Coast Guard under Contract No. 68-03-3113 to
Science Applications International Corporation.  It has been
subject to the USEPA's peer and administrative review and has
been approved for publication as a USEPA document.

This document is intended to present information on the selection
of techniques for the control of specific problems caused by con-
tamination of water body bottom materials by hazardous substances
that sink.  It is not intended to address every conceivable waste
site problem or all possible applications of these techniques.
Mention of trade names or commercial products does not constitute
endorsement or recommendation for use.
                                       Chicago, it 60604.359od'
                               ii

-------

-------
                                  FOREWORD
     Today's rapidly developing and changing technologies and industrial
products and practices frequently carry with them the increased generation
of solid and hazardous wastes.  These materials, if improperly dealt with,
can threaten both public health and the environment.  Abandoned waste
sites and accidental releases of toxic and hazardous substances to the
environment also have important environmental and public health implica-
tions.  The Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory of the U.S.
Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and the Environmental Technology
Branch of the U.S. Coast Guard (USCG) assists in providing an authoritative
and defensible engineering basis for assessing and solving these problems.
Products support the respective policies, programs, and regulations of the
Environmental Protection Agency and the Coast Guard, the permitting and
other responsibilities of State and local governments and the needs of
both large and small businesses in handling their wastes responsibly and
economically.

     This document provides guidance on the response to spills of chemicals
that sink in water bodies and contaminate bottom materials.  It describes
the decisionmaking process associated with defining spill parameters and
impacts and selecting appropriate response measures.  It also describes
the cleanup and.mitigative technologies that may be used, including
containment, removal, treatment, disposal, and in situ techniques.  This
document provides governmental and industrial technical personnel with the
means to respond to bottom material contamination situations, whether for
quickresponse or for long-term remediation.  For further information,
please contact the Land Pollution Control Division of the Hazardous Waste
Engineering Laboratory, USEPA, or the Environmental Technology Branch of
the Office of Research and Development, USCG.
                                           David G. Stephan, Director
                                           Hazardous Waste Engineering
                                             Research Laboratory, USEPA
                                           Capt. John R. Wallace, Chief
                                           Marine Technology Division
                                           Office of Research and
                                             Development, USCG
                                    iii

-------
                                  ABSTRACT
     This handbook provides guidance for making decisions in response to
discharges of hazardous substances that sink in water bodies.  It is
intended to be used by personnel that direct spill response actions and
emphasizes spilled contaminants that deposit on the bottom of water bodies.
The majority of the information provided also applies to long-term, chronic
contamination of bottom materials.

     This handbook provides a framework for gathering information and for
evaluating the spilled material, the environmental setting of the spill,
and the potential impacts of interaction between the material and the
environment.  Considerations pertaining to the spilled material include its
composition, chemical and physical characteristics, quantity, location, and
distribution within the water column and along the bottom of the water
body.   The setting includes the depth, flow velocity, currents, tidal
action, and uses of the water body; the aquatic environment; and the path-
ways to potentially affected humans.  Impacts of the interaction between
the spilled material and the environment include contamination of sediment
and water (affecting water supplies, fisheries, and recreation), bioaccum-
ulation and biomagnification of contaminants in organisms, and transport of
contaminants to previously unaffected areas.

     The handbook also focuses on techniques for minimizing the impacts of
the spill on the environment.  Responses are categorized into containment,
removal, treatment, and disposal of contaminants and contaminated materials
(generally water and sediments), as well as in situ response techniques.
Information and criteria are provided for selecting among the techniques
and combining various techniques into complete response alternatives.
Additional information and criteria are provided for selecting the most
appropriate response alternative for implementation and for assessing the
adequacy and effectiveness of the completed response.

     This document was submitted in partial fulfillment of EPA Contract No.
68-03-3113, Task 14-1, by Science Applications International Corporation.
The work was sponsored by the United States Coast Guard (USCG)  and the
United States Environmental Protection Agency (USEPA) and was conducted
during the period of October 1, 1984 through September 30, 1985.
                                     IV

-------
                                  CONTENTS
                                                                       Page
FORWARD	     iii
•ABSTRACT	     iv
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS 	     xiii
1.  INTRODUCTION	     1-1

    1.1  PURPOSE	     1-1

    1.2  SCOPE	     1-2

    1.3  SUMMARY OF RESPONSE DECISIONMAKING PROCESS   	     1-2
         1.3.1  Spill Characterization ........  	  .     1-5
         1.3.2 • Response Needs	     1-5
         1.3.3  Response Alternative Selection 	     1-5
         1.3.4  Assessment of Response Effectiveness
                and Need for Further Response	     1-6


2.  CHARACTERIZATION OF THE DISCHARGE SITUATION AND IMPACTS   ...     2-1

    2.1  CHARACTERIZATION OF THE DISCHARGE	     2-4
         2.1.1  Characterization of Discharge Circumstances   .  .  .     2-4
         2.1.2  Characterization of Discharged Material  	     2-6

    2.2  CHARACTERIZATION OF THE WATER BODY AND THE
         ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING 	     2-10
         2.2.1  Characterization of the Water Body	     2-13
         2.2.2  Characterization of the Environmental Setting   .  .     2-21

    2.3  DETERMINATION OF THE EXTENT OF CONTAMINATION   	     2-25
         2.3.1  Information Requirements 	     2-25
         2.3.2  Methods for Obtaining Information  	     2-30

    2.4  DETERMINATION OF EXPOSURE AND IMPACTS 	     2-33
         2.4.1  Information Requirements and Analysis   	     2-34
         2.4.2  Information Sources  	     2-36

    2.5  LEVEL OF APPLICATION OF CHARACTERIZATION PROCESS  ....     2-36


3.  DETERMINATION OF RESPONSE NEEDS  	     3-1

    3.1  ASSESSMENT OF NEED FOR RESPONSE	3-1

-------
                            CONTENTS (continued)
                                                                      Page
    3.2  ESTABLISHMENT OF RESPONSE OBJECTIVES  	  3-3
         3.2.1  Priorities	3-3
         3.2.2  Response Criteria  	  3-4

    3.3  ESTABLISHMENT OF OBJECTIVES FOR IMMEDIATE RESPONSE  ....  3-5
         3.3.1  Priorities	3-5
         3.3.2  Response Criteria  	  3-6
4.  SELECTION OF RESPONSE MEASURES 	  4-1

    4.1  SCREENING OF RESPONSE CATEGORIES  	  4-3
         4.1.1  Screening Process  .......... 	 .  4-5
         4.1.2  Alternatives to the Removal Response Category  . . .  4-13
         4.1.3  Process Summary	4-14

    4.2  SCREENING OF RESPONSE TECHNIQUES  	  4-14

    4.3  DEVELOPMENT OF RESPONSE ALTERNATIVES  	  4-22
         4.3.1  Combination of Response Categories 	  4-22
         4.3.2  Combination of Techniques to Form Alternatives . . .  4-23

    4.4  ALTERNATIVES EVALUATION AND SELECTION OF PREFERRED
         ALTERNATIVE	4-26
         4.4.1  Performance	4-26
         4.4.2  Reliability	4-27
         4.4.3  Implementability 	  4-27
         4.4.4  Environmental and Public Health Impacts  ......  4-27
         4.4.5  Safety	4-27
         4.4.6  Cost	4-27
         4.4.7  Ranking of Alternatives	4-28

    4.5  LEVEL OF APPLICATION OF RESPONSE SELECTION PROCESS  ....  4-28
5.  DETERMINATION OF RESPONSE COMPLETION 	  5-1

    5.1  ASSESSMENT OF RESPONSE EFFECTIVENESS  	  5T1
         5.1.1  Data Collection	5-3
         5.1.2  Assessment of Meeting Response Objectives  	  5-4

    5.2  DETERMINATION OF NEED FOR FURTHER RESPONSE	5-4
                                     VI

-------
APPENDICES
A.  CONTAINMENT TECHNIQUES  	     A-l

    A.I  CONTAINMENT CURTAINS   	     A-l

    A. 2  TRENCHES	     A-4

    A. 3  DIKES	     A-7

    A. 4  COFFERDAMS	     A-9

    A.5  PNEUMATIC BARRIERS	     A-l 3

    A.6  FLOATING BREAKWATERS   	     A-15

    A.7  TEMPORARY COVERING AND CAPPING  	     A-18

    A. 8  SUMMARY	     A-18


B.  CONTAMINATED MATERIAL REMOVAL TECHNIQUES 	     B-l

    B.I  MECHANICAL DREDGES  	     B-2
         B.I.I   Clamshell Dredges 	     B-2
         B.I. 2   Draglines	.'  .     B-4
         B.I.3   Conventional Earth Excavation Equipment 	     B-5
         B.I.4   Dipper Dredges	     B-6
         B.I.5   Bucket Ladder Dredges 	     B-7

    B.2  HYDRAULIC DREDGES 	     B-8
         B.2.1   Portable Hydraulic Dredges  	     B-9
         B.2.2   Hand-Held Hydraulic Dredges 	     B-10
         B.2.3   Plain Suction Dredges 	     B-ll
         B.2.4   Cutterhead Dredges  	     B-13
         B.2.5   Dustpan Dredges	     B-14
         B.2.6   Hopper Dredges	     B-15

    B.3  PNEUMATIC DREDGES	     B-l7
         B.3.1   Airlift Dredges	     B-17
         B.3.2   Pneuma Dredges	     B-18
         B.3.3   Oozer Dredges	     B-20

    B.4  SUMMARY	     B-21
                                    vii

-------
                            CONTENTS (continued)
C.  TREATMENT TECHNIQUES FOR REMOVED CONTAMINATED
      MATERIALS	    C-l

    C.I  SEDIMENT/WATER SEPARATION 	    C-l
         C.I.I  Impoundment Settling Basins  	    C-3
         C.I.2  Conventional Clarifiers  	    C-5
         C.I. 3  High Rate Clarifiers	    C-6
         C.I.4  Hydraulic Classifiers  	    C-7
         C.I.5  Granular Media Filters	    C-9
         C.I.6  Hydrocyclones	    C-10
         C.I. 7  Summary	    C-ll

    C.2  SEDIMENTS DEWATERING	'	    C-14
         C.2.1  Dewatering Lagoons 	    C-14
         C.2.2  Centrifugation	    C-16
         C.2.3  Filtration	    C-17
         C.2.4  Gravity Thickening 	    C-20
         C.2.5  Summary  ..... 	    C-21

    C.3  WATER TREATMENT	    C-21
         C.3.1  Activated Carbon 	    C-25
         C.3.2  Biological Treatment	    C-26
         C.3.3  Ion Exchange	    C-27
         C.3.4  Neutralization	    C-31
         C.3.5  Precipitation	    C-32
         C.3.6  Flocculation	    C-33
         C.3.7  Ultrafiltration	    C-34
         C.3.8  Ozonation and Ultraviolet Radiation  	    C-35
         C.3.9  Discharge to Publicly Owned Treatment Works  . . .    C-37
         C.3.10 Summary  	    C-41

    C.4  TREATMENT OF SOLIDS	    C-41
         C.4.1  Solidification/Stabilization 	    C-41
         C.4.2  Chemical and Biological Treatment  	    C-45
         C.4.3  Summary	    C-50
D.  CONTAMINATED MATERIAL DISPOSAL TECHNIQUES  	    D-l

    D.I  SEDIMENTS	   D-2
         D.I.I   Landfilling	   D-2
         D.I. 2   Open Water Disposal	   D-5
         D.I.3   Land Treatment/Disposal	   D-6

    D.2  LIQUIDS	   D-8
         D.2.1   Direct Discharge 	   D-8
         D.2.2   Deep Well Injection	   D-9
                                    Vlll

-------
                            CONTENTS (continued)
    D.3  SLUDGE AND SOLID TREATMENT RESIDUALS  	    D-10
         D.3.1   Landfilling	    D-10
         D.3.2   Incineration	    D-ll
         D.3.3   Land Treatment/Disposal	    D-12

    D.4  SUMMARY	    D-13
E.  IN SITU CONTAMINANT TREATMENT AND ISOLATION TECHNIQUES .....   E-l

    E.I  TREATMENT	   E-l
         E. 1.1   Sorption	   E-l
         E.I.2   Chemical and Biological Treatment  	   E-4

    E.2  ISOLATION	   E-7
         E.2.1   Covering and Capping	   E-7
         E.2.2   Fixation	   E-ll

    E.3  SUMMARY	   E-l 2
F.  DATA ON CHEMICALS THAT SINK	   F-l

    F.I  BACKGROUND OF THE SINKERS LIST	   F-2

    F.2  CONTENT OF THE SINKERS LIST	   F-3
         F.2.1   Chemical Name and CHRIS Code	   F-3
         F.2.2   Physical State	   F-6
         F.2.3   Specific Gravity	   F-6
         F.2.4   Water Solubility 	   F-6
         F.2.5   Toxicity	   F-6
         F.2.6   Ignitability and Reactivity  	   F-7
         F.2.7   Bioaccutnulation and Aquatic Persistence	   F-7
         F.2.8   Recovery and Handling Hazards  	   F-7
         F.2.9   Recommended Response	   F-8

G.  GLOSSARY	   G-l


H.  REFERENCES	   H-l


I.  BLANK WORKSHEETS FOR DOCUMENTATION AND DECISIONMAKING  	   1-1
                                     IX

-------
                                  FIGURES
Number                                                                Page

 1-1     Sequence of Response Events  	 1-4

 2-1     Sequence of Response Events	2-2

 2-2     Process for Determining Spill Impacts  	 2-3

 2-3     Example Discharge Summary Worksheet  	 2-5

 2-4     Example Spilled Substance Data Worksheet  	  2-11

 2-5     Example Water Body Data Collection Worksheet  	  2-17

 2-6     Example Site Map for Recording Data and
           Observations - Water Body	2-21

 2-7     Example Environmental Setting Worksheet 	  2-22

 2-8     Example Site Map for Recording Data and
           Observations - Environmental Setting  	  2-26

 2-9 •    Example Site Map for Recording Data and Observations -
           Current Extent of Contamination 	  2-29

 2-10    Example Site Map for Recording Data and Observations -
           Future Extent of Contamination  .... 	  2-31

 2-11    Example Exposure and Impact Data Worksheet  	  2-35

 3-1     Sequence of Response Events .	3-2

 4-1     Sequence of Response Events 	  4-2

 4-2     Alternative Response Categories and Response
           Train Used in Overall Sinker Spill Response
           Selection Process 	  4-4

 4-3     Example Worksheet for Screening Response Categories ....  4-8

 4-4     Decision Process to Determine Applicability of
           Removal Response Category 	  4-12

 4-5     Example Worksheet for Screening Response Techniques ....  4-19

 4-6     Example Worksheet for Development of Response
           Alternatives  	  4-25

-------
                            FIGURES (continued)
Number                                                                Page
 4-7     Example Alternatives Evaluation Worksheet 	  4-29

 5-1     Sequence of Response Events	  5-2

 A-l     Applications of Containment Curtains to
           Control Resuspended Material 	   A-2

 A-2     Application of a Spill Containment Trench
           to Control Sinking Substances		   A-5

 A-3     Application of a Spill Containment Dike
           to Control Sinking Substances  	   A-8

 A-4     Streamflow Diversion for Sediment Excavation
           Using Two Cofferdams and Diversion Channel 	   A-ll

 A-5     Streamflow Diversion for Sediment Excavation
           Using Single Cofferdam	   A-l2

 A-6     Cross-Section of a Pneumatic Barrier Application .....   A-14

 A-7     Tethered .Float Breakwater	   A-16

 C-l     Typical Sequence of Steps for Treatment of Removed
           Contaminated Bottom Materials  	   C-2
                                     XI

-------
                                   TABLES
Number

 2-1      Discharged Material Information Requirements
            and Sources  	 ...... 2-7

 2-2      Water Body Information Requirements and
            Sources	   2-14

 2-3      Additional Information Sources for Water
            Body Data	   2-20

 2-4      Environmental Setting Information Sources  	   2-27

 4-1      Decision Matrix for Screening Response Categories  .  .  .   4-6

 4-2      Technology Screening Criteria For Action
            Response Categories  	   4-16

 A-l      Summary of Contaminant Containment Techniques  	   A-19

 B-l      Summary of Contaminated Material Removal
            Techniques	   B-22

 C-l      Summary of Sediment/Water Separation Techniques  ....   C-12

 C-2      Summary of Solids Dewatering Techniques  	   C-22

 C-3      Summary of Biological Treatment Processes  	   C-28

 C-4      Summary of Wastewater Treatment Techniques 	   C-38

 C-5      Summary of Solids Treatment Techniques 	   C-51

 D-l      Summary of Contaminated Material Disposal
            Techniques	   D-14

 E-l      Summary of In Situ Contaminant Treatment and
            Isolation Techniques 	   E-13

 F-l      Key  to Abbreviations and Symbols	  .   F-4

 F-2      Hazard Rating Criteria .... 	   F-4

 F-3      Bioaccumulation Rating Criteria  	   F-5

 F-4      Summary of Data on Chemicals that Sink	   F-9
                                    XI1

-------
                               ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
     This document was prepared by Science Applications International
Corporation (SAIC), for USEPA's and the USCG's Offices of Research and
Development in partial fulfillment of Contract No. 68-03-3113, Task 14-1.
Anthony Tafuri of the Hazardous Waste Engineering Research Laboratory,
Releases Control Branch, was the USEPA Project Officer, and John Sinclair
of the Office of Research and Development, Environmental Technology Branch,
was the USCG Project Officer.  Kevin Boyer and Virginia Hodge were the Task
Managers for SAIC.  Major contributors of SAIC include Roger Wetzel, Claudia
Furman, Douglas Sarno, Ellen Scopino, Kathleen Wagner, and Fredrick Zafran.
The preparation of this document was greatly aided by the constructive
review of LCDR D. D. Rome of the USCG Gulf Strike Team and LT J. C. Milbury
of the USCG Office of Research and Development.  Appreciation is also
extended to numerous other individuals from Federal, state, and industry
organizations who were contacted on matters related to this document.
                                    xiii

-------
                                 SECTION  1

                                INTRODUCTION
1.1  PURPOSE
    Materials that are spilled into a water environment can either float,
dissolve or become suspended in the water column, or sink to the bottom
(where dissolution can later occur), depending on the material's chemical
and physical properties.  Materials that sink to the bottom have the poten-
tial to contaminate bottom sediments and be carried downstream by currents,
further spreading the contamination.  Such spills can pose a serious threat
to public health and welfare and to the environment, and significant economic
consequences can result from the destruction of food resources, contamination
of water supplies, and reduction in recreational resources.

    Contamination of bottom materials (i.e., sediments, organic matter, and
interstitial water) by substances that sink (sinkers) can pose long-term
threats.  Once contaminated, bottom materials can be an ongoing source of
contaminant release to the environment.  Contaminants can be transported
long distances over time and often bioaccumulate and biomagnify in benthic
and aquatic organisms.  Rapid and effective response techniques can be
applied to mitigate actual and potential damages from spilled sinkers.  The
implementation of such techniques should protect resources and minimize
additional damage to public health, the environment, and property from any
response measures taken.

    This handbook provides information and guidance on the process and
techniques for responding to spills of sinkers to inland and coastal waters.
It is intended for use by the United States Environmental Protection Agency
(USEPA) and Coast Guard (USCG) on-scene coordinators (OSCs) and state,
local, and private spill control cleanup personnel.  The handbook outlines
the sequence of response events; the decisionmaking criteria for identifying
appropriate responses; and the techniques that are currently available to
contain, remove, treat, and dispose of contaminatns and contaminated
materials.  The procedures described in this handbook are consistent with
the response procedures and criteria outlined in the National Contingency
Plan (NCP, 40 CFR Part 300), as promulgated under Section 311 of the Clean
Water Act and the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act (CERCLA), but are specific to the cleanup of bottom materials
that have been contaminated by spills of sinkers.
                                    1-1

-------
     Because it is usually not practical to call on a wide range of technical
disciplines in response to a spill or other discharge, this handbook does
not discuss complex scientific and engineering principles.  The terminology
used is intended to be familiar to persons with a basic understanding of
the physical and environmental sciences, spill response, hazardous materials,
navigation, construction, and regulations and their interrelationships.  In
addition, a glossary of frequently used terms is provided in Appendix G.
However, because environmental contamination and cleanup can be technically
complex, users of this handbook should consult technical specialists whenever
possible.
1.2  SCOPE
     This handbook addresses contamination of bottom materials of water
bodies through spills and other discharges of substances that sink in the
water environment and response techniques for contaminant cleanup.  As
such, the handbook does not include response measures that may be taken to
prevent sinkers from reaching bottom materials or to protect receptors from
exposure, nor does it provide guidance for responding discharges of sub-
stances that are not sinkers or are entrained in the water column.  It also
does not address the implementation of response measures.

     The guidance presented in this handbook is designed to protect public
health, the enviivnr-  t. , and property, in that order.  Further, the proce-
dures presented .are intended to supplement the knowledge of experienced
response personnel and  to provide a framework for novice response personnel
to quickly formulate appropriate mitigative measures.  This handbook focuses
on what decisions need  to be made, the framework for the decisionmaking,
and the information needed; it does not address the "how to" aspects of
decisionmaking, data collection and analysis, and response implementation.
Because of the complexity of environmental contamination and cleanup, users
of this manual should consult referenced sources of information and tech-
nical specialists for further information on techniques that are evaluated
and/or selected through the decisionmaking process.
1.3  SUMMARY OF RESPONSE DECISIONMAKING PROCESS
     In responding to spills of substances that sink, the following general
types of activities must be conducted:

     •  Obtaining data relevant to the decisionmaking process

     •  Analyzing these data with regard to the spill situation to address
        specific decision parameters
                                    1-2

-------
     •  Developing decisions on response needs and capabilities

     •  Applying techniques to mitigate and/or clean up contaminated
        materials.

     A process for conducting these activities is provided in this handbook.
The process is designed to aid the user in identifying and documenting data
needs, analysis requirements, and mitigating factors to consider in com-
pleting the selection.  The process formalizes a decisionmaking process
that is often performed mentally rather than on paper.  The amount of time
and the depth of analysis conducted at each step must be considered with
regard to the spill situation encountered.  For example, a rapidly spreading
or moving spill of highly toxic chemicals would require a quick analysis to
identify immediate response measures, while an area of stable, contaminated
sediments would permit more time to consider and select an appropriate
response.  Where possible, guidance on critical factors and decision
criteria, as well as relatively "rough" analysis methods, are identified.

     The response decision process has been designed to meet response needs
from quick-response spill situations to long-term cleanup efforts.  This
process, sets forth decision steps to facilitate the systematic selection of
techniques that are appropriate to the specific discharge situation being
addressed.  To assist the user of the handbook in evaluating and selecting
between the available techniques, technical information on containment,
removal, treatment, disposal, and in-place (or in situ) treatment/isolation
techniques is provided in Appendices A through E.

     Figure 1-1 shows the response activities identified as a generalized
sequence of response steps from the discovery of a spill to the completion
of the response.  The response sequence begins with the discovery of con-
tamination or the potential for contamination of bottom materials.  Such
contamination could result from a spill or from long-term discharges
attributable to a variety of sources.  The causative discharge may be
ongoing or may have ceased some time past.  Further, the affected area may
be confined to the area of the original discharge, or contamination may
have spread over a much larger area.

     Response steps that follow discovery are:  spill characterization,
determination of response needs, selection of a response alternative, and
assessment of the effectiveness of the response.  Each step is briefly
described below and is described in detail in Sections 2 through 5.  Work-
sheets are also provided to assist the user in tracking and documenting the
flow of information and bases for decisionmaking throughout the response
process.  Supporting information for completing the worksheets and examples
of completed worksheets are provided in Sections 2 through 5.   Blank work-
sheets are compiled from all of the sections in Appendix I.  It is suggested
that users of this handbook make detached copies of the blank worksheets
for use in field response situations.
                                    1-3

-------
                                        FIGURE  1-1.  SEQUENCE  OF RESPONSE EVENTS
C
                                                                           Mo      x*~   Mo Response
                                                                                           Indicated
                                                        Develop and Evaluate
                                                        Response Alternatives
                                                          Select Preferred
                                                        Response Alternative
                                                                                       Define Immediate
                                                                                      Response Defectives
                                                                                       identify and Select
                                                                                       ^mediate Response
                                                                                         Alternatives
                                                                     1-4

-------
     1.3.1  Spill Characterization
     The initial response effort following discovery is to characterize  the
spill situation and to obtain information pertinent to making decisions  on
the need for and type of response; this effort is described in Section 2.
This effort involves identifying and characterizing the spilled substance,
the affected water body, and potential receptor/resources exposed.  These
data are used to determine the area of contamination, predict the future
movement of contaminants, quantify the contamination, identify receptors and
levels of exposure to contaminants, and determine impacts of the exposure..
     1.3.2  Response Needs
     Following spill characterization, the need for response action is
assessed based on the data obtained in the spill characterization; this
assessment is described in Section 3.  The assessment focuses on determin-
ing whether existing present or future impacts or damages, which may occur
through contaminant movement and exposure, are significant and warrant a
response.  The result of this assessment may be the decision that no
response is warranted.  However, if response actions are warranted, the
need for immediate response measures to control contaminant movement or to
minimize exposure prior to full-scale response must be addressed along with
long-term response measures.  Response objectives, priorities, and criteria
are then established to set the framework for selecting appropriate response
techniques.
     1.3.3  Response Alternative Selection
     Given the need for a response to a spill, response alternatives are
developed and evaluated and the preferred alternative is selected and
implemented.  This process begins with selecting applicable categories of
response actions based on response objectives and site data.  Techniques
within each identified category are screened to eliminate those techniques
that are not applicable or are not practical to the situation.  Individual
techniques are then combined into response alternatives, which are evaluated
against response objectives and technical, environmental, and other relevant
criteria, to select an alternative that will most effectively resolve the
identified problems.  Throughout this process, the objectives may be revised
to reflect the limitations of available techniques.  Further, situations
may arise where no response is possible or where no response is the preferred
alternative.

     Section 4 presents this evaluation and selection process.  Appendices
A through E provide detailed information on temporary containment, removal,
treatment, disposal, and in-place (or in situ) remediation techniques and are
reference tools for this analysis.
                                    1-5

-------
     Upon selection, the preferred alternative is implemented to resolve
the site problems.   It should be noted that this document does not address
response action implementation and operation.
     1.3.4  Assessment of Response Effectiveness and Need for Further
            Response
     After the response action has been implemented and completed, the
site should be monitored and evaluated to assess the effectiveness of the
response actions, whether the response objectives were met, and whether the
implemented response sufficiently minimizes future risk to public health
and the environment.  These assessments are described in Section 5.  The
extent of cleanup, presence of residual contamination, and present and
future damages that may be incurred from remaining contamination are spe-
cifically addressed.  As a result of this assessment, a decision is made
that either further response action is necessary or that the response is
complete.  Where further response action is indicated, the decisionmaking
process would recommence with establishing new response objectives.
                                    1-6

-------
                                 SECTION 2

          CHARACTERIZATION OF THE DISCHARGE SITUATION AND IMPACTS
     The first activity that is conducted following the discovery of a
discharge of a sinking substance is to collect and analyze data that define
the physical situation of the spill and the impacts that have resulted.
This characterization process defines the important factors that form the
foundation for subsequent decisionmaking.  Figure 2-1 identifies the overall
sequence of response events and the relationship of the spill and impacts
characterization to the overall process.

     The ultimate goal of the characterization process is to define known
or anticipated spill impacts in order to assess the need for, and the urgency
of, spill response.  To achieve this goal, data need to be collected in the
following areas:

     •  Spill circumstances

     •  Chemical characteristics

     •  Receptor identification and locations

     •  Environmental monitoring (chemical movement)

     •  Water body characteristics

     •  Regulatory standards and other criteria for assessing exposure
        and contamination.

These data feed into analyses of the present and future extent of contami-
nation, exposure, and impacts.   Figure 2-2 illustrates the analytical
process leading to the identification of spill impacts.

     Subsequent sections describe each step of the characterization process.
Section 2.1 addresses the characterization of the discharge, both the spill
circumstances and the discharged materials.   Section 2,2 provides guidance
on characterizing the water body involved and its environmental setting
(i.e., receptors).   Section 2.3 focuses on determining the extent of pre-
sent and future contamination.   Section 2.4 describes the exposure and
impacts analysis process.  Section 2.5 addresses the application of the
overall process at different levels of detail.
                                    2-1

-------
FIGURE 2-1. SEQUENCE OF RESPONSE EVENTS
                                        Define Immediate
                                       Response Objectives
                                       Identify and Select
                                       Immediate Response
                                         Alternatives
                        2-2

-------
          2
          c/5
CO
6
Q.
CO
o
z
DC
LLJ

111
Q
QC
O
U.
(O
CO
LU
O
O
oc
Q.

CM
LU
OC
D
CD
                      u c
                      c 2
                                a o
                                go
                               Q.
E 2
3 ra
a Q
                                             2-3

-------
2.1  CHARACTERIZATION OF THE DISCHARGE
     The two major components in characterizing a spill of sinking
substances are the spill circumstances and the nature of the spilled sub-
stances.  Collection of information defining these components establishes
the framework for analyzing the spill situation and selecting an appropriate
and timely response.  The factors relevant to characterizing the spill
circumstances and the discharged material, as well as sources of this
information, are described in the following sections.
     2.1.1  Characterization of Discharge Circumstances
     Information on the circumstances surrounding the discharge or spill of
substances into a water body is useful for the response decisionmaking pro-
cess.  The information collected through observation when the situation is
first encountered can be used to identify the specific substances involved
and the extent of resulting contamination.  Specific spill information that
is needed and sources of this information are identified below.
          2.1.1.1  Information Requirements
     Figure 2-3 -is an example completed worksheet used to record and
summarize pertinent information regarding the circumstances, status, and
characteristics of a discharge.  A blank worksheet is provided in Appendix
I.  This information provides background and time-related data that can be
used to determine the nature of the problem and the need for immediate
action (such as stopping ongoing or intermittent contaminant sources or
shutting off affected water intakes).  This information may also be used in
subsequent analyses to estimate the current extent of contamination or the
future extent of contamination based on the rates of spill spread.  All of
these analyses contribute to the spill response decision process.

     The worksheet shown in Figure 2-3 also provides space for recording
additional pertinent information based on observation of the discharge
situation.  An example is an observation of a fish kill, apparently related
to the discharge situation, which may indicate that the materials involved
in the discharge are highly toxic to aquatic species.  Human uses of the
area could also be noted based on litter or other evidence near the site.
          2.1.1.2  Information Sources
     The information to be recorded on the Figure 2-3 worksheet is generally
derived through observation of the spill circumstances and the surrounding
                                    2-4

-------
             FIGURE  2-3.   EXAMPLE DISCHARGE SUMMARY WORKSHEET
Site
Time of Observation   //• S"£> a,tn.
                                                  Date
Type of Water Body    f/o+J
                                        'in.i
                                       u'in.n+
CIRCUMSTANCES OF DISCHARGE
Location
                         ffft
                             j(0
Source
                      '* Je.r
Cause
Status (Circle One):V.   Discrete
                                           Intermittent
                                                                 Continuous
Time Elapsed Since  Discharge Began  SrPprojC,  / A
Quantity of Material  Released mfr»X.  7,PK> 4A.I.   Rate of Release  /
                               TT      ^   (/                         f
Duration of Release  (if  intermittent)
      Substances Released,
                                                      Quantity
                                                   9.
Form of Release  (Circle  One):
Powder    Crystal/Pellets     Chunks
                                        Semi-Solid
EXTENT OF CONTAMINATION
          Sediments
  AJrf
                                                     Water Body
OBSERVATIONS
                      /rf

                                    2-5

-------
area, as well as through interviews with witnesses or other knowledgeable
parties.  Additional information (such as discharge rates or contamination
spread rates) may be estimated from measured observations.

     Information on the chemicals spilled and the quantity spilled must
be obtained from specific sources, which include:

     •  Captain or crew of vessel

     •  Shipping papers, transport or waste manifests, cargo labels, or
        other identifying papers/markings

     •  Shipping agent

     •  Company discharge records or environmental permits

     •  USEPA Regional Office or state permit data.

Sampling may be necessary to identify or confirm the chemicals involved
in the absence of any identifying data or where available data provide
conflicting answers.


     2.1.2  Characterization of Discharged Material
     Sinking materials are chemical substances that are denser than water
and are relatively insoluble in water.  When a sinking material is soil led
and enters a surface water body, it tends to fall or flow to the bottom
and, when the material is a liquid, it will permeate or move along the top
of the sediments.  Once the material has reached the bottom, its properties
determine its fate in the environment and potential hazards posed to the
population, the environment, and property.  Appendix F provides and explains
a list of 468 chemicals that have been identified as sinking chemicals.
          2.1.2.1  Information Needs
     Table 2-1 lists important physical, chemical, and biological properties
that should be determined for each sinking substance involved in a spill to
a water body.   Such data should also be collected for any breakdown products
of the spilled substance that may result from hydrolysis or other chemical
reactions in the environment or from biological transformation (e.g.,
microbial metabolism).  These data will be used in subsequent analyses to
assess the spread of contamination and the likely impacts.  These data may
also be used in the technology selection and evaluation process (described
in Section 4)  to identify containment, removal, treatment, or disposal
methods applicable to the chemicals of interest or to identify adverse
                                    2-6

-------















C/3
fV"]
O
Qd
*~~^
O
C/2

Q
^^
^

CO
H
2
a
y
a
ai
i— i
r>
o-
a
as

2
o
h- 1
H

21
c2
o

2
i— i

-J
^
HH
OS
a
H

2£

Q
U
O
Q£
<;
T*
U
CO
1— 1
Q


•
_<
i

a
M _-")
aa
H


































CU
O
J_l
3
O
00

c
o
•H
4-1
CO

^
O
U-I
c
h- 1


























C
o
•H
4-1
cfl


O
u-
C
i— i

U-i
O
fll
W
en
;z>


u
0
4J
CJ
cfl
a

c
o
•H
•U
CO
E
IH
O
U-I
C
M














•
i— i

0)
4-1
0
2

C
•H
•
a en
0)
X CJ
•H C
•o cu
c u
0) CU
Cu u-i
O. 01
< Oi






•
e
o
4-1
4-1
o
•a -Q
e
CO M
C
en o
6 -H
O CO
4-1
4-J 4-J
O C
,O a)
E
O 0)
4-1 >
0
0) E
r-t
4-1 U-I
4-1 0
CU
en C
O
O T-l
4-> 4-1
O
^*» "^
4-1 TJ
•H 0)
—1 in
J2
<




^
4-1
•H
t>
Cfl
S-l
a

CJ
•H
U-I
•H
O
CU
a
CO









































•
en
4-1
o
co
a
cu E
t-l TH
3
4-1 TJ
3 C
U-I Cfl

0) C
4-1 O
CO TH
E 4->
TJ CO
4-1 C
en T-I
cu E
CO
O 4J
4-1 C
0
« O
•a
O) U-I
(— 1 O
4-1
4-1 4-1
CU C
en cu
4-1
0) X
Oil
-D
o


































•
-H
•-H
1-1
a.
en

U-4
O

• C
fa O
T-l
X u
i-t CO
TJ ^
C U
cu o)
a. en
cu &
< O






1
en
3
CO

C

cfl
E
0)
i-i

O
4J •
C
I-H E
CO 3
i-l i— i
4J O
C cj
0)
4J ^j
O 0)
a. 4-1
cfl
<« 3
0
c
C i-l
o
•H TJ
4-1 CU
CJ TJ
•H C
TJ O)
2
ex






CU
u
cfl
4J
CO

, — I
cfl
CJ
T-l
en
>^
si



i — i
r— 1
LJ 1-1
CU Q.
c en
•H
cfl u^
4-1 O
C
O l-i
CJ cu
•H
I-l U-I
O T-l
4-1
4-1 O
CO C
0)
u-i Si
•H 4-1
C T-l
cfl 3
S
C
4-1 O
(J • 1-1
O r- 1 en
Cu cu en
to .0 s
C co cj
co i— i en
I-l T-l
H Q






U
O

E
O •
4-1 "O

O i-l
o 4J
4-1
M 0)
C CO
o
r-l CU
CO O
c
• 4-1 O
0) C
N 0) «
•H e c
^ cu E
TH > 3
.O O iH
3 E O

4J O CO
1-1 3
>-> *J
4-1 CJ O
•H T-l 4J
— i -a c
•rH OJ *i— 1
^ O ^J
, -o
C 01
Cfl iH
Cu 3
E 0
O C
o ^










•
 "c
o ^:
E 0
0) 0)
M •>->

« i— 1
4J CO
C en
cu o
E a
C en
•H i-l
CO t3
4J
c -a
0 C
CJ CO

I4_| M
O 4-1
C
C 0)
o e
1-1 4-1
4J CO
CJ 0)
CU l-i
cu
C/}


































•
1— 1
rH
T-l
Cu
en

U-I
O

c
o
•H
I 1
cfl
^
^i
0)
en
XI
o




lJ
0)
.e
4-1
CO


C

3
!— |
O
o

M
CU
4-1
CO
3

C
•H

C
•H
CO
E
0)
t-i

O
4-1

X
4-1
T-l
>— '
j3

0
E
0)
^

M
4-1
C
cu
E
C
•H
CO
4-1
C
o
• CJ
0)
t - J III
4-1 O
4-1
01 C
en o
•H
C 4-1
CO O
si cu
cu
C/3






















f— i
^
•H
a.
en

U-I
O

l-i
CU I-l
•H at •
U-I X C
T-l 4-1 O
4-1 o en
O lJ
C l-i CU
0 Cu
f"!
4-14-10)
•H C rH
3 ^
4-1
-H
^ — 1
•H
o
3
p-H
C
CO

^1
0)
4-1
'O
2
x: •>
X 4-1 X
T-l ^J M
TJ CO O
e cu i-i
o> 3; o
Cu CJ
Cu i— i -H en
< Cfl X -
C C C •
c o 4-1 o -a
T-l I-1 -H 1-1
4-J •* 4-1 ^0
CN CO CO CO N
OS Cu 0) U CO
3 — I 4-1 j3
TJ a 4-1 en
C o u -H u-
cfl O 0) C O
Cu -H
« •« O E 0)
O X U -O CU
00 M Cu < lJ
O b£
• 1— 1 r-l CJ U
m o co T-I TJ
r-. cj o i-i
•H TJ OJ C
" X E Si O
 3 TH TJ tJ
CNI CT '-0 C O
r^ t :>> co u.
r" r^
•> C Cu U TH
-i *H CU
m r-H 2 TJ en
m 3 c
Q « 0) O
jMi 4-1 C.
CTN * i-i cc ec
•< O CO 0)
ry fiT
CX^ ^J
CO 3 TJ en
• 3 CU C r-H
en 2 cs cfl
O 4-1 TJ
2 < — ' * * s-
3 • 0) CU
1) x o en 4-1
CJ C C C 03
c o HJ c s:
OJ 0 Cu
l-i •• en en
cu o ec D r
u-i en 0) u o
0) i-H O TJ
GJ  , 	 i ^
0) h T- N
0) • 0) Cu CO
co a: co MX

I

—.
2-7

-------


































^-N
•o
Ol
3
c
•H
4J
C
o
o
x^

*
*— <
1
CNI

w
J
=Q
<
H









































O>
O
l-i
3
O
CO

c
0
•H
4-1
C8


O
>4-i
C
1— 1




























C
o
T-l
4_>
CO
e
>-t
o
U-l
C
I— I

14-1
o

0)
03
3







>j
O
4-1
O
co
fa

c
0
•H
4-1
CO


O
14-1
C
M

•
-^

0)
4-1
O
Z

C
•i-(
•
fa en
0)
X o
•H C
-O 0)
C M
oi ai
O. u-i
O. O>
< otf





I
f
bo
3
O
u
^
u

4-1
C
01
£
01
M
U
01
a.
CO
•H
T3

T3
•H
a. .
co >,
i-i "0
o
(-1 -Q
O
14-4 I-i
01
i— 1 4-1
« co
•H 3
.U
C 4J
01 3
4J O
O
O-i









X
4-1
•H
>
•H
4-1
O
co
Ol
OS

t-i
01
u
cfl
3
O
• • • . • .H
— < — ^J —i .— i C lJ
r-i C CO O
01 o> i-i o) oi 1-1 •« oi u-i
4-J U O. 4J 4J /" v £>, ••v. CJ
O O WOO T3 CN bfl r-l O •
2 Z Z20JOOOCO<;
t4H 3 i-l CJ ^ 3:
C C OCC CT3O-HCO
•H T4 ^-H -H n cj en e •>
• C 4-lfl-r-ISsOO)
en facn ocncn c X x: -H r-i
0 0) i-!0>01 O«OCX4->4_1
O XCJ 4JCJO CJO4.JC04-1
C -HC COCC v-^oOCZcfl
oi -ao) >oio> uooi
t-l CU i-llj*-' •> i-l "O C/3
oi oio> cuoio) m4.jcuc
u-t D.y-i CDM-IU-I r-^ncncO"
OJ D.CU JSOIOI 3 CO w
a;  4J Cfl .r-,
c co en o
« O T» O (j
• ro a &4
t-i.cn 1 i— i • r^ O^HO • O Z T3 W
iJO)3 COO -H to -H CM £ H- 1C
Ocjtn u c E 4-i'jj4-1 r^ojJcuo
CCTO OCflO) CJVj'J 4.JQ4JC-
coooi i— i **-> 6 i-i i— i cflcu ^3 * co oi u] en
UETO CO k-i a. )-i *3-T3 M S T3 to
•Heooicn cr 3cn -H -H o as : S 1-4
coEfi -H bo IH T3 mMcaco
COIOITJ CCT3T3 tiCl-i 3 • i-t
OiHbO 4=-HC 0>cOO> • Q* >i • l-i
•H C0«"a CJr-ICOTS 4-1 4-1 t^<3ZOJi/
4-l(-lCr-(C 0)T3 C C04J CO LO: M4-I
cobcococo 4J CMCO Uc 3 «cco
EE> coc loll ->»^os
ujj O4-1 JJ J:-HU "CE "3 — ' 2: i-i c.
OoiiHEC c uc co) c Lo2:oc/)cn
M-44JCOOI01 0) • r-l 3 01 3 i-H 3 ><0)3
cncooijE EtncflTJE O4-i O « •> u o
COI-H 4-1 jj i— i .H 4-1 0.4-1 c. rsij:3 -o
cOs-iECCO (Ocooenco Eo> E -3- 4-1 oi i— i u
S-i&OOlOOl OI-HOIOIOI OCC O 3 Z — 1 CO
4J.CQ.1-1 UlljCL3(-l CJ O • t-( -r-l N
u-i cj 3 u 4-)g;cno"4J -a -H:r«a.co
l-iO • 4-i-r-l • u-i C u-i ~3-C2«a3"
O u-iT3u-itn u-icou^eu-ten O3 O o
u-icUOCOO) OEO.COOI O * • C « to •
UC03 03CD.C O0s--a
r-lcC Ccr CT3COICCT OE O PO O-i bOCJ-J
cOcOObCO-H OOlOuO-r-l -HO iH bJ"COtfl
•H 4-1 iH C "H C -H>-H iH C 4JCJ 4-1 » CO CO i— 1 i-l N
4J en u 1-1 4-i j: 4-IO4J4J4-I.C: o o LOSOIO-^-IOJ
cxioi-iocj cjEucou -H 13 -i-i m oocox:
013OI301OI OIOIOI01010I T3C "C 4.J i-l i-i U
4-J CO i— 1 TJ >— ' *J ^^J-ir-lE'^4-1 OlcO OI «.^-(>X4JUj
ooioi QJOICJ >-i M as:3i-ccno
O-COCO C/3C/3C/0 S- CU :OO14-l-i-c
•• C 'Jl CO)
oo o •> -H ej
C cj £ to E s^
o • 4-1 ai -a sc
•-J en o t- 1 T-I < cu
4-1 o en cs 4j -a
>^ -H 2 ^H Ol i-i CJ
4-i 4-1 < 3C u .^ c
•H l-i CU Q. lJ C
> CO O —i O V
•H c s- e«co^^:c
U O OI3-CQ.O.O
ej -H VJ 4-1 s-i O eo -H
CO >, M Ol C 0) K 1H r-4. O 4-1
O) 4-1 C 4Jg; vu >H 4-1 co E cc
O^ -H 01 CO-H OI1DCOO4JE
i— i H 3O od C G. -H <; lJ
r-H 1-1 I-H (U 3 E O
(0 J3 0) I-H u-i 0) O. U 0> 73 u-i
o co 0 ou_i oi(3.cj^:cE
•H 4-1 CO C 01 CO 
-------


































X— y
"3
CU
3
C
•H
)i
C
o
CJ
v^/

0
_H
1
CN

r,i
r_1
CO
^J
H






































01
CJ
SH
3
O
en

c
o
TH
4-J
cfl

c
O
UH
C
rH




























C
o
•H
4-J
cfl
E

o
UH
C
M

UH
O

cu
en
"~?









SH
0
4H
CJ
to
Cu

C
O
•H
4-1
CO
E
S-i
O
UH
C
M
rH

0)
4J
O
2

C
•H

CO
0)
CJ
c
01
SH
01
0)
OS











1
c
o
CJ

UH -O
o c
3
4J O
C a,
CU S
4-1 O
X CJ
cu
c
CU 0
SH
3 T3
4-i 0)
3 en
UH CO
43
UH
O C
O
4J -H
C 4-1
01 CO
E C
CO iH
en E
CU CO
en 4J
CO
«^




4-1
C
CU
•H
CJ
•H
UH
UH
01
SH 0
oi u
4-1
to c
3 o
1 TH
4H 4H
C i-(
01 4-J
E in
•H CO
T3 Q-<
0)
en

































en
4-1
C
cu
E
•H
•O
cu
en

c -
cu
0)
3
4-1
&

C
o
•H «
4J SH
3 CU
-O 4-1
iH CO
r4 3
4-1
en -a
•H C
•O to





























rH

01
4-1
O
2

C
•H
•
[IH cn
0)
X 0
iH C
-a 01
C SH
O! 0)
O. UH
a. cu
< 06











M
C
o
•H
4-1
to
c
iH
E
cfl
4-1
C •
O en
CJ 4-1
CJ
01 to
IH a
3 E
4-1 i-l
3
UH -a
c
UH CO
o
•
C 01
O rJ
•H 3
4-1 cn
co o
6 a.
**H X
4-J 01
cn
u











CN
C
0
T-l
4-1
tO
rH
3
E
3
CJ
O
cfl
0
•iH
pa
rH

0)
4-J
0
2

C
•H
•
Cu cn
cu
X o
•rH C
T3 01
C >H
0) CU
Q. UH
a, cu
<3 oi







1
•H
E
CO
4-1
C
O 0)
0 SH
3
UH 4H
O 3
UH
4J
C UH
OI O
4-)
X C
0) O
•H
0) J-J
SH cfl
3 E
4-1 TH
3 ' '
UH en
cu
UH
O T3
C
C CO
O
•H C
4-1 0
O TH
•H 4-1
"O CO
cu c
SH
CU








01
CJ
£-.
0)
4J
en

en
SH
CU
o-i

CJ
•H
4-J
CO
3
a-












































cn
4-1
CJ
CO
a.
E
•H

-a
c
CO

cu
SH
3
CO
o
a.
X
CU





























-H

CU
4J
o
2

C
•H

CO
CU
CJ
c
cu
SH
CU
UH
0)
Qi




O .
4-J C
C IH
TH 0) 1
CJ TH
C c E
0 0 CO
T-I y AJ
4-1 C
co SH o eu
E CU CJ SH
(H cn 3
O CO UH 4-1
UH CU O 3
CO rH UH
C jj
cfl SH C UH
SH o CU O
4-1 4-J
rJ X C •
rH cu o) o cn
CO 4-1 TH 4-1
CJ CO CU 4-1 O
•H 0) U CO cfl
E u 3 E a,
cu bo 4-J TH S
-C 3 4-1 TH
CJ UH UH en
O 0) -O
UH UH C
O CO O T-J cfl
CU C
C U C CO CU
0 C O r4
•H CO iH C 3
4-1 4-J 4-1 O CO
CJ X O iH O
•H -C TH 4-1 O.
-3 3 T3 CO X
cu cn cu c cu
S-i IH
cu a.


CO
01
> c
•H O
rJ -H
1 4-1
O) UH co
4-J r-H g
CO to S-i
oi -E cn o
•H C UH
C SH 33 O CO
O O X -H C
•H rH 4-1 tO
JJ cn O CO SH
CO 4J SH "O 4J
E e -a -H o
SH CO X X -H
o 4-1 re o CQ
UH en
cn C
C O O O O
tfl U
S-i
E-
^H

0)
4-1
O
2

C!
•H
•
tH cn
01
X 0
•H C
•a cu
C V-j
01 0)
O. UH
a O>
<; c^




•
C

cu cu
4J CJ
0 c
01 O
a o
X
01 UH
O
UH
O en
s^
cn o
4-1 4-J
a a,
to cu
a. o
£ cu
•H SH

-C C
4-1 0
i— 1
CO CO
01 rH
-C 0)

UH OI
O rH

C CU
O IH
TH 3
4J CO
CO O
3 a,
rH X
CO 01
>
f-r~]






CO
0)
•H
CJ
CU
a.
CO

a co
•H t — 1
4-J tO
co E
3 E
X CT CO
4-1 
00 O
co E
C CU
tO SH
P3
50
IH C
O T-l
3
bO O
C rH
T-l rH
r-t O
T3 UH
c
co -a
-C C
CO

CO BO
•H C
CJ iH
1) S-i
a. 3
cn -a

UH tn
o cu
SH
C 3
o -o
•H CU
J-) CJ
CJ O
CU SH
rH P.
0)
cn




' — s
c
o
•H
4-1
CO
CU
M C
C iH
•r-l tfl
' — ' -C
CJ
c
to -o
E 0
3 O



O O



y
iH
C SH
C tfl O
•H •« 0) UH
x ^- y
CM bO rH O •>
cc o CD <
rH y rH 2
"O O -H CO
e y cn c «
cfl TH >, O 0)
X _T -H rH
• O 0. 4J 4J
O 4-1 Cfl 4-1
00 C Z CO
y o cu
• 1-1 -a cn
m 4-1 oi c
r- co co co •
3 CO . 4-J
• a- -Q .• y
^5* (Q ^ r~J QJ
r^ 4-1 to ••-)
c CB cn o
- O TJ 0 SJ

r-- cu : en
cn u TH cu
• CO 2 T3 CO
CNI J3 rH C
r-~ to j cu O
^) ^> j^j ^*il
• co OS co cn
 as = C rH
in rH Cfl CO
n • TH
• Cw'* >H ** &H
m < 2 o) 0)
in : cn J-J
• C tfl
• • Ji! O 2
— • 2 Sj C.
m S O eo co
>H CU 3
• « !H O
v-J- ZJ CU rH S-I
3 2 rH CO
• rH iH N
— i 3 • Q. (B
 X 4-1 Ur
CT^ 3 'n O CO O
73 CU 4J i-l
- c cn c cu
OC O • — i CU
y _c cn E ^
• 4-J CU ~O ^C
cn o •— .-j 
-J C
X CJ
•-J E

r; — -
O CU
U cn

1

OJ
2-9

-------
environmental or human health effects from contaminated sediment disturbance
and resuspension during their removal.  Specific data usage is summarized
in the second column of Table 2-1.

     Figure 2-4 is an example completed worksheet for use iti collecting the
chemical data needed for further analysis.  A blank worksheet is provided
in Appendix I.  For a given spill situation, each chemical involved would
be listed and the necessary data would be obtained.
          2.1.2.2  Information Sources
     Table 2-1 identifies information sources for each information factor
listed.  Numerous texts and documents presently available maiy provide the
physical, chemical, and biological information needs identified in Table
2-1.  Most of this information has been compiled and analyzed, and is pre-
sented in Appendix F as part of the chemical sinkers list.

     The amount of available data varies for each chemical.  Some chemicals
have been studied to a greater extent than others and therefore have more
data available.  Thus, data for each factor identified in Table 2-1 may not
be available.  In such situations, best judgment based on knowledge of
chemical behavior or observations of the spill situation will be necessary
to complete subsequent analyses and decisionmaking.  For example, the
physical state and particle size of a spilled substance may be determined
from the material container, known characteristics of similar materials,
shipping documents, or company representatives.  Fish or animal kil"'R would
indicate the toxicity of the material.  Further, extensive water column
discoloration could indicate entrainment of the spilled substance in the
water column through chemical solubility, chemical specific gravity near
that of water, low surface tension of the chemical, or significant dissolu-
tion to the water from contaminated sediments.

     The source of each piece of information that is noted on the worksheet
in Figure 2-4 should be specifically identified.
2.2  CHARACTERIZATION OF THE WATER BODY AND THE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING
     Once the spill circumstances are identified, information should be
collected concerning the characteristics of the water body into which
sinking substances were spilled and the surrounding environmental setting
that may be affected.

      The following sections identify important information needs and
potential sources of this information.
                                    2-10

-------
             FIGURE  2-4.   EXAMPLE SPILLED SUBSTANCE DATA WORKSHEET
      Information        Substance A  Information   Substance  B   Information
         Factor            C*&~T~      Source                      Source
3.  Particle  Size
1.  Specific Gravity     1. 540       /k~>6«*/,  X^^tX/V F


2.  Physical State     //'*«<>/
4.  Water Solubility   800 fVm      $*»«)>«»*•) ft
5.  Water Reactivity    o reAC/t    tn,»»/^ fiff ***,'


6.  Chemical Reactivity  N/X,  »/»/V  ^^  C^fi»y»/^A/


7.  Ignit ability   A/<^ /WW/<2-    H***6o1>k jf/S>f>*ns


8.  Surface Tension   /Je/-  AVA-l/Ab/e.


                                                                 (continued)
                                     2-11

-------
                           FIGURE 2-4.   (continued)
      Information
         Factor
                        Substance A   Information   Substance B  Information
                                        Source                      Source
 9.   Octanol-water
     partition coeffi-
     cient
                                              f     >
                                                    '
10.   Sediment-water
     partition coeffi-
     cient
                           "3 /
                                             I
11.   Bioaccumulation
12.   Aquatic persistence
                            w
                                   \\AnAbDOKj  tTC>06n/tj)C
13.   Transformation
     rate constants
     •  Hydrolysis
     •  Oxidation
     •  Biotrans-
        formation
14.   Toxicity
     •  Aquatic species — i
     •  Mammals — 0>-».l
     •  Human —  Or*/
     •  Food chain
                                 '"

                         v
                                                  UHB.C- -for

                                                                         '
                                     2-12

-------
     2.2.1  Characterization of  the Water  Body
     Spills of sinking  chemicals may  occur  in any  type  of  surface  water.
Each water body has certain  physical  and  chemical  characteristics  that  affect
the movement of spilled substances and  the  application  of  particular  tech-
nologies to control or  remove  the contaminants.  In  the  response decision
process, water body data contribute to  estimating  the future  extent of
contamination, exposure levels, and impacts; hazards or  water body data
also contribute to screening technologies for their  applicability  and
contribute to evaluating response alternatives for their relative  success
or merit.
          2.2.1.1  Infprmation Requirements
     Table 2-2 lists important physical and  chemical  factors  that  should  be
determined for a water body with bottom materials  contaminated  by  sinking
chemicals.  These data will be used  in subsequent  analyses and  decision
steps.  Specific data usage is summarized in the second  column  of  Table 2-2.

     Figure 2-5 is an example completed worksheet  for use in  collecting the
water body data needed for further analysis.  A blank worksheet  is provided
in Appendix I.  It includes space to  record  data and  to  identify sources  of
information.

     A map of the area should also be obtained.  A United States Geologic
Survey (USGS) topographic map and a  navigation chart  for the  water body (if
available) can provide pertinent information on the water body  and the
surrounding areas.  Site data can also be recorded on the maps  to  provide
a comprehensive picture of the situation; as additional  data  are collected
(discharge circumstance, water body,  etc.),  they can  be  recorded or "over-
layed" on the map.  An example map is provided as  Figure 2-6.   Time-related
observations, such as the location of the leading  edge of the spill at
different times, may also be recorded on the map and used to  estimate further
movement; prediction of contaminant movement is discussed in  Section 2.3.1.2.
          2.2.1.2  Information Sources
     Table 2-2 identifies information sources for each information factor
listed.  Most of the information can be obtained from navigation charts
(from National Ocean Services under the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration, NOAA) or topographic maps (from USGS).  Observations of the
water body can also provide the necessary data.

     Many Federal and state agencies have much of this type of information
available.  Table 2-3 lists additional sources of information, identifying
agencies to contact and the type of data that may be available.
                                    2-13

-------













CO
a
CJ
Qtf
^
0
CO

Q
2
^

CO
H
Z
ta
S
w
fy;
1— 1
S
o-
w
OS

Z
O
H- 1
H

•y"
2
O

Z
M

>"*
Q
O
PC

Q£
w
H

3


•
01
1
CNI
rj
5

£_(
























to
CU
u
£_,
3
0
CO

C
o
•H
4-1
CO
e
C
o
UH
C
M





















C
o
•H
1 1
03

^_j
O

c
1— 1

UH
0

0)
CO





1-1
o

CJ
0!


C
o
•H
4J
T)

^j
O
U-l
£
rH







•
4-1
• C
4-J 0)
>-< E
03 0)
4= IH
CJ 3
CO
•C 03
O 0)

jj
03 4-1
bO O
•H 0)
> iH
. 03 -H
Z Q







i
•O CO
C rH
CO CO
iH
r- t-j
O 0)
CO 4-1
OI CO
&-i E

o -o
4-1 01
.u
CD 03
CU C
bO iH
•0 E
CU 03
IH 4-1
T3 C
O
UH CJ
O
01
^i >
4-1 O
IH E
rH 01
•H r-l
43








































































•
4-1
L^
CO
r*
CJ

C •
O fO
iH 1
4J OJ
CO
bo cu
•H i-H
> 43
03 03
Z H



bO
C
iH
bo
T)
01
J-l
•o

v^
O)

3
0)
C
03
E
^-^.
O)
4-J
CO
^1
0)
a
o .
4-1
O C
4J 0)
E
>, Q.
4-1 T-l
iH 3
r-H CT
•H 01
43
,
•0 rH
O 0)
CO C
c
>H CO
01 4=
4-J CJ
m
3 IH
0)

O 03
3
4=
4-1 SH
a. o
0)
a




•
IH
03
C
O
CO
\^s

M
C
•fH
CO
c
0)
to

OI
4-1
o
E
01
oi




4-1 CD
c cu
cu y
E C
a co
T^ 4J
3 to
CT 43
Oj 3
to
bO
C *^3
iH 01
bO bo
' w "
OJ CO
IH 43
-a cj
to
UH -H
0 TJ

^ U^
4J 0
•H
rH • C
iH 01 O
43 4-1 -H
T-l iH 4J
CD CO CJ
CD -H
01 o -a
O 4-1 01
O IH
< a.


f*
p
3
£
•H
X
03
E

M
E
3
E ^^v
•H C
C 03
T-l OI
E E












































•
4_>
C
01
E
01
^
o
E

CD
4-1
C
01
e
•H
•o
0)
CO

IH
O






























•
a
03
E
•
4J 0
P -H
03 4=
4: a
CJ CO
^1
C bO •
O O <•<•>
•H C. 1
4J O OJ
CO 4-1
bO 0)
iH CO r-4
> CJ 43
CO CO 03
Z 3 H


bO
C 4J
•iH C
bO 01
T3 E
0) Q.
IH iH
-a cr
3
IH CU
cu
> bO
3 C
0) ---1
C bO
co -a
E Oi
-^ u
oi -a
4J
03 UH
IH 0
01
a. >%
O . 4-1
4-1 -r-t
O C — 1
4J 0) T^
E -Q
>-, O. i-l
4-1 i-| CD
•H 3 M
— i cr 0)
-H CU CJ
43 CJ

CO O
•H E
•a
CO
UH 4-1
0 C
0)
• C E
0) O i-l
4J IH -a
•H 4-1 CU
CO O CO
•r-l
o T; u
4.) 0) 3
IH
O-














.-•V
c
03
CU
e



0
01
•a
•H
>
„
IH
03
3
0
CO
\^*

bO
C
•H
CD
• C .
CO QJ y^s
1 CD CO
OJ lJ
cu o)
01 4-> T3
rH O C
43 E 3
03 01 O
H OS CO


bC
C 4-)
•H E
bO Oi
-a e
oi a
IH iH
•a 3
a"
IH OJ
OI
> bO
3 C
0) TJ
C bO
cfl -o
E 01
"•>. IH
OI -o
4-J
03 UH
IH o
Oi
Q. >,
O « 4J
4-1 -H
O C r-l •
4-1 01 T-I CU
E 43 4-1
>> C- T-l -1-1
4J -H CD CD
•iH 3 X
i— cr 01 O
iH 0) y 4H
43 U





_J
u
' I [ ^J
O ^3
3
C
O IH
— i O
4-1
03 ~H
S- CU
3 C
bo c >s
•H CO T3
U-i r* Q
C U 33
O
CJ






























CD
01
O
C
CO
4J
CD
43
3
CD

T3 •

bb c

03 1
4= 0)
0 >
CO O
•H E
•a
CO
UH 4J
0 C
0)
e E
o -H

4-J CU
a to
.-H
"O l-i
01 O
S_i
2u























•o
cu
3
C
•H
4_)
C
o
u














































































2-14

-------

































/— \
TJ
Ol
3

1-1
4J
C
0
o
>*-'

•
CN
1
CN

V

CO
<
H















































CO
0)
o
S-i
3
O
C/J

C
o
1-1
4-1
CO


O
U-I
e
M




















c
o
•H
4-1
Cfl
E
LI
O
U-I
C
1 — 1

u_
O

O)
CO
3





S-l
o
4J
CJ
CO
fa

C
O
i-l
4J
CO
e
jj
o
U-l
c
M













•
4-1
L,
CO
x:
CJ

c .
O c"
T-I 1
4-J CN
CO
bO 01
T-I 1—4
> X)
CO CO
Z H



CO
01
CJ
C
CO
4-J
CO
XI
3
CO

TJ .
01 4J
bO C
SJ o>
co 6
x: 01
CJ >
en o
•H E
TJ
CO
U-I 4J
0 C
0)
c e
0 i-l
T^ TJ
U 01
O Cfl
•H
TJ S-l
01 O
S-i
CL
C /-v
O Ol
•H CJ
4-1 CO
CJ U-l
01 i-i
>-i 3
•H CO
C Xi
3
4-1 CO
c
0) *»
S-i 01
S-i O
3 CO
CJ u-i
i-i
Sj 3
O> CO
^ 1 •^f,
CO
3
•
C
O
i-i
4-1
CO
>
S-i
0)
CO
X!
O

4J
C
01
E
01
S-i
3
CO
CO
O)


4-J
CJ
0)
S-i
•H
Q








































































•
4-J
• C
4-J Ol
S-i E
CO O)
jc s-i
CJ 3
en
C • co
O fl 0)
•H 1 S
4-1 CN
CO 4-1
bO 01 O
T-4 -H 01
> XI S-i
CO co -H
Z H Q



CD
0)
O
c
CO
4-J
en
X)
3
en

TJ .
O> 4-1
bo C
S-i Ol
co E
x: oj
u >
CO O
TJ S
TJ
CO
U-l 4-J
o c
Q)
C E
O T-I
•H TJ
4-1 01
U cfl
•H
TJ S-l
0) O
SJ
cu
^.^
>, 0)
4-1 CJ
•H CO
CJ 14J
O i-l
r-4 3
0) cn
> XI
3
4-1 en
c
Ol "
l-i O)
S-i CJ
3 CO
U u-i
S-i
S-i 3
o> cn
j_j \^^
CO
3
•
C
0
•H
4-J
cfl
>
t-i
Ol
cn
XI
o

4-1
C
01

0)
L,
3
CD
. CO
ci o)
! E
CN
J_>
01 O
,-1 0)
XI S-i
CO -H
H O






O
4-1

4-J
c
O>

0.
•H
3
er
0)

bO
C
•H
bo
TJ
01
S-i
TJ

U-l •
O O)
4-1
X co
4-1 S-l
•H Ol
i-l O.
i-4 0
Xi
<:


*
u-< en
O 01
TJ
0) -H
E 4-1
•H
4-1 3
^ o
r-4
Ol
^H *^
CJ C
>-, co
CJ
JC
i-l M
CO T-I
TJ x:
•1-1
H

































en
0)
o
c
CO
4-1
en
X)
3
CD

TJ .
01 4-1
bo C
LI CD
cc e
x: 01
CJ >
en o
T-I E
TJ
cn
U-l 4-1
O C
0)
C E
O •*
•H TJ
4-1 O)
CJ CO
T-I
TJ S-l
0) O
Ll
CL,



y-^
. 0)
0) TJ
TJ -H
•H 4-J
4-1
U-i
ij- O
O
0)
>- TJ
4-1 3
•H 4-J
U T-4
O -4
i-l D.
 co






















•
cn
1
CN

0)
i— 1
X)
CO
H


bO
C
i-i
bo
TJ
Ol
S-l
TJ

Li
0)
>
3
0)
C
CO
c
— ^
0)
4-1
CO
S-i
0)
Q.
O •
4-J
O C
4J 0)
c
x 5.
4J T-I
T-I 3
i— i cr
•H 0)
X)
<












4J
r-
bO
•H

CO

•
/-^
0)
4-J
CO
E
T-I
4J
CO
01

I—I
CO
S-i
01
£
5
bo
N^

C
o
f""> T-I
1 4-1
CN CO
>
01 S-i
--I 0)
X> CO
CO XI
H 0


0)
Ll
Ol
x:
TJ
cfl

o c
4-J CO
x:
CO 4-1
4-1
C Ll
CO 0)
c x;
•i-l 4J
e «
CO L,
4J
C cfl
O 0)
O 4-J
CO
Ll r-H
O 3
U-| CJ
•H
i— 1 4-J
CO Li
T^ CO
4-1 Q.
c
Ol O
4-1 4-J
0
—


0)
4-1
CO
i— 1
3
O
•H C
4-J O
Ll 1-4
CO 4-J
&4 CO
Li
TJ 4-1
01 C
TJ 0)
C 0
0) C
a. o
CO CJ
3
CO






























•
C
O
T-I
4_t
o
Ol
1— 1
• 01
4-1 CO
c
Ol TJ
E 0
C X?
•H 4-1
• co OJ
CO 4-1 E
4-J C
C O 4J
0) cj c
E 01
•H Li E
TJ O C
0) U-l -H
CO CO
TJ 4-J
O 0) C
4-> 01 O
c o
bO
C C C
i-i O O
r-4
4-1 4-1 4-J
4-1 U CJ
0) CO CO
cn a. c-
E E
h— 1 h-J











































•
m
1
CN

0)
^J
XI
CO
H





0
4_>

i-H O
CO 4-1
T-I
l-i bC
0) C
4-1 TJ
CO r-4
E 4-1
4-1
TJ 01
0) cn
bO
Ll 0)
CO — I
JC T-I
cj x:
co 3
•H
TJ CU •
N CO
U-l .-4 4-J
0 ^ C
T-I 01
>, J3 £
4J 3 -H
•H i— 1 TJ
^ O CU
•H CO CO
X!
<






CU
Li
3
4-1
CO
Li
0)
a.
E 0)
0) i-i
H -H
U-,
s-i o
O1 Li
4J (X
CO
3




,*—s
TJ
01
-
C
T-
4-J
C
0
CJ
**^




















O
4-J

i— 1
CO
•H
Li
0)
4-J
Cfl
E

TJ
0)
bO
L,
CO
x:
CJ
CO
•H •
TJ 4-1
3
u-i o
O
0)
X —1
4J 4-1
1-4 4-1
— I CU
•H CD
X!
<























2-15

-------


































/*^
T3
01
3

•H
JJ
C
o
o
v^x

•
CN
1
CN


CO
^J
H







































CD
0)
O
j-j
3
O
in

c
o
•H
JJ
CO
6
i-i
O
U-l
C
M


















C
o
•H
JJ
CO
E
O
U-l
C
1— (

U-l
O

01
03
3





J_|
0

o
CO
fa

c
o
•iH
4J
CO

M
o
U-l
c
M


















•
ro
1
CN

OJ

,Q
CO
H



O


r-l O
CO 4J
•H
I-i bO
0) C
JJ -H
CO »H
e jj
JJ
•a o)
0) 03
bO
I-i 0)
CO !-(
r* »r-l
O _£
CD 3
•H
N 03
U-l -H JJ
O r-< C
•H 0)
X -0 B
JJ 3 -M
•H rH T3
r-l O 0)
•H CD 03
r^
"*







0)
—1
•iJ
U-l
O

a*
>,
jj
•H
C
i-l
r— 1
CO
CO





























C
o
1-1
4-1
a.
0

4J
C
Ol
E
4J
CO
0)
Ui
JJ

JJ
C
0)
E
•H
T3
03

C
o

4J
o
cfl
a.
g
r— 1








































•
ro
1
CN

CD
1— 1
fl
CO
H


CD
O
^
4J
CD
i-|
I-l
0)
JJ
f_j
CO

CO

O

,_!
CO
O

CD
>,
a.

c
o

4J
O
0)
U-l
U-i
,
rO
0)

0)

JJ

M
>^
*O
o


tj
at
co
3

0)
J=
4J

U-l
O



•K
4_j
, — 1
0)
E

3
0
C
03

A
JJ
bO
3
0
I-i
•a


































•a

-«. «
0)
JJ JJ
CO C
l-i 0) JJ
DEC

O i-l C
3 i-l
0 cr E
JJ 0) CO
jj
>, bO C
JJ C O
•H i-l O
r-l M
i-l 'O U-l
& 0) O
CO l-i
bO O •
C I-i -H JJ
•H 0) JJ C
JJ > O 0)
O 3 i-l E
Ol O> T3 0)
U-* C 0) >
u^ CO l-i O
co e o. E











/— \
•o
c
0
, — 1
U-l
E
I-l
0
JJ
CD









CD
•H
CD
JXj
i— 1
CO
C
CO

-o
c
• cfl
CO
1 bO
CN C
•H
0) -H
r-l CX
J-3 E
CO CO
H en
u
C
0)
E
a
•H
3
cr
0)

bO
C
•H
bO
-a
0)
^-i
T3

U-l
0

01 •
a -o
JJ 03
3
C
O 0)
o
4J
O >•%
co crj
a. e
c
HJ
C
•H
Cfl
^-i
CD

•^
C
CO

01
a,
>»,
f-1
jj
C
O) 0)
E N
•r-l 1-1
T3 C/3
0)
CO





3
jj
•H
03
1
C
1-1
S-^

so
c
•H
CD
C
01
CD

OJ
JJ
o
E
0)
ftS




-a
c
CO

JJ
C
OJ

4J
CO
0)
L*
4-t

JJ
C
0)
£
1-1
TJ
CD

C
o

JJ
CJ
CO
a.
E
M

























•
^— ^
0)
J2
O
IJ
a.

>>
jj
•H
CD
C
0)
-o

u
CO
0)
i-H
o
3
c










• -a
C 0
o ,c

JJ 0)
o E
0)

0) C
CD O)
E
•a c
O i-l
J= CO
jj JJ
0) C
0 C
r-l O
CO C -H
cfl O jj
0 0
a, jj oi
CD O r—1
iH CO Ol
•a Q. CD
E
I-H








































•
CO
1
CN

O)
1— 1
o
CO
H


CD
JJ
C
CO
C
*H
6
CO

C
0
o

UM
0

C
0
•H
03
0)
-C
CO

c
o

JJ
o
CO
0.
E
r— 1
r^
O
.n
t-i
CO
c^2

O
•H
C
Cfl
bO

C
jj
C
01
e
•r-l
"T3
0)
C/3






•
03
i-l
03
>-,
i-^
CO
C
CO

"O
C
CO

bO
c
T-I
1— 1
G.
£
CO
CO
•
c
o
TJ
J_J
O
O)
T— I
OJ
CD

•a
o
f
jj
0)
E

jj
C
o>
E
• JJ
CD Cfl

QJ JJ
E
•H C
"O O
0)
03 JJ
0
O cfl
jj a.
E
i — i














e
0)
jj
c
0



2-16

-------
         FIGURE 2-5.  EXAMPLE WATER BODY DATA COLLECTION WORKSHEET
Information                     Site-Specific             Information
Requirements                        Data                     Source
WATER BODY;

Depth of Water Body
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Average                        3. 0 £-f

Width of Water Body
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Average

Water Current Direction
  Surface
  Subsurface                   C.AST          £*
-------
                          FIGURE 2-5. (continued)
Information
Requirements
                                Site-Specific
                                    Data
Information
   Source
SEDIMENTS:

Depth to Contaminated
  Sediments

Sediment Type

Sediment Grain Size  i

Sediment Organic     /
  Carbon Content     «

WATER:               '

Suspended Particulate
  Concentration
                     i
Water Temperature
  Profile

Salinity Profile
                                                         *«.*>
SEASONAL CONSIDERATIONS:
Seasonal Conditions
and Impacts
  Drought
  Snow melt
  Storm flood
                                                                    a~**(
SKETCH WATER BODY/CHANNEL CONFIGURATION (CROSS-SECTION)
                                    2-18

-------
                                C/3
 Q
 Z
S
Q
O
o
V^ JUfc
O CD
LU cc
CC uj
£
   s
LU O
uj£
n  LU
LU

CO

CN

LU
CC
                      IT)
                                          2-19

-------
       TABLE 2-3.  ADDITIONAL INFORMATION SOURCES FOR WATER BODY DATA
Source
Information Available
U.S. Coast Guard District
  Offices
U.S. Geologic Survey
U.S. National Weather Service

U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
U.S. National Oceanic and
  Atmospheric Administration
U.S. Department of Interior
  and State Departments of
  Natural Resources
Historical spill data, local
meteorological data, oceano-
graphic data.

Topographic maps, data on the
geologic and hydrologic features
of a spill area, topographic
data.

Meteorological and nautical data.

Historical water data for spill
site, predicted flow patterns of
an area.

Nautical and meteorological data,
visual reconaissance capabilities,
modeling of contaminant trajectory.

Identification and location of
endangered species and habitats.
Scripps Institute of Oceanography
  and Woods Hole Oceanographic
  Institute
Data on currents, waves, and tides.
State Water Departments
State Coastal Department

Local Municipalities and
  Universities
Data concerning all water systems
within a state.

Data on currents, waves, and tides.

Historical knowledge of area;
environmental and geologic
knowledge of area.
Adapted from Byroade, Twedell, and LeBoff, 1981.
                                    2-20

-------
     In the absence of any specific data or estimates based on general
information, sampling or direct measurements may need to be conducted to
define the necessary data.  These activities may range from taking soundings
or measuring currents to sampling sediments for analysis.  Where such
activities are indicated, they should be planned and conducted in conjunc-
tion with other sampling or monitoring activities in the data collection
and analysis effort to ensure efficient use of time and resources.
     2.2.2  Characterization of Environmental Setting
     The biological environment surrounding the spill of a sinking chemical
consists of species, populations, and communities (i.e., receptors) at risk
of exposure to the spilled substances.  The receptors may be at risk through
exposure to toxic substances or the destruction of their living environment
(habitat).  Economically important receptors, such as fish and shellfish,
may also be affected by a spill of sinking chemicals.  The economic and
public welfare value of the water body for drinking water, industrial use,
or recreational use may also be reduced as a result of the spill.  Thus,
the identification of receptors surrounding the spill area (flora, fauna,
and human) and the uses of the water body information to assess exposure
and impacts of the spill, as well as the need for immediate protective
measures, need to be applied.
          2.2.2.1- Information Requirements


     For the purposes of spill response decisionmaking, the environmental
setting of the area surrounding the spill of sinking substances includes
the following:

     •  Distinctive, sensitive, or protected habitats

     •  Endangered species

     •  Sensitive or indicator species

     •  Sensitive water body use

     •  Potential receptors.

All of these components represent environmental areas or species subject to
exposure that may require protection during cleanup or may be considered in
evaluating the need for immediate response.

     Figure 2-7 is an example completed worksheet for compiling environ-
mental setting data.  A blank worksheet is provided in Appendix I.  This
worksheet provides a detailed breakdown of information under each of the
five components identified above.


                                     2-21

-------
            FIGURE 2-7.  EXAMPLE ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING WORKSHEET
                                                           Information
Site Information                                             Sources
DISTINCTIVE HABITATS (Check and list if near spill area)

      .  Breeding Grounds, Nesting, or Roosting Sites
         Tnxh
  /           '
 y   2.  Wildlife/Refuges
          &A4+  o$- ~Dit*>*ff»tt   ^^Lre. ia.rk.

	 3.  Endangered Species Habitats
     4.  Marshes or Swamps (e.g., mangrove)
     5.  Subtidal Seagrass Systems
     6.  Harvesting Beds
     .7.  Coral Reefs
     8.   Soft Bottom Benthos
     9.  Unused Natural Ecosystem (ecologically or
         aesthetically important)
    10.  Other
                                                            (continued)
                                    2-22

-------
                           FIGURE  2-7.  (continued)
Site Information
                                                            Information
                                                              Sources
ENDANGERED SPECIES  (List)
SENSITIVE SPECIES  (Check if applicable and  list)

 V  1.  Aquatic (Fish/Shellfish)
     2.  Birds
     3.  Reptiles/Amphibians

     4.  Mammals
     5.  Plants-.
SENSITIVE WATER BODY USAGE (Check if applicable)

                                   Distance Downstream  From  Spill
Type of Use

CONSUMPTIVE WATER USE

  y/ 1.  Drinking Water Supply
_ 2.  Industrial Water  Supply
_ 3.  Irrigation
_ 4.  Fire Water Supply
                                    Y\\dvi}\
RECREATIONAL USE
     1.  State/National Park
     2.  Swimming
     3.  Boating
     4.  Fishing
     5.  Other
                                                      Yo.rk  — //*//<
                                                     f&rk — I  m'tJ
                                                             (continued)
                                    2-23

-------
                          FIGURE 2-7.  (continued)
                                                           Information
Site Information                                             Sources
COMMERCIAL USE (Check if applicable and  list)

     1.  Shellfish
     2.  Finfish
 y   3.  Resort area or other waterfront  property
         fcet'ijience* *>w^ YA.ca.4-Im  h»#>es _

 y   4.  Marinas
         Z*a,*cA«'nA ren^p 
-------
     This information should also be recorded on a  site map, as described
in Section 2.2.1.  Figure  2-8 provides an example map; note  that  the  en-
vironmental setting information has been recorded onto the same map as  the
water body characteristics  (Figure 2-6).  This data-overlaying process
helps to build an overview  of the spill, its movement, and crucial areas
the spill may impact; thus, the data presented on the map reflect distance
and time components of the  spill.
          2.2.2.2  Information Sources
     Table 2-4 identifies Federal and state agencies and organizations  that
may be able to provide environmental setting information.  For each agency
or organization identified, the type of information or the services avail-
able are described.

     Topographic maps from the USGS are useful information tools.  These
maps show state parks, marshes, wildlife refuges, and other distinctive
habitat areas.  They also identify nearby dwellings, towns, and cities.  As
described in Section 2.2.2.1, these maps may be used as a base map to
record collected site data.
2.3  DETERMINATION OF THE EXTENT OF CONTAMINATION
     An essential component in evaluating the impact of discharged sinking
material is to assess the spread of contaminants from the sediments along
the bottom and into the water column.  The objective of this assessment is
to determine the environmental concentrations of these substances or their
transformation products and to plot migration pathways and concentration
gradients over time.  From this information, it is possible to determine
levels of exposure to species, populations, and environmental systems
identified earlier to evaluate risk of adverse effects.
     2.3.1  Information Requirements
     Determining the extent of contamination for a spill of sinking sub-
stances involves two components:  (1) the current extent of contamination,
and (2) the future extent of contamination.  The first component provides a
picture of the contamination situation as it exists at a certain time
(generally, when the OSC first arrives on site).  The second component
considers the dynamic aspects of contamination to characterize the contami-
nation situation as it changes over time, i.e., to build a series of
pictures of the contamination situation at specific intervals within a
defined period of time.  Both components address (for sediments and water
column) the dimensions of the contaminated areas and the concentration
gradient within the contamination zone.
                                    2-25

-------
2-26

-------
           TABLE 2-4.  ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING INFORMATION SOURCES
Source
Information Available
U.S. Fish and Wildlife
  Service
National Oceanic and
  Atmospheric Administration

State Water Departments
Data pertaining to possible sensitive and
unique areas, data concerning threatened
species in a spill area, directions to take
concerning the protection or cleanup of
important ecological systems (rookeries,
hatcheries, etc.).

Data pertaining to wildlife species, in
general, and sensitive species in particular.

Data concerning all water systems within a
state, data concerning water uses in an
area.
State Fish and Game
Departments
State Coastal Department
Data detailing locations of major aquatic
breeding and habitat areas within a state,
data concerning wildlife water uses.

Data on coastal shoreline development areas,
data on where the recreational, commercial,
and wilderness shorelines are located.
State and Local Parks and
  Recreation Departments
State and Local Universities
  and Colleges

State and Local Historical
  and Conservation Groups

National Conservation and
  Wildlife Organizations

State and Local
  Government Officials
Data on the recreational use of certain
areas, data on the habitats of recreational
wildlife (game fishes, birds, etc.).

Data pertaining to wildlife species, in
general, and sensitive species in particular,

Input as to the aesthetic and historical
values of an area.

Input concerning the existence of threatened
or endangered species in a spill area.

Information concerning water uses, outside
considerations, spill area uniqueness.
Adapted from Byroade, Twedell, and LeBoff, 1981.
                                    2-27

-------
     The following sections address the information requirements to deter-
mine the current and future extent of contamination for a spill of sinking
chemicals.
          2.3.1.1  Current Extent of Contamination
     The fundamental process for determining the current extent of contami-
nation is to define the boundaries of the contaminated bottom materials and
the area of the water column that is contaminated.  Where pools of liquid
contaminants exist on top of bottom materials, the areal extent of the
liquid should be defined and the surrounding areas of contaminated sedi-
ments should be identified.

     Defining the extent of contamination of bottom materials includes the
number of contaminated areas, the length and the width (distance dimensions)
of contamination associated with each area, and the depth of contamination
(from top of sediments) for each area.  For the water column, the extent of
contamination includes the length and the width (distance dimensions) along
the water body that contamination from the sediments exists and the depths
within the water column that are contaminated (e.g., is the entire water
column from the bottom to water surface contaminated, or is only a portion
of the water column contaminated).  The areal extent of water contamination
should also be defined.  All of this information may be obtained through
monitoring studies (observations, remote sensing, or sampling) and spill
circumstances data (Section 2.1.1).

     This information should be mapped to provide a visual summary of the
contaminated area (sediments and water column).  The number of contaminated
areas and zones of contamination can be recorded directly onto the data
overlay maps described in previous sections.

     Subsurface cross-sections of the sediments and the water column should
also be drawn to further describe the vertical and areal extent of contami-
nation.  Figure 2-9 provides an example map that illustrates the current
areas of contamination.

     The concentration gradient for the contaminants should be defined
within each contamination area for both water and sediments.  This informa-
tion may also be recorded on a map, as shown in Figure 2-9.  Concentration
data can only be obtained through sampling and analysis and through direct
measurement (e.g., conductivity).
                                    2-28

-------
2-29

-------
          2.3.1.2  Future Extent of Contamination
     The information used to assess the current extent of contamination is
also used to assess the future extent of contamination:

     •  Sediments

        - Number of contamination areas
        - Length and width of each area
        - Depth of contamination in sediments
        - Contaminant concentration gradient

     •  Water Body

        - Areal extent of contamination zone
        - Vertical depth of contamination across the contamination zone
        - Contaminant concentration gradient.

     For future contamination, this information must be predicted or esti-
mated for specific future time periods to build a picture as to how far the
contamination area is spreading, at what rate it is spreading, and how the
contaminant concentrations are changing over time.  These changes are esti-
mated or predicted based on the current situation,  the chemical data
(Section 2.1.2), and the water body data (Section 2.2.1), and may require
monitoring studies as well.

     This information can be mapped along with other information to provide
a visual summary of how the contamination zone may change over specific
time periods.  Figure 2-10 provides an example map that illustrates this
process.
     2.3.2  Methods for Obtaining Information
     The information required to determine the extent of contamination may
be obtained through monitoring studies, prediction methods, or a combination
of the two.  Application of these methods often requires a well-considered
plan that must be specific to the water body characteristics, spill condi-
tions, spill volume, and overall immediacy of resolution.  The following
sections briefly describe these information collection methods.
          2.3.2.1  Monitoring Methods


     Monitoring methods that may be used to collect information include

     •  Direct (visual) observation and measurement
                                    2-30

-------


? ?
x o.
3 1
o 55
? 1
I I
I ^
s i
tr u
wo



? ?
£ il

5 .2
I 1
u ac
55^:

I
I
§~

CJ
I
o
in
0
I
x
at
i
i

I uoneunu
2
§
(J
£
I
0
i
UJ






I I
'f *
i £
* 2
1 £
m
^
j> _-
2-31

-------
      •   Remote  sensing

      •   Sampling  and  analysis.

 These methods  are generally used  to define  current  contamination.

      Direct observation is  limited by spill and  by  environmental conditions.
 In shallow or  clear water,  direct  observation may be used to identify the
 area  of  contamination of bottom materials  if the contaminant is a distinc-
 tive  color; otherwise,  divers  may  be needed to establish the extent of the
 area.  When distinctively colored  contaminants have entered the water column,
 discoloration  of  the  water  may be  used as  a guide to the extent of contami-
 nation.   The Discharge  Summary Worksheet,  presented earlier as Figure 2-3,
 provides space  to note  observations of contamination dimensions.

      Remote sensing techniques and equipment can provide information about
 subsurface conditions more  quickly than sampling.   Remote sensing may be
 used  to  monitor contaminants in bottom materials both to detect the presence
 of contaminants and to  quantify their concentrations.   These methods may be
 conducted on a  one-time basis  to  define the current situation or on a con-
 tinuing  basis  to  quantify movement and concentration changes over time.

      Techniques currently in use  include electrical conductivity,  x-ray
 fluorescence, and photography  (underwater  and aerial).   These methods may
.be used  to determine  the areal extent of contamination  on top of sediments,
 to monitor the  movement of  chemicals along  the bottom,  and to detect the
 contaminants in .sediments or the  water column.

      Sampling is  the  fundamental  tool for  determining the extent of contami-
 nation.   Sampling may be applied  to bottom  materials or to the water column
 on a  one-time basis to  determine  current contamination  dimensions  or on  a
 continuous basis  to define  changes in location and  concentration over time,
 enabling prediction of  these variables.

      A variety  of grab  samplers,  corers, and sample bottles are available.
 These may be used to  obtain samples of sediments, contaminants pooled on
 top of sediments, and the water column at various depths.  The samples may
 be analyzed for contaminant concentrations  and for  sediment characteristics
 using either portable/transportable on-site facilities  or off-site
 laboratories.
           2.3.2.2  Predictive  Methods
      Predictive  methods  that may be used  in determining future contaminant
 location and concentration include general estimates or the application of
 models.

      General estimates  provide a quick means of  determining the rate of
 contaminant movement and thereby estimating the  spread of contamination in
                                     2-32

-------
bottom materials or through the water column in an "order-of-magnitude"
level of analysis.  These estimates can be made based on observations or
sampling results within a certain time period and extrapolated for longer
intervals.  Such a method provides a "rough" estimate, which may be suf-
ficient where immediate response action is indicated to control the spill
or to protect human health or the environment.  However, these estimates
are limited in their application because they do not take into account
the dynamic nature of the water body, the sediments, and the contaminant
concentration and transformation.

     Modeling studies are useful predictive tools to indicate the possible
areal extent of contaminated sediments, contaminant movement, and water
column contamination over time.  Such studies may also indicate locations
where contaminants or contaminated bottom materials tend to accumulate.

     Mathematical models are available for predicting sediment transport,
erosion, and deposition, as well as contaminant transport in rivers,
estuaries, lakes, and oceans.  Numerous methods are available, and some
involve the use of numerical computer models.  Vyas and Herbich (1977) and
Neely and Blau (1976) are information sources on the use of models in
analyzing sediment transport and deposition.  Methods for analyzing trans-
port in water bodies are further described in Fischer et al. (1979).
Physical models can also be used to predict the behavior of water bodies
under varying conditions.  For example, existing scale models of the
Chesapeake Bay, the San Francisco Bay, and the Mississippi River are used
by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for hydraulic modeling.

     The application of models to obtain information to define the extent
of contamination requires a substantial amount of information on the water
body, the status of the situation, and properties of the substances.
Monitoring studies may be necessary to obtain appropriate data.  Further,
the user must be trained and a substantial amount of time must be spent
collecting and analyzing the data.  Therefore, predictive studies are most
applicable to complex environmental situations or where sufficient evaluation
time is available.
2.4  DETERMINATION OF EXPOSURE AND IMPACTS
     The final data collection and analysis step involves determining the
exposure and the impacts associated with the spill situation.  In analyzing
exposure, identified receptors are evaluated with respect to the extent of
present and future contamination.  In analyzing impacts, exposure is evalu-
ated with respect to regulatory standards and criteria (for environmental
concentrations of the chemicals involved), as well as chemical data that
define the potential for harm (e.g., carcinogenicity, toxicity, etc.).
                                    2-33

-------
     Together, these analyses address the following questions, for both the
present and the future:

     •  Who or what are the affected receptors?

     •  What are the substances to which the receptors are (will be)
        exposed?

     •  To what extent are the receptors being (going to be) exposed to the
        substances?

The answers to these questions form the basis for deciding the significance
of the spill situation, the immediacy of the need for response, and the
most appropriate response methods.
     2.4.1  Information Requirements and Analysis
     Figure 2-11 is an example completed worksheet for collecting and
organizing exposure and impact data.  A blank worksheet is provided in
Appendix I.  For each chemical involved in a spill of sinking substances or
a situation of contamination, the exposure and impacts analysis requires
identification of each potential resource or receptor that may be affected
as determined in Sections 2.2.2 and 2.3.  For each receptor or resource,
the following data are needed:  (1) type of exposure (ingestion, direct
contact, etc.), .and (2) the exposure level for the media involved (sediment,
water, contaminated fish, etc.) at the present and over time.  This informa-
tion can be extrapolated from the data collected, as identified in Sections
2.1 through 2.4.

     Finally, for each situation identified, the relevant regulatory expo-
sure level should be identified; in the absence of regulatory standards,
other exposure indices, such as carcinogenic levels or lethal dose (LD5Q)
levels, should be used.  These standards and criteria establish a level that,
when compared to the contamination problem (present or future), may be used
to assess the potential damage or harm to public health and to the environ-
ment that may result.  These standards can only be applied to situations
relevant to the standard.

     This analysis must also consider acute exposure and chronic exposure
because the potential for harm or damage will be different for these situa-
tions (e.g., the acute exposure may result in some damage, but the chronic
exposure may result in severe damage to public health or to the environ-
ment).  Bioaccumulation and bioraagnification should also be considered.

     Because chemicals transform in the environment over time, this analysis
process should be repeated for each transformation product, as identified in
earlier steps.
                                    2-34

-------
or:
i*5
c£
O
2
H
<
Q

H
U
<
0*
a
z
M
as

00
O
CU
X
U

W
,J
a-
x
 i
CM
Ci3
as
O
       H
       Z
       W £
       H 2
       O <
       (X I

       z ai
       O O
         Cb
       H

       w

       £
       O
       U
EGULATORY

TANDARD OR
ER EXPOSUR

CRITERIA
R

S

OTH
         M
         s
       M
       X f->
         w
       O ai
         3
       td CO
       0-, O
         b
         X
         w
         ai
       O O
       OS H
         b
       o ctJ
         CJ
       W Ld
       oi ai
                    V\  V
                    t  4

                    •*  l
                    ft  i
                   'k
                                  2
                    0
                   H-
                t
                rt
                        o
                        Ci
K
                                 8
                                                       s
                        I
                        I
                        C
                        I
                                                              i
                                                              (
                                 C
                                 I
                           A  Sri
                                        2-35

-------
     2.4.2  Information Sources
     The information used as input to the analysis of exposure and impacts
will have been collected or generated during earlier analyses;, as outlined
in Sections 2.1 through 2.3.  New data requirements are those; regulatory
standards and criteria that are relevant to the situation under analysis.
Particular standards and criteria of interest include:

     •  State water quality criteria

     •  Clean Water Act water quality criteria

     •  Safe Drinking Water Act maximum concentration limits and health
        advisories

     •  Sediment contamination criteria

     •  Aquatic toxicology data

     •  National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) and
        Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) exposure levels

     •  Human toxicology:

        - International Agency for Research on Cancer (IARC)
        - Food and Drug Administration (FDA)
        - NIOSH.

These data are available through local offices of relevant Federal and State
agencies; computer information data bases; and numerous EPA, iMIOSH, and
OSHA publications.
2.5  LEVEL OF APPLICATION OF CHARACTERIZATION PROCESS
     The data collection and analysis process described throughout this
section focuses on the important information and analytical considerations
that form the basis of the decisionmaking process described in subsequent
sections.  To this end, the process and information parameters have been
described in detail.

     This data collection and analysis process can be conducted at any level
of detail, depending on the amount of time considered feasible given the
existing spill situation.  The process described previously can be conducted
on a relatively cursory level, so long as these important questions are
considered in the analysis:

     •  What is the present spill situation?
                                    2-36

-------
•  What chemicals are involved?

•  How harmful are the chemicals and what will happen  to these
   chemicals in the environment?

•  Where are the chemicals and their transformation products going?

•  What/who will be affected by the spread of the chemicals?

•  What levels of exposure will occur?  What impacts will result?
                               2-37

-------
                                 SECTION 3

                      DETERMINATION OF RESPONSE NEEDS
     Once the spill characterization data have been collected and analyzed
and exposure and impacts have been evaluated, the response decision process
begins.  The first step in the decision process is to assess the need for
response.  If a response is necessary, then the objectives of the response
can be established.  These objectives set the framework for identifying
response options and for selecting an appropriate remedy.

     Figure 3-1 illustrates the overall decision process and identifies
those areas addressed in this section.  Section 3.1 focuses on the general
assessment of response needs.  Section 3.2 addresses the establishment of
response objectives.  Section 3.3 addresses the establishment of immediate
response objectives.
3.1  ASSESSMENT OF NEED FOR RESPONSE
     The major question examined in assessing response needs is whether the
identified impacts of the spill are significant and, if so, whether they
warrant a response.  In some situations, particularly small volume spills
of relatively low-toxicity materials, no response may be needed as long as
short-term and long-term impacts on public health and the environment are
minimal.  In other situations, an immediate response may be necessary to
stabilize or to rapidly clean up (partially or fully) a worsening or highly
toxic spill.

     The need for response is assessed by judging the significance of the
impacts identified in Section 2.  This assessment should incorporate an
evaluation of what damages may occur (short- or long-term) and their poten-
tial for harm.  In general, the assessment should consider the stability of
the situation, volume and toxicity of the substances involved, and potential
for transformation and long-term effects.  With the exception of stability,
these factors were addressed in analyzing impacts in Section 2.4.

     In evaluating the need for immediate action, the following questions
regarding the situation stability and magnitude and immediacy of the ham
need to be assessed:

     •  Are spilled sinking substances moving either along the water column
        to bottom materials or along the bottom of the water body?
                                    3-1

-------
FIGURE 3-1. SEQUENCE OF RESPONSE  EVENTS
                                       Identity and Select
                                       Immediate Response
                                         Alternatives
             Develop and Evaluate
             Response Alternatives
                        3-2

-------
        If yes, should the movement be controlled or halted to prevent
        downstream contamination or to facilitate cleanup?

     •  Is one area of contaminated bottom materials more harmful than
        other areas:

         - As an area of high chemical concentration?
         - As an area of more highly toxic substances?
         - As an existing source of environmental or human health impacts?

Together, these questions consider the "seriousness" of the situation
relative to human health (a judgment of magnitude of harm) and the stability
(rate of worsening of conditions) of the situation, both or either of which
can indicate the need for immediate protective measures.

     From these analyses, it can be determined whether a cleanup response
to the spill is needed or whether no response is necessary (no action).
If a need for response is indicated, the analysis can determine whether an
immediate response is necessary in conjunction with or in place of a clean-
up response.
3.2  ESTABLISHMENT OF RESPONSE OBJECTIVES
     Response objectives should be.formulated to establish a framework for
evaluating, selecting, and implementing a response.  The response objectives
are the guidelines for the level of cleanup and the phasing of components
of the action.  As such, response objectives involve identifying priorities
for cleanup and the criteria governing the response.
     3.2.1  Priorities
     Once the spill situation is characterized, the impacts are identified,
and the need for response is established, cleanup priorities can be identi-
fied.  These priorities establish what must be protected in the response
in order to prevent adverse impacts to public health or the environment,
property as a result of the spill or in order to minimize adverse impacts
that may result from a response action.  This involves consideration of
shortterra and long-term contaminant movement, transformation, and concentra-
tion; anticipation of decisionmaking time frame and the timeframe of response
(i.e., urgency of response); and location of nearby receptors and sensitive
environmental or commercial areas.  All of these factors are identified in
the data collection and evaluation activities and are summarized in the
impacts evaluation step in Section 2.

     Cleanup priorities are established by ranking the identified impacts.
This ranking is based on a judgment of the magnitude of the impacts relative
to one another.  For example, at a given site, the protection of a drinking
                                    3-3

-------
water intake may have to be evaluated against the protection of a drinking
water source, a recreational area, or a sensitive waterfowl breeding ground.
Decisions on the relative importance of these areas and on priorities for
protecting the areas will depend upon the likelihood of damage, the pro-
gression of the zone of contamination, and the magnitude of the impact
(population affected, recreational value, etc.).  Short-term impacts must
be balanced against long-term impacts.  However, the protection of human
health will generally warrant the highest priority.
     3.2.2  Response Criteria
     Once priorities have been established, projected levels of cleanup
must be considered; that is, the extent to which contaminants are to be
removed, contained, and/or treated.  This decision involves establishing
acceptable levels of residual contamination remaining in the environment.

     Ideally, all contaminants should be separated from the environment
either by removal, chemical transformation, or isolation, thereby leaving
no contaminants in the environment.  In practice, this may not be feasible
or cost-effective because of the volumes of sediment and water involved.

     Cleanup criteria should focus on reducing contaminant levels in the
environment to protect human health and aquatic and terrestrial life,  The
criteria should be consistent with the designated uses of the water body
under consideration.  For example, cleanup levels for an isolated water
body with little environmental, human, or commercial value may allow for
higher levels of residual contamination than a water body used for drinking
water or for commercial fisheries.

     Regulatory standards for sediment contamination levels are the most
appropriate cleanup criteria.  However, few standards have been developed.
In general, water quality standards will provide a guide for establishing
appropriate cleanup levels.  These standards establish water concentration
limits for numerous chemicals based on human ingestion of drinking water
and fish.  These standards provide an acceptable guide in situations of
spills of substances that sink because the initial effects of a spill and a
major long-term effect of contaminated sediments are contamination of the
water column.

     Water quality standards, established by the states, consist of water
quality criteria and designated uses of the water body.  Under the Clean
Water Act, states are required to adopt water quality criteria sufficient
to protect the designated use.  The Federal government offers guidance to
the states in developing water quality criteria through the publication
of National ambient water quality criteria for 65 classes of priority pol-
lutants (45 CFR 79318, November 28, 1980; 48 CFR 51400, November 8, 1983;
49 CFR 4551, February 7, 1974).  A compilation of State water quality
standards (October 1984) is available from the Criteria and Standards
Division of the Office of Water Regulations and Standards of USEPA.
                                    3-4

-------
     Water quality standards do not exist for all substances.  In such
circumstances, other criteria, advisories, and guidance (as described in
Section 2.4) should be considered.  Maximum Contaminant Levels (MCLs)
promulgated under the Safe Drinking Water Act, may serve as guidelines in
establishing cleanup objectives (48 CFR 45502; October 5, 1983; 49 CFR 24330,
June 12, 1984).  MCLs are enforceable standards promulgated by the EPA
Office of Drinking Water (ODW).  ODW makes additional nonenforceable guide-
lines for other contaminants in drinking water available.  These suggested-
no-adverse-response-levels (SNARLs) are health advisories that incorporate
a safety margin to protect the most sensitive members of the general human
population from adverse toxicological effects.

     Other relevant Federal programs/requirements for setting cleanup
criteria include:  (1) Clean Water Act Section 301 and 403(c) criteria for
ocean discharge, and Section 404 criteria for the disposal of dredged or
fill material; (2) Marine Protection Research and Sanctuaries Act criteria
for ocean dumping of waste; (3) Toxic Substances Control Act, Section 6, PCS
requirements for disposal; and (4) Department of Transportation hazardous
materials transport rules.
3.3  ESTABLISHMENT OF OBJECTIVES FOR IMMEDIATE RESPONSE
     An immediate response may be necessary to stabilize a rapidly changing
contamination situation or to protect resources that are immediately threat-
ened.  As shown in Figure 3-1, a separate decisionmaking process is needed
for immediate responses.  An immediate response may involve limited or
temporary measures, such as shutting off a drinking water intake or setting
up a containment barrier to provide initial protection prior to a full
response to be identified later; alternatively, it may involve a full
response that is implemented in a compressed timeframe.  In either case,
once the need for an immediate response is established, priorities of
response and cleanup or control criteria should be established.
     3.3.1  Priorities
     Priorities for an immediate response are established in a manner
similar to that for a less urgent response, as described in Section 3.2.1.
However, development of priorities focuses on the question of what aspects
of the situation most immediately needs attention and what, if anything,
can wait for a later response.  This involves an assessment of what is
immediately impacted or what will shortly become severely impacted by the
spilled substances and a judgment regarding the relative magnitudes of
these impacts.

     Immediate response priorities are then established by ranking these
impacts, as described in Section 3.2.1.
                                    3-5

-------
     3.3.2  Response Criteria
     In an immediate response action, response criteria that set the frame-
work for the response should be established.  This process draws on the
priorities established for the response to provide the focus.  Further,
this analysis must consider the rate of contaminant movement, technological
limitations or capabilities in controlling the movement, and priority of
receptor protection.

     An example of this analysis is as follows.  A given site situation
involves the rapid movement of highly toxic spilled sinking substances
along a river bottom; a recreational area (including fishing) is already
affected and a drinking water intake is located a short distance downstream.
If the water body and the spill conditions are such that the prevention of
further contaminant movement is not feasible, then response criteria may
include:  (1) Prevent contamination of drinking water, and (2) Limit further
human exposure at the recreational area.  Response measures may include,
but are not limited to, shutting off the drinking water intake and tempo-
rarily closing the recreational area.

     Where appropriate, specific cleanup levels may be established.  This
would be appropriate where an immediate removal of contaminated sediments
or pooled contaminants is conducted.  The cleanup levels can be final
levels, or interim levels if subsequent response actions are to be con-
ducted.  Cleanup criteria and their specification are described in Section
3.2.2.
                                    3-6

-------
                                 SECTION 4

                       SELECTION OF RESPONSE MEASURES


     The selection of response measures for a sinkers spill incident
involves the detailed evaluation and screening of available response
techniques.  The evaluation and screening process is conducted using site-
specific information gathered during the earlier site characterization
effort.  Site characterization data are used to determine the applicability
of available response techniques and their relative potential performance
under existing site conditions.  Figure 4-1 presents the selection process
and its relationship to the overall response process.

     The techniques available for response at sinker spill sites fall
within one of the following six response categories:

     •    Containment

     •    Removal

     •    Treatment of removed materials

     •    Disposal (treated and untreated removed materials)

     •    In-place (in situ) treatment and isolation

     •    No action.

The overall selection process involves four steps that entail various
types of analyses and evaluations of these response categories and their
respective response techniques.

     The four steps are:

     •    Screening response categories

     •    Screening response techniques

     •    Developing response alternatives

     •    Evaluating alternatives and selecting the preferred alternative.

     The first step in the selection process is to identify one or more
response categories that are applicable at the spill site.  This is
                                    4-1

-------
FIGURE 4-1. SEQUENCE OF RESPONSE EVENTS
                 4-2

-------
accomplished through a cursory screening process using information on site
characteristics and on limitations of response techniques.  Figure 4-2
illustrates how response categories can be (and sometimes must be) combined
to form treatment or response "trains" to meet response objectives.  For
example, if site conditions permit the use of removal techniques, this
category must either be followed directly by the disposal category or, if
the excavated material requires treatment, it must be followed by the
treatment and disposal categories.  At another site, the in situ treatment
and isolation category alone may be applicable.  In contrast, particular
site conditions may prohibit the use of any response measure at all; no
response is possible.  In this type of case, the "no action" response .
category is the sole option.  In general, the purpose of the first step is
to identify the response categories that may be applicable at the site.
Step 1 is described in detail in Section 4.1

     The second step is to screen techniques within each applicable
response category identified in Step 1, with the purpose of eliminating
those techniques that are not applicable under existing site conditions.
The screening conducted in Step 2 involves a more focused analysis than that
conducted in Step 1; many more technique-specific factors are used.  Step 2
is discussed in Section 4.2.

     The third step is the development of response alternatives.  This
involves the formation of compatible combinations of applicable techniques
that were identified in Step 2.  Each combination, or "response alterna-
tive," must be capable of meeting all previously established response
objectives.  The.analysis involved in this step focuses on technique-
specific characteristics and how different techniques can best compliment
one another.  The objective of Step 3 is to combine applicable techniques
within and between categories and devise as many working combinations, or
alternatives, as possible that meet response objectives.  This step is
addressed further in Section 4,3.

     The fourth and final step is the evaluation of the alternatives that
were developed in Step 3 and the selection of the alternative that will
best achieve established response objectives.  The evaluation involves
comparing the alternatives against one another in terms of their potential
performance, reliability, cost, the time required for implementation, and
the ability to meet response objectives.  Step 4 is discussed in detail in
Section 4.4.
4.1  SCREENING OF RESPONSE CATEGORIES
     The selection of a response for a particular sinker spill site begins
by screening the six response categories: removal, containment, in situ
treatment and isolation, treatment, disposal, and no action.  Each category,
with the exception of the no action option, consists of response techniques
that are applicable in different situations.  For example, the removal
category consists of various types of dredging and excavation equipment
                                    4-3

-------
       FIGURE 4-2. ALTERNATIVE RESPONSE CATEGORIES AND RESPONSE
         TRAIN USED  IN OVERALL SINKER SPILL RESPONSE SELECTION
                                    PROCESS
Established
 Need for •
 Response
                       Removal*
Containment*
                                          Response objectives
                                               are met
                                          Response is complete
                         In Situ
                        Treatment
                          and
                        Isolation*
                'Where no response category is applicable at the
                 site of interest, then not responding ("No Action'
                 is the sole option.
                                      4-4

-------
that are suitable for different material and water conditions.  The  treatment
category consists of a variety of treatment techniques  that are used for
different types of contaminated materials (liquid and solid).

     The screening of these categories requires site-specific data gathered
during the spill characterization effort and knowledge  of what site  char-
acteristics limit the applicability of each category.   Using site-specific
data and information on the limitations of each response category, those
categories that are not applicable under existing site  conditions are
screened out or eliminated from further consideration.  There may be situa-
tions where all five "action" response categories (removal, containment,
in situ, treatment, and disposal) are not applicable under existing  site
conditions; i.e., no action is possible.  In such cases, the only option is
to not respond at all, and the "no action" response category is selected.

     A distinction should be recognized between a "no action possible"
situation and a case where "no action is best."  A decision that "no action
is best" is not related to the issue of category applicability and,  there-
fore, would not be made during Step 1.  A decision involving "no action is
best" requires evaluation of "no action" along with "action" alternatives
during subsequent steps.  An example of a situation where the decision
might be made that "no action is best" would be where the only applicable
response category is removal, but all removal techniques would resuspend
contaminated, highly toxic material, thus creating a greater hazard  than
the hazard that existed previously.   In such a case, a  decision to not
respond at all, i.e., "no action is best," may be appropriate.
     4.1.1  Screening Process
     The screening of response categories proceeds in a series of substeps.
Table 4-1 is a decision matrix that is structured to facilitate this screen-
ing process and is referenced in the following discussion.  This response
category screening process applies to all types of surface water bodies
except open waters (an ocean or sea setting); i.e., it applies to coastal
waters, bays, rivers, streams, and tidal-influenced waters.  In the case of
a spill in open waters, dispersion and dilution would probably minimize
impacts to bottom materials or the response would focus on material suspended
in the water column.  This handbook does not address techniques used to
respond to contaminants within the water column.

     Figure 4-3 is an example completed worksheet to be used as an aid for
tracking and documenting decisions made during Step 1.  A blank worksheet
is provided in Appendix I.  By completing this form as each substep is
carried out, clear documentation is made for later reference regarding
decisions and conclusions drawn during Step 1.

     The first substep requires that the spill site be classified as one or
both of two site scenarios.  The information required to characterize a
site in Substep 1 includes whether the spilled material is mobile or
                                    4-5

-------
        TABLE  4-1.    DECISION  MATRIX FOR SCREENING  RESPONSE CATEGORIES


     A                      B                                C
                       Preferred          Site Conditions Limiting Applicability
Sice Scenario           Response            of Removal  and Ancillary Categories


1.  Contaminants are     Removal      (a)  Highly toxic if sediments distrubed  and dispersion
   relatively                            occurs,  evenon small scale (hazardous  to  either water
   stationary                            body and/or water safety)
                                    (b)  Treatment required but means of treatment  unavailable
                                    (c)  Means of disposing removed material  unavailable
                                    (d)  Means of disposing treatment residuals  unavailable
                                    (e)  Volume of.sediments and/or water too large for
                                        treatment
                                    (f)  Volime  of  sediments and/or water too  large  for
                                        disposal
                                    CgJ  Wave  height >7 ft and depth >65 ft

                                    (h)  Site  inaccessible to all removal equipment
2. Contaminants         Containment  C a)  High  water  velocity or low water volume  limits  use
   are  mo bile           and Removal      of  temporary containment techniques
                                    (b)  Site  inaccessible to temporary containment  equipment
                                    C c )  Treatment required but means of treatment  unav a i lab Le
                                    (d)  Means of disposing removed material  unavailable
                                    (e)  Means of disposing treatment residuals  unav ail able
                                    ( f )  Volume of-jSediments and/or water too large  for
                                        treatment
                                    Cg)  Volume of sediments and /or water too large  for
                                        disposal
                                    (h)  Wave  height >7 ft and depth >65 ft
                                    (i)  Site  inaccessible to all removal equipment
FOOTNOTES:
 Chemical  characteristics of spilled material  will  affect  feasibility of treatment  techniques.

"Removal equipment  is available that LS applicable  at depths greater than 65 ft,  there fore,  removal
 implementat ion  delay is applicable in situations where  it  is anticipated that  wave  height w L L1  subside
 to less than 7  ft.

 Treatment and/or  disposal of excessively large  quantities  of material may incur  infeasible  costs.
                                                       4-6

-------
   Other Response
     Categories
   Site Conditions Limiting AppLicabiity
          of Other Categories
             Comments
(a)  Delay Removal
(b) In Situ
(c) _Iri Situ
Cd) Ln Situ
(e) In Situ
( f)  Partial Removal
    and/or _In Situ
(g)  Partial Removal
    and/or In Situ
(h)  In Situ
   ( a)  Limiting conditions may persist
i.  (a) When wave height subsides
       removal can be implemented

li. ( b ,c ,d ,e ,g , i) In _S_itu techniques
       other than covers and caps are
       still developmental,  mostly
       untested  and unproven
    (b,c,d,e,g,i) Many techniques uproven;
       applicability of techniques depends
       on chemical nature of contaminants,
       and sediment characteistics; use
       o£ covers and caps limited by high
       water velocities or low water
       volume; site inaccessible to In-Situ
       equipment

   .  (f,h) Inability to mitigate hazard with  iii. (f.h) Partial removal must be
       only partial removal of contaminated          followed by Disposal or
       material; (see 11, above, for                 Treatment and Disposal and
       conditions limiting In Situ)                  limiting conditions on
                                                     these categorles must also
                                                     be considered (see n, above,
                                                     for comments on In Situ)
( a^ Removal

(b) Removal
(c) _In_ Situ
(d) _In Situ
Ce) ^n Situ         .
(f) Partial  Removal
    and/or  In Situ ,
Cg) Partial  Removal
    and/or  In Sj^tu
(h) Delay Removal
(i) In Situ
' a , b) [see row 1, column C, a through h]


(c,d,e ,i) [see ii, above 1


(f,g) [see iii,  above]



(hj  [see iii,  above)
(c,d,e,i) {see vi, abovel


(f,g) [see in, above]



(h)  [see in, above]
 Partlal removal of contaminant "hot spots" may be applicable if ics implement ation meets response objectives.
 Containment refers to temporary containment techniques including covers, caps, ditches, trenches, dikes, curtains,
 pits,  dikes,  and berms.

 Direct removal,  i.e., removal without initial containment,  may be applicable if rate at which material  is moving
 LS relatively slow.
                                                       4-7

-------
      FIGURE 4-3.  EXAMPLE WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE CATEGORIES
  I.  Select the site scenario that characterizes the existing site
     conditions (check one or both):
          Contaminants are relatively stationary.

      y   Contaminants are mobile.
 II.  As identified in Table 4-1, Column B, the preferred response category,
     or "train" of categories, is as follows:
     (1)           Vu*m^- _   (3)

     (2)
III.  Applicability of the preferred response category:

     Ilia.  Is containment necessary for implementation of removal
            (circle one)?

                 (  YesHgo to Illb)            No (go to IIIc)

     Illb.  Is containment applicable (circle one)?

                 /Yes \go to IIIc)            No (go to IVa & d)

     IIIc.  Is immediate and total removal physically applicable
            (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to Hid)          f No^go to IVa, b & c)

     Hid.  Does removed material require treatment? (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to Hie)            No (go to HIE)


     Hie.  Is treatment applicable (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to IHf)            No (go to IVd)
                                                   (continued)

-------
                         FIGURE 4-3.   (continued)
    Illf.  Is disposal of removed material or  treatment  residuals
           necessary (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to Illg)             No  (go  to  Illh)

    Illg.  Is disposal applicable (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to Illh)             No  (go  to  IVa  &  d)

    Illh.  The preferred response category is  applicable at  the  site.   The
           reasons for its applicability are as follows:
IV.  Other Response Categories:

    IVa.   Summarize the reasons why the preferred  response  category is
           not applicable at the site.
                 A  »*f  Carson  'betrra.sJ^lertaP-  if  Ttte  or o AOL   'Q _
             0f>r*v*,-

    IVb.   Is immediate partial removal applicable  (circle  one)?

                /YesVgo to IVbl)             No  (go  t  IVc)

           IVbl.  Does partially removed material require  treatment?
                  (circle one)?

                       /YesVgo to IVb2)             No  (go  to  IVb3)

           IVb2.  Is treatment applicable  (circle one)?

                        /YesVgo to IVb3)             No  (go  to  IVd)

           IVb3.  Is disposal necessary (circle one)?

                       /Yes)(go to IVbA)             No  (go  to  V)

           IVb4.  Is disposal applicable (circle one)?
                        " - \
                         Yes ygo to V)                No  (go  to  IVd)


                                                      (continued)
                                   4-9

-------
                         FIGURE 4-3.  (continued)
    IVc.   Can removal be temporarily delayed (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to Hid)          ( No }go to IVd )

    IVd.   Is in situ response applicable (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to V)             /No\go to IVe )

    IVe.   "No action" should be considered.

           (go to V)
 V. Based on existing site conditions, the following other response catego
    ries are applicable at the site:

    o  Partial removal (accompanied by treatment and/or disposal)
    o  Removal implementation delay
    o  In situ treatment/isolation
    o  No action possible
       (go to VI)
VI. Summary:

    Via.   The following response categories are applicable at the site:

           o  Containment K
           o  Removal v'
           o  Treatment
           o  Disposal
           o  In situ treatment/isolation
           o  No action

    Vlb.   Comments:
.  Ik
                       Af/6a.r *    e.    e. preArr&    r6i&>

                                                       V I *
-------
stationary.  The second substep refers to Table 4-1, Column B, and  identifies
the preferred response category that corresponds to the appropriate site
scenario.  As indicated in Column B, the preferred response category  for
any site scenario involves removal of all contaminated material.  In  any
situation, when removal of contaminated materials is applicable" under the
existing conditions and the established objectives can be met, the  removal
of the contaminants and the contaminated material is the preferred  response.

     With the removal category being the preferred response, the  third sub-
step determines the applicability of the removal category.  This  determina-
tion is based on both physical and chemical site conditions that  limit
removal, and conditions affecting the applicability of the removal  cate-
gory's ancillary response categories, namely containment, treatment,  and
disposal.  In any situation where removal is considered, one or more  of
these three ancillary categories will also be necessary to complete the
site response.  For this reason, the applicability of these categories will
affect the applicability of removal.

     Substep 3 involves two phases of analysis.  In the first phase,  the
user refers to Table 4-1, Column C, for information regarding limiting site
conditions with respect to the preferred removal category.  When  the  removal
category is still applicable in light of the limiting conditions  identified
in.Column C, then the user must move to the second phase of the decision
process, which involves reviewing the applicability of the ancillary  response
categories that may be necessary.  Where ancillary responses are  necessary,
and none are applicable, then removal will also not be possible and must be
eliminated from further consideration.  The limiting conditions for applica-
tion of these ancillary categories are given in Table 4-1, Column C.

     As an example of this two-phased substep, removal is identified as
being applicable at a given site.  However, no treatment or disposal  facili-
ty exists that will accept the removed material, nor can any be constructed
on site.  In such a situation, the removal category is determined to  be
inapplicable.  Another example is a case where site conditions are  conducive
to removal and there is one disposal facility that will accept the material
if it is first treated to attain a specific contaminant level; if there is
no treatment technique available that will meet the specified contaminant
levels, then the removal category must again be identified as inapplicable.
A final example involves a situation where bottom materials are highly
mobile.  In such a case, containment would be necessary to control  contami-
nant movement and to remove contaminants.   If conditions are such that con-
tainment cannot be accomplished, then removal also cannot be accomplished.

     The overall decision process to determine the applicability  of the
removal response category is illustrated in Figure 4-4.   If removal is
applicable at a site, then the user moves directly on to Step 2 (described
in Section 4.2).  Where removal is not applicable, the user continues to
Substep 4 of Step 1.  In Substep 4, the user refers to Table 4-1, Columns D
and E, which identify other potential response categories and corresponding
limiting site conditions for each site scenario.  Comments regarding the
other response categories are given in Table 4-1, Column F.  In cases where
                                    4-11

-------
o
>
03

2
_i
o.
a.
Ul
a
O
33
u
LLI
Q
LU
cc
                                                 4-12

-------
one or more of the other response categories are applicable at the site,
the user moves to Step 2 (Section 4.2).  As stated earlier, in a situation
where no action-oriented category is applicable, implying that no response
is possible under the existing site conditions, then the "no action" cate-
gory is the sole option and the response selection process is complete
without undertaking Steps 2, 3, and 4.
     4.1.2  Alternatives to the Removal Response Category


     The response categories consist of a variety of techniques that are
applicable in different situations; however, certain site characteristics
may limit their applicability.  The site-related limiting conditions that
affect applicability fall within these factor groups:

     •    Water conditions

          -    Wave height
          -    Depth to bottom
               Water velocity
               Volume of water

     •    Site accessibility

     •    Volume of material

     •    Availability of treatment and/or disposal facility

     •    Chemical characteristics of material

               Compatibility with sealant, grout, etc.
               Treatability

     •    Physical nature of bottom materials

     •    State of development (proven applicability).

     Table 4-1, presented previously, describes these factors in more detail
in terms of the site-specific limiting conditions for each of the four site
scenarios.  In cases where limiting site conditions for the removal category
and its ancillary categories are identified, other response categories are
then considered.  Table 4-1 identifies other response categories that may
apply for each site condition that limits the use of the removal response.
These other responses include in situ treatment and isolation techniques,
partial removal, and implementation delay.

     The most important factor to consider in determining the applicability
of in situ treatment and isolation techniques is whether previous applica-
tions have been successful.  Most of the available in situ techniques
described in this handbook are currently being developed and have not
                                    4-13

-------
been implemented at sinker spill sites.  Their effectiveness is not proven
and they are infrequently selected for such sites.  The techniques that
fall within this category include many of the sealants, grouts, sorbents,
gels, and chemical and biological treatment techniques.  Appendix E provides
further detail on the in situ category.

     Partial removal is considered to be an alternative to total removal in
cases where all site conditions are conducive for removal, but where the
volume of material to be removed, treated, and disposed, or removed and
disposed is so large that costs would prohibit implementation of total
removal.  In cases such as these, it may be possible to remove only those
areas with high contaminant concentrations ("hot spots") and still meet
established response objectives; additional measures, such as in situ tech-
niques, may be necessary to treat or to control remaining contaminants.
The issue of whether partial removal will meet previously established
response objectives enters into the decision process at this point.  The
modification of response objectives may be considered at this step in the
response selection process; however, it is recommended that the decision to
modify not .be made until specific response alternatives have been developed
(Step 3) and evaluated (Step 4), at which time the specific limitations of
the alternatives have been thoroughly investigated.

     Implementation delay is an alternative to the removal response when
site conditions that preclude implementation of removal are only temporary,
such as the case where a severe storm is disturbing the site area or
receding of tides may improve access.  Once adverse conditions have passed,
the response can be undertaken.
     4.1.3  Process Summary
     In summary, results of Step 1 in the response selection process will
be the identification of one or more of the six response categories that
are applicable under existing site conditions.  By closely examining the
site conditions and by using Table 4-1, certain response categories can be
screened out and eliminated from further consideration.  The response
categories that are identified as applicable under all existing site-
specific conditions are those that will be developed and evaluated further
in the steps that follow.
4.2  SCREENING OF RESPONSE TECHNIQUES
     In Step 2, the applicable response categories identified from the
screening conducted in Step 1 are examined in further detail.  Step 2
involves the screening of the response techniques that constitute each
applicable response category.  Response techniques include equipment,
materials, and methods that are available for either removing or for
                                    4-14

-------
containing hazardous materials in the surface watar body.  The purpose of
Step 2 is to identify those techniques within each applicable category that
are applicable under the existing site conditions and to eliminate  those
techniques that are not applicable.

     The screening process in Step 2 uses a much larger spectrum of site-
and technique-specific data than Step 1.  Table 4-2 lists the site-related
and technological factors that affect the applicability of each category of
response techniques. -Some of the factors are the same as those used in
Step 1; however, the Step 2 screening process involves a much more  detailed
examination of technological limitations and analysis of the limiting site
conditions.

     For example, the transportability of a piece of removal equipment could
potentially be an important factor in deciding the equipment's applicability
at a particular site.  If the site is not directly accessible, a piece of
equipment that cannot be easily transported would not be considered to be
applicable.

     Table 4-2 lists the critical factors that affect the application of the
response techniques and is included here as a tool to be used in conjunction
with the more detailed information included in the appendices.  Figure 4-5
is an example completed worksheet that is designed to facilitate documenta-
tion and accurate record keeping of the applicability of the various response
techniques.  A blank worksheet is provided in Appendix I.  Space is provided
on the worksheet for comments regarding reasons for the applicability or
inapplicability-of each technique.

     The techniques in each applicable response category are' evaluated
separately.  No consideration is given at this point as to how techniques in
different categories might work together.  The evaluation process involves
the comparison of techniques within a given category in terms of the
criteria listed in Table 4-2.  Detailed descriptions of individual  tech-
niques, with respect to these criteria, are given in Appendices A through
E.  The relative importance of the individual criteria in Step 2 analysis
will depend on site-specific characteristics.

     In addition to the techniques within the categories listed in  Table
4-2, the "no action" response still exists as an option.  It may not have
been possible during Step 1 to determine whether an applicable response for
a site existed.  During Step 2, when detailed technical information regard-
ing each technique is examined, the question of whether a response  can be
made at a site can be better answered.

     The result of Step 2 is the identification of one or more groups of
techniques that are applicable under existing site conditions.  These
techniques are then combined into comprehensive alternatives during Step 3.
                                    4-15

-------
                 TABLE 4-2.  TECHNOLOGY. SCREENING CRITERIA
                       FOR ACTION RESPONSE CATEGORIES
Response Category
Site-Related and Technological Factors Affecting
Technology Application
 I.  Containment
     Techniques
II.  Removal
     Techniques
  Depth of water
  Water velocity
  Water volume
  Bottom currents
  Availability of equipment
  Performance
  - effectiveness
  - useful life
  Reliability
  - operation and maintenance
  - demonstrated performance
  Waste compatibility
  Time availability
  Space (area) availability
  Safety

  Volume of material
  Depth of water
  Width of channel
  Precision obtainable
  Rate of production
  Turbidity/Resuspension
  Availability
  Transportability
  Slurry solids content
  Auxiliary facilities required
  Performance
  - effectiveness
  - useful life
  Reliability
  - operation and maintenance
  - demonstrated performance
  Safety
  Urgency with which response must be made
  Vessel draft
  Hindrance to traffic
  Method of discharge
  Maximum wave height tolerance
                                                          (continued)
                                     4-16

-------
                          TABLE 4-2.  (continued)
Response Category
                     Site-Related and Technological Factors Affecting
                     Technology Application
                     • Ability to operate near structures
                     • Ability to operate in open water
                     • Ability to dredge consolidated sediments
                     • Susceptibility to debris damage
                     • Suitability for liquid or solid removal

                     • Treatment system mobility
                     • Land area to construct facility
                     • Groundwater protection requirements
                     • Pretesting requirements for system optimization
                     • Suitability for chemical constituents
                       (e.g., treatability)
                     • Solids concentration
                     • Treatment component availability
                     • Operation and maintenance requirements
                     • Availability of appropriate treatment facilities
                     • 'Availability of nearby treatment facilities
                     • Safety
III. Treatment
     Techniques
     for Removed
     Materials
IV.  Disposal
     Techniques
V.  In Situ
    Treatment
    and Isolation
    Techniques
                     • Land area to construct facility
                     • Regulatory restrictions (storage, transport,
                       disposal) for on-site and off-site facilities
                     • Regulatory design restrictions
                     • Volume of materials
                     • Suitability for chemical constituents
                     • Availability of nearby disposal facilities
                     • Availability of appropriate disposal facilities
                     • Safety

                     • Sediment type
                     • Waste compatability
                     • Durability/strength
                     • Permeability
                     • Benthos sensitivity
                     • Reactivity with water
                     • Performance
                       - effectiveness
                       - useful life
                     • Reliability
                       - operation and maintenance
                       - demonstrated performance

                                                         (continued)
                                    4-17

-------
                          TABLE 4-2.  (continued)
Response Category
Site-Related and Technological Factors Affecting
Technology Application
                       Water turbidity
                       Bottom currents
                       Water tolerance
                       Availability of equipment and materials
                       Water velocity
                       Permeability
                       Depth of water
                       Oxygen levels
                       Safety
                                    4-18

-------
      WGURE 4-5.  EXAMPLE WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE TECHNIQUES
Identify those categories and Response Techniques that are applicable
under existing site conditions.
       Containment Techniques

       Containment curtains
       Trenches and pits
       Dikes and berms
       Cofferdams
       Temporary cover material
       Pneumatic 'barriers
       Floating breakwater

       Removal Techniques

       Mechanical dredges
         - Dipper dredges
         - Bucket ladder dredges
         - Clamshell dredges
         - Draglines
         - Conventional earth
             excavation equipment
       Hydraulic dredges
         - Plain Suction dredge
         - Cutterhead dredge
         - Dustpan dredge
         - Hopper dredge
         - Portable hydraulic dredge
         - Hand-held hydraulic dredge
       Pneumatic dredges
         - Airlift dredge
         - Pneuma dredge
         - Oozer dredge
Comments Regarding
Applicability/Inapplicability
    near- -
 A/o
                       *
 ZW/V  I>4
                                                       (continued)
                                    4-19

-------
                   FIGURE  4-5.   (continued)
Treatment Techniques  for  Removed  Material

Sediment/water separation         	
    Settling basins                 £»t+lA  be
    Hydraulic classifiers
  - Spiral classifiers               <£VW* & «*  *a+- » e.*_cJeJ.
  - Cyclones
  - Filters                        ~
Sediment dewatering
  - High-rate gravity settlers     _
  - Centrifuges
  - Belt press filters             _
  - Vacuum filters                 	
  - Pressure filters                  &au.lel   h
Water treatment                    	
  - Adsorption                        i~\ke.lu  «/a"/J
  - Ultrafiltration                	
  - Reverse osmosis                	
  - Ion exchange                   	
  - Biological treatment           	
  - Precipitation
  - Wet air oxidation
  - Ozonation                          No4-
  - Ultraviolet radiation
  - Discharge to publicly  owned
treatment works                 /Ley  D-e. AtiS/t*/?* oil
                                "-T       / /
Sediment treatment
  - Contaminant immobilization        MA
-------
                   Figure 4-5.   (continued)
In Situ Treatment and Isolation  Techniques

Treatment                           J/i f'fh*- '+*-€£&**»£ »e "A
  - Sorption                          \?f>\n*   C^i
  - Chemical treatment                   
-------
4.3  DEVELOPMENT OF RESPONSE ALTERNATIVES
     In Steps 1 and 2, a determination is made as to which response cate-
gories are applicable and which techniques within those categories are
applicable under existing site conditions.  The result of Steps  1 and 2
consists of one or more groups of techniques, depending on the number of
applicable categories, which can potentially be used at the site.  In
Step 3, these applicable techniques are used to develop response alterna-
tives.

     Alternatives development is the formation of compatible and applicable
combinations of response techniques, each of which contributes to meeting
established response objectives.  An alternative consists of one or more
techniques from one or more.response categories.  The purpose of Step 3
is to develop several alternatives, all of which substantially meet the
established response objectives.  The development of each alternative
involves combining applicable categories and techniques; however, the
objective of this effort is to derive o;>ly those combinet;ons that will
meet site response objectives.  In other words, the objective of Step 3
is not to develop as manv alternatives as are possible, but rather to
develop only those alternatives that can potentially achieve the objectives
established earlier in the spill response process (see Section 3).
     4.3.1  Combination of Response Categories


     There are seven possible approaches, or combinations of response
categories, that define the general alternatives that can be derived.  These
are:

     •    Removal - Disposal

     •    Removal - Treatment - Disposal

     •    _In_ Situ Treatment/Isolation

     •    Containment - In Situ Treatment/Isolation

     •    Containment - Removal - Disposal

     •    Containment - Removal - Treatment - Disposal

     •    No Action.

     For a particular site situation, the applicability of one or more of
these approaches will depend on the determination made in Step 1 regarding
the applicability of the available categories.  For example, if removal,
treatment, and disposal were identified in Step 1 as the only applicable
                                    4-22

-------
categories, then at this point in Step 3, only the following three approaches
would be identified for use in alternatives development:

     •    Removal - Disposal

     •    Removal - Treatment - Disposal

     •    No Action.

     The "no action" approach will remain an alternative throughout the
selection process for any site situation because the possibility that "no
action" may be the best response will remain until the detailed evaluation
is conducted in Step 4.


     4.3.2  Combination of Techniques to Form Alternatives


     Following the identification of potential approaches for the site, the
next part of Step 3 involves the examination of applicable techniques with-
in the categories that constitute the identified approaches.  The purpose
of this examination is to identify and combine those techniques that,
together as one alternative, will substantially meet response objectives.
It should be noted that the user is not obligated to use all of the
applicable techniques identified in Step 2.  There may be applicable tech-
niques that, when combined with techniques from other categories, are
either unnecessary or do not aid in achieving response objectives.  In
these types of situations, such techniques should not be included in the
alternatives.

     Every alternative developed will consist of one or more techniques,
depending on the general approach and response category involved.  For
example, if the reraoval-treatment-disposal approach were applicable at the
site, the alternatives representative of this approach would consist of at
least three techniques, i.e., one technique from each category.  However,
often more than one technique from one response category may be used in a
single alternative.  This is frequently the case when treatment and disposal
are necessary as part of a response.  For example, a hydraulic dredge might
be applicable at a site to remove contaminated sediments.  Treatment tech-
niques would, in all likelihood, have to address both contaminated water
and contaminated sediments.  In this situation, a response alternative
might involve a settling basin for the purpose of separating the water and
the sediments that are removed by the dredge, followed by filtration to
ensure solid/liquid separation.  Water treatment might consist of carbon
adsorption.  Sediment treatment would involve a different technique, such as
centrifugation of sediment removed from the settling basin.  Disposal tech-
niques would also differ for the water and the sediments.  Treated water
might be discharged to a nearby surface water body whereas the used carbon
would be disposed of at an appropriate off-site landfill.  The treated
sediments, on the other hand, might be disposed of in an on-site landfill.
As an alternative example, in a situation where removal is not applicable,
                                    4-23

-------
but in situ response applies, there might be a single, applicable in situ
technique (isolation or treatment) that would meet all established response
objectives.

     The decisionmaking in Step 3 involves examining techniques in terms of
how they complement one another, their compatibility, and, most importantly,
whether the techniques, together as alternatives, will meet the previously
established response objectives.  The result of Step 3 is one or more
alternatives that can meet response objectives.  Figure 4-6 is an example
completed worksheet to be used as a tool during Step 3 to clearly present
the potential alternatives.  A blank worksheet is provided in Appendix I.
The specific techniques proposed for each alternative should be listed under
the appropriate category heading.  As explained earlier in this section,
there may be more than one technique required for any one alternative within
a single category.  Therefore, in completing the worksheet shown in Figure
4-6, there may be several techniques listed under "Treatment" for Alternative
A, or there may be more than one disposal technique necessary and so listed
in the "Disposal" column.  The worksheet provides a clear and consistent
way of presenting the potential alternatives for a particular site.

     The number of potential alternatives that result from Step 3 depends
on the site conditions and the established response objectives.  In some
cases, it may not be possible to develop an alternative in Step 3 that will
meet response objectives.  The "no action" approach is still a viable
alternative at this point in any site situation.  However, modification of
existing objectives should be considered prior to making a decision to take
no action.  In situations where all combinations of techniques have been
exp]nr^d and developed and the dpdsiin is made that "no action is possible
given the existing response objectives," then modification of the objectives
should be considered.  Re-establishing objectives requires an in-depth
re-evaluation of response needs and the potential effects on human health
and the environment of such a modification as compared to the effects of "no
action."  Only after this re-evaluation is conducted, and it is found that
some type of action is better than no action, should objectives be modified
and less effective response alternatives be evaluated.  This will require
repeating Steps 2 and 3 based on the new objectives.

     The issue of "no action is best" may also arise at this point in the
selection process.  If there are no alternatives that will meet the response
objectives and modification of the objectives will make no significant
difference (e.g. , implementation of all existing and applicable alternatives
will create a greater hazard than the hazard that existed prior to a
response), then the "no action" alternative should be selected.  In such a
situation, the selection process would be complete at the end of Step 3,
without having carried out Step 4.

     Step 3 is complete when either all applicable alternatives that meet
the final response objectives have been developed or the decision is made
to take no action at all.  In cases where alternatives that neet response
objectives are developed, these alternatives then undergo the detailed
evaluation described in Section 4.4.
                                    4-24

-------
CO
W
>
a*
ta
W
to
z
o
O,
CO
M
aj

fa
O

H
z
w

Q-i
O
nJ
W
>
ta
Q

oi
O
fa

H
W
Cd
I
CO
o
3
_J
0.
X
ta
M
ai
CJJ
h-*
fa
           3
           u
           •H
           CO
           
           O
           E
           
          C
          u
          0)
 ^•Se

^
o^
                                                           1. i.
                                     1
                                      CQ
                                                          CJ
                                            4-25

-------
4.4  ALTERNATIVES EVALUATION AND SELECTION OF PREFERRED ALTERNATIVE


     At the end of Step 3 (Section 4.3), either the decision has been made
to take no action, in which case Step 4 is not carried out, or applicable
alternatives that meet the response objectives have been developed.  The
final step in selecting a response for a sinkers spill incident involves a.
detailed evaluation of alternatives.  The alternatives to be evaluated in
Step 4 consist of techniques that are applicable under site conditions and
were determined in Step 3 to be able to meet the final established response
objectives.  Therefore, the purpose of Step 4 is to determine which single
alternative best meets the response objectives.  It should be noted that
the "no action" approach still remains an alternative at this stage in the
process, as discussed later in this section.

     The determination of how well an alternative meets established response
objectives involves a number of qualitative evaluation criteria, as opposed
to the quantitative factors that affect decisions that were drawn in earlier
steps of the selection process.  These qualitative criteria are:

     •    Performance

     •    Reliability

     •    Implementability

     •    Environmental impacts

     •    Safety

     •    Cost.

Each alternative is evaluated in terms of these six criteria and are then
compared to one another.  This comparison will result in a relative qualita-
tive ranking of each alternative based on how it compares to the other
alternatives.  The option with the highest ranking will be the preferred
alternative.


4.4.1  Performance
     Alternatives should be evaluated in terms of their ability to perform
intended functions.  Two aspects of the alternatives determine their  desira-
bility on the basis of performance: effectiveness and useful life.  Effec-
tiveness refers to the degree to which an alternative will prevent or
minimize substantial danger to public health, welfare, or the environment.
The useful life is the length of time this level of effectiveness can  be
maintained.
                                    4-26

-------
4.4.2  Reliability
     Alternatives should be evaluated  in  terms of  their  relative  reliabili-
ty.  Two aspects of  response alternatives  that provide information  about
their reliability are  their operation  and  maintenance requirements,  and
their demonstrated reliability at similar  sites.   Evaluations  of  the opera-
tion and maintenance (O&M) requirements of alternatives  should emphasize
availability of labor  and materials, as well as  the  amount  of  time  required
and the frequency of O&M.  Reliability evaluations should also be based on
either qualitative or  quantitative information,  such that a judgment of the
probability of failure can be made.
4.4.3  Implementability
     Impleraentability is the relative ease of  implementation  (constructa-
bility) and the time required to achieve a given level  of  effectiveness.
Alternatives should be evaluated in terms of their relative implementa-
bility.
4.4.4  Environmental and Public Health Impacts
     Alternatives s-hould be evaluated and compared on the basis of both the
adverse and the beneficial environmental impacts that their implementation
will have on the site area and receptors.
4.4.5  Safety
     Alternatives should be evaluated based on short-term and long-terra
hazards to nearby populations and those workers involved during implementa-
tion.  The major risk to consider is exposure to hazardous substances
resulting from both on-site and off-site activities during implementation.
4.4.6  Cost
     All capital and O&M costs should be identified for each alternative
and the total cost of each alternative should be estimated.  Relative
ranking of costs (low to high, for example) can be used in situations where
time does not allow cost estimating.
                                    4-27

-------
4.4.7  Ranking of Alternatives
     Figure 4-7 is an example completed worksheet on which the evaluation
criteria for ranking alternatives are arrayed.  A blank worksheet is provided
in Appendix I.  Comparison of the potential alternatives can easily be made
when the worksheet is completely filled out.  It is suggested that the user
devise a numerical rating system to be used when filling out the table in
Figure 4-7.  This system does not have to be complex.  Scales of 1 to 10;
1, 0, +1; -, 0, +; etc. are all useful.  The selection of the system should
be such that the the user has a quick method to rank the alternatives in
terms of the six criteria.

     The "no-action" alternative still remains as an option in Step 4.  The
decision that "no action is best" can still be made during this last phase
of the selection process.  The "no action is best" alternative should be
selected only in the situation where the detailed evaluation determines
that the implementation of all other alternatives would create a greater
hazard than the hazard that existed prior to the response.  It may not have
been possible to make this determination during the earlier steps and for
this reason the "no action" approach remains an alternative throughout the
selection process, even though the criteria and the factors vary from step
to step.  The result of Step 4 will be the determination of the preferred
alternative based on the ranking of alternatives.
4.5  LEVEL OF APPLICATION OF RESPONSE SELECTION PROCESS
     The sinker spill response selection process presented in Sections 4.1
through 4.4 may be applied as needed based on existing conditions.  This
method can be applied in a quick, qualitative manner (over a few minutes
time), where rapid decisions are necessary.  The method can also be applied
to detailed evaluations requiring substantial data analysis where the  time-
frame for decisionmaking is not crucial (e.g., a long-term sediment contami-
nation problem).

     The tools and the worksheets provided in the previous sections offer
the basic decisionmaking data, selections, and guides.  The amount of  data
available or obtained will affect the overall timeperiod in which the
analysis is completed.  Thus, the focus can readily be tailored to the
situation under consideration.
                                    4-28

-------
3C
Cfl
O




O
M
H
W
00
H
H

3
X
Cd
I
-a-
ai

o
  en en
1-1 C 4J
01 ^ C
.e oi o)
4J G E
O C E
  o o
     4-1
     CO
     O
0)
U-l
to
00
I
c
o
u
•H
>
c
tO .a 4->
4-1 3 ^1
C CL, to
0)  01
E -a x
 c
 to
      O
      to
      a.
      C
      01
      E -
      01 f
      i—I -
      a
      E
0)
O
c
to
      o
      U-i
      (-1
        en
      <1>  O> iJ ,—,
      >  > C 4-1
      *H  -H dj QJ
      4-1  4J E CD
      tO  CO Q. £
      c cu c o w
      J-l 0) (-1 !-( Jrf
      01 on o) cu >-i
      4J ^-* 4-1 > O

      3  <^3
                                       "3 4. i
        aiii
        .{ f *-y f
        VA 5 5 4^P
          5
o-f
                 u
 ! ^
•£ *
3C*
        fi.^4
        1W1
        £ s^~* 4
        &	ff •- -«. -5?

               .* 5*5* £•*_£.* ^
               5 *ii W -
                        i^i|3^5^

                        ^•'s-UHH
                                  2 -i- _A
                                 v^«
                             =r-^r <^° c
                             ^ ^ u « .£
                       4-29

-------
                                 SECTION 5

                    DETERMINATION OF RESPONSE COMPLETION
     The selected response to a spill of sinking hazardous substances is
implemented with the intention of accomplishing the response objectives.
However, the extent to which the objectives have been met can be difficult
to judge because of a lack of information on the status of the situation.
Although the response implementation may superficially appear to be complete,
additional response effort may be warranted.  A  final response-related
activity is needed to make a determination of the "completeness" of the
implemented response.  This activity, as indicated in Figure 5-1, is intended
to determine: (1) whether the response effectively mitigated the problems,
and (2) whether further response actions are needed.

     The effectiveness of the response is generally determined through the
monitoring of site conditions following the response and comparing these
conditions with pre-response conditions.  This comparison provides the
basis for determining the extent to which response objectives have been
met.  This process is discussed in Section 5.1.

     The judgment of the need for further response action is based on the
determination of response effectiveness.  When response objectives have
clearly been met, the response can be considered complete, as indicated in
Figure 5—1.  However, if the objectives have not been met and further
response action is needed, the response selection and implementation process
must be repeated until objectives have been substantially met and no further
response action is needed.  Only then is the response considered complete.
This process is discussed in Section 5.2.
5.1  ASSESSMENT OF RESPONSE EFFECTIVENESS
     The assessment of the effectiveness of response measures that have
been implemented at a site requires the following:

     •  Pre-response site background data (collected earlier in the
        response process, see Section 2)

     •  Response objectives (developed earlier in the response process,
        see Section 3)

     •  Post-response site data.
                                    5-1

-------
FIGURE 5-1.  SEQUENCE OF RESPONSE  EVENTS
                 Characterize Spill and
                      mpacts
                       Need
                       Any
                     Response
   No Response
     Indicated
                       Need
                     mmediate
                     Response
 Define Immediate
Response Objectives
                                                   Identify and Select
                                                   mmediate Response
                                                      Alternatives
                 Develop and Eva
                 Response Alternatives
                   Select Preferred
                 Response Alternative
                 Implement Response
                Monitor sttec!h»ne»
                 flesponse Camotets
                               5-2

-------
     Post-response site data remain to be collected at  this point in  the
process and are discussed in Section 5.1.1.  These data are then compared
with pre-response (i.e., before cleanup) site data to determine what
improvements the response has accomplished.  These post-response conditions
are then compared with the response objectives, which were essentially the
"desired effects" to be accomplished.  These comparisons are discussed in
Section 5.1.2.
     5.1.1  Data Collection
     The collection of post-response site data is accomplished using many
of the same data-collection techniques that are used to characterize a
spill and to determine response needs (see Sections 2 and 3).  Monitoring
will generally be necessary in order to measure the effects of the response.
Monitoring techniques are discussed in detail in Section 2.3.2.1.  Sampling
and analysis, direct instrument measurement, and remote sensing may all be
applicable to this purpose.

     The technique used to initiallv characterize the contamination will
often be the most appropriate for monitoring the cleanup.  However, the
sensitivity of the technique to relatively low concentrations that are
likely to remain following a response must be considered.  For example,
visual observation of the presence of elemental mercury or polychlorinated
biphenyl (PCB) oils may be used for pre-response analysis in defining zones
of contamination, and sampling and analysis may be needed to monitor post-
response residual concentrations.  After response measures have been applied
and time has passed at a spill site, any remaining problem most likely will
not be easily observed by sight.  Therefore, the focus of post-response
data collection will be on sampling and remote sensing as the primary data
collection methods.  These methods are designed to detect low concentrations
and trace movement of contaminants and are therefore more suitable for
effectiveness monitoring.

     The selection of the appropriate monitoring techniques for a particular
site depends on the initial extent of contamination and the exposure and
impacts identified for the site area and its inhabitants.  The more extensive
and complex the contamination problem was initially, the greater the variety
of monitoring data will be required to determine the response effectiveness.

     A variety of parameters may need to be monitored for post-response
site data, including:

     •  Contaminant levels in the water body (near the original spill site
        and downstream)

     •  Contaminant levels remaining in the bottom materials

     •  Contaminant concentrations remaining (for exposure of humans,
        plants, animals)
                                    5-3

-------
     •  Integrity of any containment measures applied

     •  Effectiveness of treatment processes in removing or destroying
        chemicals of concern.

The specific parameter measurements required for evaluating response
effectiveness depends on the initial contamination problem and the selected
response measures.

     In cases where both bottom materials and surface water were initially
contaminated, data collection for an effectiveness assessment would involve
both sediment sampling and surface water.  Similarly, both sediments and
water should be sampled in cases where there was initially only sediment
contamination, but where removal caused resuspension and subsequent surface
water contamination or where partial removal of contaminants was conducted.
     5.1.2  Assessment of Meeting Response Objectives
     The post-response site data, when compared with the pre-response data,
allow an assessment of the extent to which reb^.nse objectives have been
met.  Post-response data can be compared to:  (1) the pre-contamination
situation to assess to what extent the site has been "restored"; (2) the
post-contamination, but pre-response situation, to assess the extent of
contaminant removal; (3) regulatory or subjectively selected numerical
cleanup criteria; .or (4) some combination of the three.  The situation and
criteria used for the comparison is entirely dependent on what was used as
the Lao^s, for developing the original response objectives.

     In some cases, particularly where numerical criteria are applied, the
assessment of meeting response objectives is relatively straightforward.
For example, for the response objective of "Remove contaminated bottom
materials to the deeper of:  (1) a two-foot cut, or (2) contaminant concen-
trations not exceeding 50 ppm," monitoring can be conducted to determine
whether the criteria have absolutely been met.  However, if zones remain
where the criteria have not been met, a judgment must be made as to whether
the criteria have substantially been met.  Similarly, non-numerical objec-
tives and numerical objectives for which data are not available require
a further degree of judgment in deciding whether response objectives have
been met.  These comparisons and judgments are integral to determining
whether further actions are needed.
5.2  DETERMINATION OF NEED FOR FURTHER RESPONSE
     If the post-response assessment reveals that the response objectives
have not been satisfactorily met and residual contamination continues to
pose a hazard, there is cause to consider the need for further response
action.  This situation is similar to the recognition of the need for "any
                                    5-4

-------
response", as occurred earlier in the response decisionmaking process (see
Figure 3-1 and Section 3).  Should further response be necessary, the
response selection process should be repeated, as indicated in Figure 5-1.

     This repeated process begins with redefining the response objectives,
which is conducted as described in Sections 3.2 and 3.3.  The objectives
may remain identical to those objectives established for the already-
implemented responses, or the objectives may be modified because of changed
circumstances or because the original objectives have been found to be
overly stringent, unachievable, or impractical.

     Based on available site data and redefined objectives, response
techniques and alternatives (including "no action") are screened, developed,
and selected, as described in Section 4.  The selected alternative is
implemented and its effectiveness is monitored for meeting the redefined
objectives, as described in Section 5.1.

     If the redefined response objectives have been met, the response may be
considered to be complete.  If the redefined objectives have not been met,
the process described in Section 5.2 is repeated until the response is
judged to be complete (i.e., the objectives have been met).
                                    5-5

-------
                                 APPENDIX A

                           CONTAINMENT TECHNIQUES
     In responding to a spill or discharge of sinking substances, prompt
containment of the material is often of primary concern.  Containment
measures can be implemented to minimize damage to the environment until a
permanent response is determined and implemented.  In some cases, permanent
containment of contaminants is appropriate; this method is discussed in
Appendix E, In Situ Treatment and Isolation Techniques.

     There are two reasons for applying containment techniques at a spill
site.  The first reason is to protect adjacent areas that have not been
contaminated by the discharge.  The second reason is to minimize the amount
of contaminated material and the corresponding response effort.

     A number of containment techniques are suitable for temporary or short-
term use.  These techniques (discussed in this appendix) include containment
curtains, trenches and pits, dikes and berms, temporary covers, pneumatic
barriers, floating breakwaters, and cofferdams.
A.I  CONTAINMENT CURTAINS
     A.1.1  Description
     In general, a containment curtain consists of a flexible skirt supported
by foam jacket floats.  Ballast is provided using weights, chains, or a tube
filled with water.  By reducing the flotation and increasing the weight of
the ballast, the curtain will sink.  The curtain is then anchored to the
bottom of the water body to contain the spill.  This type of containment
curtain has been custom-made by various manufacturers to contain spills of
sinking substances.

     There are several ways of configuring containment curtains, depending
on the size and location of the spill.  Figure A-l illustrates the most
common configurations.  One configuration is a closed system, which may be
a full circle, an ellipse, or open-ended and attached to shore, as shown.
Another configuration is an open system, which is often used in situations
where the curtain must be moved frequently, such as in rivers with heavy
boat traffic (JBF Scientific 1978).
                                    A-l

-------
         FIGURE A-1. APPLICATIONS OF CONTAINMENT CURTAINS TO
                      CONTROL RESUSPENDED MATERIAL
                                Containment
                               Curtain (Open
                               Configuration)
Contaminated
    Area
                         Contaminant
                           Plume
Contaminated
    Area
                  ;' •'• • ,'r Contaminant
                  •••'V-   Plume
 Containment
   Curtain
   (Closed
Configuration)
      Stream Flow
                                                                  Non-Contaminated
                                                                 Area to be Protected
                                    Top View
              Top of Stream Bank
\^ Contaminated
      Area
                           Contaminant
                             Plume
                                                Buoyant
                                                 Float
    Stream
     Bed
                                   Section View
                                       A-2

-------
     Several variations of containment curtain systems are commercially
available.  These include the use of different grades of permeable mesh
curtain that allow water to flow fully through the curtain while retaining
the spilled substance, preventing the curtain from flailing or lifting
around the edges.

     Containment curtains are deployed directly into the water from shipping
containers by pulling one end away from the container using a small boat.
Once in the water, the curtain is moved to the deployment position by towing
it with a work boat.  Curtains tow easily at 2 to 3 knots and track well
behind the tow boat through normal maneuvering.  Curtains over 2000 feet
long have been towed in this manner (Hand et al. 1978).
     A.1.2  Applications
     Containment curtains are used to contain and control spills or dis-
charges of materials into a water body and to control resuspension of
sediments during dredging operations.  They are best suited to application
in quiescent waters, such as low-current, near-shore areas of rivers and
harbors.  However, containment curtain systems have been applied effectively
in 1-knot currents, 40-knot winds, 6-foot waves, and in water depths up to
25 feet (Hand et al. 1978).

     Containment curtains (as well as other containment techniques) are
also best applied to spills that are relatively confined.  If the spill has
already dispersed greatly to surrounding areas, the usefulness of the
containment curtain for protecting non-contaminated areas and for minimizing
the amount of contaminated material is limited.
     A.1.3  Limitations
     Containment curtains cannot be effectively used in swift currents and
high wave action.  The effectiveness of a containment curtain decreases as
the current velocity in the area increases, due to curtain flare that
causes resuspension of sediments.  A practical upper limit for current
velocity is approximately 1.5 feet per second (Hand et al. 1978).  In
waters with significant wave action, there is a tendency for near-surface
spilled materials to overtop the barrier.
     A.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Containment curtains must be deployed from a support vessel, which
can also be used for periodically repositioning the curtain.  Costs associ-
ated with containment curtains are medium relative to other containment
techniques.
                                    A-3

-------
A.2  TRENCHES
     A. 2.1  Description
     Trenches are areas of sediment excavation in the bottom of a water
body.  The configuration of a trench can vary from long and narrow (such
as a utility trench), as shown in Figure A-2, to short and wide (such as a
pit).  Trenches can be excavated with conventional digging and dredging
equipment (described in Appendix B, Removal Techniques).

     Trenches contain sinking contaminants and sediments by:  (1) increasing
the local cross-section of flow, thereby decreasing flow velocity and
encouraging settling, (2) providing a low-lying area that allows settling
to a level below the normal level of bed transport, and (3) providing a
storage volume for trapped substances.  In effect, a containment trench is
a temporary in-stream settling basin.

     Trenches are generally excavated downstream of a spill and perpendicular
to the direction of flow.  However, some trenches are dug both upstream and
downstream of a spill, such as in areas of reversing tidal flow.  In some
cases, such as harbors or shallow open waters, trenches are dug completely
around a spill (Hand et al. 1978).  Trenches may be used to arrest movement
of a spill or a discharge in order to protect adjacent areas from becoming
contaminated; they may also be used to facilitate subsequent cleanup of the
site by minimizing the amount of contaminated material.  Containment of
spills with trenches can also be used as a remedial action technique in
conjunction with treatment techniques, such as neutralization, precipitation,
or the application of cover materials (see Appendix E).


     A. 2.2  Applications
     Trenches are best suited to use in rivers or other water bodies with
predictable currents.  This is necessary in order to achieve proper placement
of the trenches to interrupt the transport of contaminated sediments.
Trenching is most readily accomplished in water bodies with relatively calm
currents, although some special equipment can operate in extreme sea
conditions (Banzoli et al. 1976).  Generally, trenches can be excavated in
any type of sediment, although clays and silts provide better stability
than coarser sediments.

     Two physical characteristics of the spilled substance or the contami-
nated sediments are important in evaluating the applicability of trenching:
specific gravity (substance must be a sinker) and particle size (which is
related to settling velocity).  Relatively wide trenches are needed to
contain spilled substances and sediments with relatively low specific
gravity and/or small particle size.  Conversely, narrow trenches may be
used for "heavy" substances and/or those with large particle size.
                                    A- 4

-------
    FIGURE A-2. APPLICATION OF A SPILL CONTAINMENT TRENCH
                TO CONTROL SINKING SUBSTANCES
                                                          Trench Across
                                                           Stream Bed
                   Contaminant
                     Plume
                             ]• Contaminant/
                             f •• Sediment
                              ''. Deposition
                  Stream Flow
Non-Contaminated
   Area to be
    Protected
                                                     '///I//////////
                               Top View
        • Top of Stream Bank
        Water Level
Contaminated
   Area
                                                       Contaminant/
                                                        Sediment
                                                        Deposition
                             Section View
                                 A-5

-------
     Conventional dredging and its associated equipment can be used for
trench excavation (discussed in Appendix B).  More specialized excavating
equipment may also be used, although its availability is limited.  This
equipment includes underwater ploughs and submersible trenchers.

     A number of underwater ploughs can be used for trenching and are
effective for excavating trenches up to 10 feet deep.  Generally, they are
suitable for use only in silty clays.  Underwater ploughs can also be used
to cover over trenches after a spill has been contained (Reynolds, Seamans,
and Van der Steen 1977).

     Various types of submersible trenchers may also be used for excavating
operations.  They include both manned and unmanned models.  Submersible
trenchers offer a high degree of operational control and can be used in
very deep waters (up to 650 feet).  Thus, they are able to operate in
extreme sea conditions.  More sophisticated' submersible trenchers employ a
mechanical/hydraulic dredging system, combining the action of cutterheads
and suction pumps to enable trencher operation in sediments of varying
characteristics.  Some submersible trenchers can dig trenches up to 13 feet
deep with a trench width of 25 feet at the mud line and 13 feet at the
bottom (Banzoli et al. 1976).
     A. 2.3  Limitations
     Trenching may be impractical in spill situations where one or more of
the following conditions exist:

     •  Hard bed materials (e.g., rock, hardpan, etc.).

     •  Soft or granular bed materials that tend to flow and collapse
        when excavated.

     •  High water body velocity or currents where positioning and
        maneuvering of equipment would be difficult or where little
        settling would occur.

     •  High natural rates of sediment transport that may rapidly exhaust
        the trench capacity with non-contaminated materials.

     •  Extensive area of contamination, requiring large lengths and
        volumes of trench excavation.
     A.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Resuspension of bottom materials can result from in-stream trenching,
and secondary containment methods may be warranted.  Support equipment,
such as trucks and barges, may be needed for hauling excavated trench
                                    A-6

-------
materials from the stream.  Costs associated with containment trenches are
low relative to other containment techniques.
A. 3  DIKES
     A.3.1  Description
     Dikes, as applied to containment of spilled substances that sink, are
underwater embankments of materials placed on the bed of a water body.
Dikes are generally constructed of earthen material, sand bags, or some
other material that can be mounded and that can maintain structural
integrity.  Dikes can be installed using conventional excavation and earth-
moving equipment.  Manual placement is possible in small-scale, shallow
applications.  Specialized underwater ploughs or bulldozers can also be
used for trenching.

     Dikes contain sinking contaminants and sediments in a manner similar
to that of containment trenches, i.e., effectively creating a temporary
in-stream settling basin.  The effects of dikes on the water body and
sediment transport are:  (1) raising the local water level upstream of the
dike, thereby increasing the cross-section of flow, decreasing flow velocity,
and encouraging settling; (2) providing a trapping, low-lying area (relative
to the top of the dike) upstream of the dike that allows settling of sinking
materials; and (3) providing a storage volume for trapped substances.

     As a temporary control measure, dikes create the effect of a holding
pond or reservoir, which prevents flow downstream and also promotes the
settling of fine particles.  Contaminated sediments can later be removed
from the restricted area or can be treated in place.

     Dikes generally extend across a stream channel, perpendicular to the
direction of flow.  Figure A-3 illustrates such a configuration.  In some
cases, dikes are built parallel to a river or a stream bank to prevent
contaminated deposits along a river bank from entering the deeper river
channel and traveling downstream.
     A.3.2  Applications
     As a temporary containment measure, dikes are best suited for use in
drainage ditches or small streams with low flow and low volume.  However,
shallow, submerged dikes may also be used to temporarily prevent bottom
spreading of a spill or to minimize erosional losses of cap material after a
capping operation.  Dikes are also used to minimize erosion of contaminated
deposits along the banks of streams and rivers in order to minimize the
amount of contaminated material entering the river and spreading further.
                                    A-7

-------
FIGURE A-3. APPLICATION OF A SPILL CONTAINMENT DIKE TO
              CONTROL SINKING SUBSTANCES
                                                   Dike Across
                                                   Stream Bed
                 Contaminant/
                 • 'Sed;r-^nt. v
                  Deposition
                                               W//I///I/,
                                                       Non-Contaminated
                                                          Area to be
                                                          Protected
                          Top View
   Top of Stream Bank
                Contaminant/
                  Sediment
                  Deposition
Contaminated
   Area
      Contaminant
         Plume
Dike
                         Section View
                            A-8

-------
     Dikes are well suited to situations in which prompt containment of  a
spill or discharge is necessary because they can be constructed quickly
using manual labor, hand tools, front-end loaders, bulldozers, or dredging
equipment.

     As a permanent containment measure, dikes can be combined with capping,
vegetation, trenches, and other methods for stabilizing contaminated
sediments.
     A.3.3  Limitations
     Dikes are impractical to construct and have little effectiveness in
situations involving high-flow velocity or strong currents.  Also, effective
placement of berm materials is hampered by deep water depths.  Compaction
equipment and monitoring of placement may be needed to ensure that a
continuous dike of adequate structural integrity has been constructed.
     A.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Construction of containment dikes requires that a source of suitable
material be made available.  Ideally, the source should be close to the
spill site so thmt large volumes can be made available in a short time
period.  The material should be sufficiently coarse to resist erosion and
downstream transport.  Monitoring by sounding or diver observation may be
warranted when dikes are installed in deep water to ensure proper dike
placement.  Costs associated with containment dikes are low to medium
relative to other containment techniques.
A. 4  COFFERDAMS


     A. 4.1  Description
     Cofferdams are barriers that are placed in a stream to cut off a
section of the stream and to divert partial or full water flow through a
pipe or an excavated channel to re-enter the stream channel at a point
further downstream.  Cofferdam stream diversion can be used for one or
more of the following purposes:

     •  Permanent stream relocation to allow extensive rehabilitation of
        the stream bed.
                                    A-9

-------
     •  Hydraulic isolation of contaminants or sediments in order to:

        -  Facilitate treatment or removal of contaminants or sediments
        -  Eliminate exposure of the downstream water column to the
           contaminants.

     Cofferdams may be constructed of a variety of materials, including
soil, sheet piling, earth-filled sheet pile cells, and sand bags.  Sheet-
pile cofferdams are generally constructed of black steel sheeting from
5 to 12 gauge in thickness and from 4 to 40 feet in length.  They may be
single walled or cellular and earth-filled in sections.  Single-wall,
sheet-pile cofferdams are most applicable for shallow water flows.  For
depths greater than 5 feet, cellular cofferdams are recommended.

     There are various configurations of stream diversion schemes using
cofferdam construction, depending on the desired effect.  For example,
Figure A-4 illustrates full-stream flow diversion using two cofferdams and
a diversion channel in order to allow sediment dewatering and excavation
with conventional earth-moving equipment.

     Another arrangement is shown in Figure A-5, which illustrates stream-
flow diversion for sediment excavation using a single cofferdam and taking
advantage of the proximity of the stream bank to the contaminated sediments.
     A.4.2  Applications
     Cofferdams are most easily constructed for flow containment or diver-
sion in shallow ports, streams, and rivers, or in water bodies with low-flow
velocities (less than 2 feet per second).  Cofferdam construction may be
feasible for relatively wide and deep rivers (up to about 10 feet deep),
providing that the velocity of flow is not excessive (JRB 1982).
     A. 4.3  Limitations
     Cofferdam construction is limited to water bodies with relatively low
volume and flow velocity, such as shallow ports, streams, and small rivers.
Where flow velocity exceeds 2 feet per second, cofferdam construction is
not recommended because of the difficulties in driving sheet: piling and
placing and compacting soil embankments (JRB 1982).
     A.4.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Cofferdams are most frequently used in stream diversion and in
dewatering of the working area.  Some form of lining material (such as
pavement, rip rap, or piping) may be needed to protect diversion channels
                                    A-10

-------
FIGURE A-4. STREAMFLOW DIVERSION FOR SEDIMENT EXCAVATION
       USING TWO COFFERDAMS AND DIVERSION CHANNEL
                    Temporary Sheet Pile;
                 Remove After Construction of
                      Diversion Channel
        Diversion
         Channel
                                              Flow

                       X^^^^^W^^:^^.-CJ^>C*->Z.^:*T«T« ,»£*:
                     /f^^^^rf"^"^' .V^Jpstream Cofferdam '£££;
                     »'wF* tr^  I
                     •t-^i^^r           Stream 	—
                                   Sediment
                                   Dewatering
                                 and Excavation
                                       Downstream Cofferdam
             Temporary
             Sheet-Pile
               Riprap for
            Outlet Protection
                                         Adapted from: JRB Associates, 1982
                                  A-ll

-------
FIGURE A-5. STREAMFLOW DIVERSION FOR SEDIMENT EXCAVATION
                    USING SINGLE COFFERDAM
                  Stream
                   Bank
                 Area of
                Sediment
               Dewatering
                  and
               Excavation
                               Adapted from: JRB Associates, 1982
                                A-12

-------
from scour.  Dewatering of the working area is generally accomplished by
continuous or periodic pumping.  Pumping is also sometimes used to divert
flow around the working area.

     The Environmental Emergency Response Unit of the EPA at Edison,
New Jersey, has available a mobile stream diversion unit for such operations,
which consists of submersible pumps, booster pumps, generators, a crane, and
aluminum irrigation pipe with ancillary fittings.  The system is capable
of pumping 5,600 gallons per minute for a distance of 1,000 feet over level
terrain.  Additional capacity can be provided with supplemental piping and
pumps (USEPA 1980).
A. 5  PNEUMATIC BARRIERS
     A.5.1  Description
     A pneumatic barrier, or air barrier, is created by a curtain of rising
air bubbles that spread laterally in the water body.  Artificially induced
water currents are generated by the air curtain that counter the normal
currents, thus confining suspended sediments or spilled substances within a
desired boundary.  An illustration of a pneumatic barrier is shown in
Figure A-6.

     The barrier is deployed by laying a weighted perforated header pipe on
a river or harbor bottom in a configuration similar to that employed for
containment curtains (see Section A.I and Figure A-l).  Compressed air is
transmitted from blowers or air compressors through a flexible feed line to
the header pipe.  The air is forced through the header pipe and is released
to the water column through the perforations.
     A.5.2  Applications
     The conventional application of pneumatic barriers is control of
turbidity generated during dredging operations.  Pneumatic barriers are
similarly applied in the removal of spilled substances and contaminated
sediments in order to contain suspended contaminants within a confined
area.  Pneumatic barriers are also used at a spill site to prevent suspended
particles from moving downstream until another response can be implemented.
Because pneumatic barriers can be deployed quickly, they are particularly
suited to situations demanding immediate action.

     Pneumatic barriers can be applied in water bodies that are fairly
quiescent.  They are most efficient when used in deep waters because
shallow water demands a greater volume of air for effective operation.
                                    A-l 3

-------
   FIGURE A-6. CROSS-SECTION OF A PNEUMATIC  BARRIER
                          APPLICATION
 Water
Surface
 River Flow
                              Blower or Air Compressor
                               Aboard Support Vessel
         Suspended '
          Material
                 Air Bubbles
                   Area to be
                    Protected
                                    Compressed
                                     Air Feed
                                       Line
Perforated
 Header
  Pipe
                                             Stream Bed
                                                  Adapted from: Seymour, 1976
                                 A-14

-------
     Pneumatic barriers are also well suited for use in waters with boat
traffic because their presence does not impede navigation.


     A.5.3  Limitations
     Pneumatic barriers are not effective in water bodies with substantial
turbulence or current.  The barrier is effective only if the current of the
water body and the wind do not overcome the forces created by the barrier.
Natural currents will affect the rising air plume by causing it to  "lean,"
creating a flow pattern that will allow some of the suspended material to
escape the barrier.  This problem can be overcome to some extent by in-
creasing the velocity of the rising air bubbles.  However, for a given
nozzle, there is a critical velocity above which additional increases in air
volume have little effect on the artificially generated current.  Pneumatic
barriers are not as efficient in shallow water because greater volumes of
air are necessary to maintain an effective curtain.


     A.5.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Pneumatic barriers utilize air compressors or blowers, which require a
nominal supply of energy (electricity, fuel oil, gasoline, etc.) for
operation.  In larger, open water bodies, the compressor or blower can be
operated from a support vessel.  Costs associated with pneumatic barriers
are medium relative to other containment techniques.
A.6  FLOATING BREAKWATERS
     A.6.1  Description
     Floating breakwaters consists of flotation devices, obstacles for
reducing wave energy, and a ballast structure for stability.  Floating
breakwaters are used to reduce wave height and energy to facilitate spill
response and reduce dispersion of spilled substances.

     One such device is a tethered float breakwater, as illustrated in
Figure A-7.  In this breakwater system, individual buoyant floats are
tethered to a submerged, off-the-bottora ballast (a heavier-than-water slab
structure).  The ballast section provides the mass to submerge the floats
to the desired freeboard and also maintains float spacing.  Wave energy is
attenuated through the drag produced during the rapid and vigorous oscilla-
tions of the buoyant floats.  The tether length is selected to provide a
natural frequency of oscillation that is of the same order as the frequency
of the wave action.  Mooring lines are used to maintain the breakwater
within the desired location limits (Seymour 1976; Essoglou et al. 1975).
                                    A-15

-------
FIGURE A-7. TETHERED FLOAT BREAKWATER
     Wave
    Advance
  o o
  o o
  o o o
  o o o
        •
  o o o

  000
                                 Floats
Area to be
 Protected
                               • Ballast
                                             Anchor
                    Plan View
         (
           Floats
                N
                    Water Surface
                    v	
O
                               on
                                        Tether
                 Mooring Lines
                  to Anchors

                 Section View
                              • Ballast
                                  Adapted from: Seymour, 1976
                       A-16

-------
     Some of the major features of the tethered float breakwater are:

     •  The level of protection can be selected to meet specific site
        requirements.  Modular construction allows tailoring to meet
        the specified transmitted wave height limit.

     •  Performance is predictable if the wave characteristics are known.

     •  Performance is independent of the mooring system and therefore is
        independent of depth.  The breakwater will give full protection
        while floating free.

     •  The small total mass and volume of the breakwater and its modular
        construction make it easily transportable (Seymour 1976).

     Another type of floating breakwater is the sloping float breakwater.
This is also a transportable breakwater.  It consists of a row of moored
flat slabs or panels whose mass distribution is such that, in still water,
each panel rests with one end ur. the bottom of the water body and with the
seaward end protruding above the surface.  The device is ballasted by
flooding one end.  ^or a ''"Rr.sportaMe breakwater, t^ advantage of a
water-ballasted module is that much of the required mass is water.  Install-
ation involves assembling the floating unballasted modules (nominally 90
feet by 28 feet), then admitting water to the shoreward end of each float
by venting.  Flooding continues until the lower end rests on the bottom and
the upper end settles to the level that produces the desired freeboard.
The controlling factor in reducing wave transmission is the inclination of
the breakwater in its at-rest position (Jones et al. 1979).

     Floating breakwaters can be fabricated using readily available marine
and construction materials, such as buoys, anchors, cables, concrete slabs,
and steel plates.
     A.6.2  Applications
     Floating breakwaters are used to decrease erosion, control scour, and
reduce dispersion of spilled material caused by wave-induced bottom surge.
Floating breakwaters are used in open waters, such as oceans, bays, or lakes
where locally generated wind waves and ship waves occur.  The tethered
breakwater system can be used in shallow or deep water since it is free-
floating and independent of depth; however, it is more economically used in
deep water.

     Sloping float breakwaters are best applied to near-shore uses for
water depths on the order of 20 to 30 feet (Jones et al. 1979).
                                    A-17

-------
     A.6.3  Limitations
     Floating breakwaters are large in size and weight and are not readily
transported on land, although the use of modular arrangement: can improve
the transportability of breakwaters.  There are no depth limitations
associated with breakwaters, provided that the proper scale of depth-related
components (tethers, mooring lines, etc.) are provided.
     A.6.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Support vessels must be used to tow the breakwater to the point of
use.  Cranes and divers may be needed to properly position the breakwater.
Costs associated with floating breakwaters are high relative to other
containment techniques.
A.7  TEMPORARY COVERING AND CAPPING
     Covering and capping involves the placement of protective materials
over contaminated materials to:  (1) reduce erosion and transport of contam-
inants, (2) reduce dissolution and migration of contaminants into the water
column, (3) alter the contaminants chemically or physically, or (4) provide
some combination of these effects.  Covering and capping is normally us^
as a permanent response, as described in Appendix E, In Situ Treatment and
Isolation Techniques,  The methods described in Appendix E can also be used
for temporary containment; the primary difference is that the covering and
capping materials are removed when they are used temporarily and are contam-
inated by contact with the contaminated bottom materials.
A. 8  SUMMARY
     Temporary or short-term containment of contaminated sediments include
containment curtains, trenches, dikes, temporary covers, pneumatic barriers,
cofferdams, and floating breakwaters.  A summary of the characteristics and
applications of these techniques is given in Table A-l.
                                    A-18

-------


















c/o
u
o-

Z
X



H



U
Z
M
H
Z
O



H
Z
<;

M

H
Z
O
U


O







s
1/3


i-H
4;

Cd
ca

















en
0
4)


0)
U
P£








C
0

to
c
4>
E
4)
"a.
g


U-l
O
41
(Q
W


CO
o
w
CL

i— <

X
w
(0
T3
C
O
a
ey
tn






CO
C
O

iJ
flt


e







tO
e
0


(D
U
CL

41
3
ty

c

u
4)




E
3

4)

CO
4> u
W C
— 41
§•!.
ty ft g
u ~« u
a —
W 4! 3
u -a
§..."5
W C .C
C O co
CB • -* .-,
J- C D.
4> E
C *J U
0) 03 u

4J —
00 «B 4)
a) •-• .a
u u
ij CL «
W 09 y










41
e
o
Z


U"i
C
CO
4) i-i C
> e «
•- 41 ,C

U k-
4> 3 t-
Uu u 4)

01 u Q

u ••- k.
O 3 00
Z CO ^

UU
O

0 »"
•- c

C 00 •-
OJ C *J
fi. •« CB
X Li L.
3 3 03
00 -V Q.
01 0

U bC
— c e
O 0) —
t- E 00
j-t -- T3
e *o 41
CO -^
c
41

C C

03 «J

C i-
O 3
U U












E
0



CO
41
>

0)
CO
CO
4)

41
>

0)

L,




















^

O
u
0>
CD


4)
41
U-i



*•*
cy

'5
c
o


X


w
0
Q.
S
























00
c


CO
X >
.M y
3 X
4)
41
CO ~*
03 <0
4) c
O


•- C
4-i 4)

D O
t- U

















^
(Q
E 4!
00 *"
C 3

a. x
CL ^
0

u 3
41 u
> U
0 0






co
— c
W 4)
O M)

CO

— 35
.- ty
0. 00
en i_
03






















3
U D


U-l -^
.- 09
u J3
0 3

2 ^5
.*•


4) &.
g.«
•<- £
O1--
4) ?

























C
O

CJ
(0

41

0
C «
P
v a
k. 41
03 *
3 ^
C
u 41

4> P
U 3
CO u
4) 1
























4)

03

4>
T)
C
3
•O
C
CO

CO
LI
4) CO
U 00
C 3

u Q.































1 «3

C U 0.
CO CO
IM
ca O *o
41 C
> 4) —

L. 3 C
O
VM .. (J
C «
u X
cc 0 —
ea .0 tu
OJ U >
flS £ *.














3
•3


^J
4>
j:


o.


u
u
«
CD
"*
C
o
^J
u
3

00
C
3







4>
u-

4>

I



*•»
41

'«
C
O



u
03
b
O
CL
E


X
cy
j=
u
c
01

t-







J=

a. u
41 0
•o c
4) 4)

ty 
•w C
CB 4) 41

4? h -H
L, 3 or)
X 4)
i- T) U
'> * 4)




OB
.2
hi
4)
W w
Q) —
S =
O ^

0 CB
-Q E



.« u
to « e
JJ J= 0
c e ^
41 --J X iJ
U 41 *- O
U J ^- 4) ^ en
3 CB > —
(J U y --^ *J «fl
O •— CO U- • —
4J C 1-1 CO O W.
M- u ty » «
•^ x to u ^-
S «B k- X U 
— •- w C E T3 CO
— CO O 1* « '** •*- O
•--tycE^Pwox
O. 00 3 4-1 CL t- 41
oic4iuo;i->o.k-













°

»
S


•c
4>

CO



Q

u
CB
CO

c
O
u
U
3

CO
c
2



4>
•u
«-l
o

c
o
CD
e
s.
00
3
C/3




O

^^
CB




CD
3

4>



O
C
CJ




en
4>


C



i

•o
1
X

— e


ty —
a. o
« O
41 ^


ty C co
to to cy
0) Jf •-
41 ^
UJ 0
4) O J3
>
• •-i ty u
u CO 4>
0) 3 u
— CO
41 jr 3
k. 00
j: o —
u u «
••^ jS E
3 «_> co





x

E


03
k> -^
OJ 3
U CO
03 41
E P

u
U-i
'»
to

e


L) ec
3 J-
k. C
J- 4)
CO Li
C L,
0 3
'J U

CO .C
CU u
J-t 00--
» 41 cc c
C £ -X C 0
O C U O —
C *J "3 •- J-. CB
k. i. C C •-
3 U O t- 3 —

0 C -C
CO X CO O W

c c w — en
ty — k. •- c
E oc o a.-- u
• - T; a. « cy
-= u E v J=








































































—
O 03 00
c — E «

"" T » " •-
OJ 3 o co to
3 — T3
•• £ C U T3
cr; j- W 3 C
4) .— CO cfl
3 3 X
(T j-i - en co
._ M — ey e 41
C k. (j e 53 .e
^ 1. O S 4: u










A-19

-------






























/f*^
T3

3
C



C
O
O


i-H
1
^c


J
03

H



































3
.>
—
Oi







c
o

4-1
to

c
u
E
4)

D-



O

V
to
X
u
.u
0.
E

kd
RJ
•c
C
0
u
41
r/a




X
C
o
'^
(0
4-1

E
•J









XI
C
o
to
u

d
Q.






4)
3
CT

-
U
H

i
•c
r




u
0>


0

c




*
3
U

<4-4
IM
13

41
k.
i


o

C
o
X
c

a
00
CO
01
as




u
O

"3
u



a



e
o

4-1
y
3

C
O
C



CO





en
E
(D
•c

H

a












4_l
c
1)
E
C

tO
c
o
u


L. CO
CO 41
O 3
a, x
gee
u
" e

X
"5

£ -
(0 —
E ^

E u

•0 «J
A E
u
.—

O »
c
CO

— y X
4-1 3 4J
u u c
CO u Oi
U CO k4
a. c i-
E 0 3
— o u
•D

§ » 1 » ,
•- e 01 o o

fcd g 4-1 — **-
41 tQ cfi (0 |
> *- -C 3
T3 0 0 ~
y k. C
E «- — j;
to 41 4J
fc, fl A. 0) 3 >,
u -- e 3 4j
X O 41 « — '
OB p • •• kd u


.« O 4) — to D
» 4-1 X *-, » >














i
•7
i
± t
*3 C
y •••



— 0
T) 0

u X

5 «
E k.
o
x a
.- E
0> x
C 4-1 4>
0 t-
— k- 3

y J- to
3 u U
k. O E

a e 4-
ewe
0 X I"
U *. E








4)
c
0
z
c
c •-

ce 41
Ot u > t-
> n •- 41
.-* D •" -u
4J M y to

D 3 w-i
tM y «-< J
u-i 41 O «


JJ .—- CO « t3
O > 4) £ O
Z to — » CO JD
y-i x u
0 ® k- L, 03 I)
4-1 01 1 O 4) 4) »
O 0) 41 o ) -- C (0 -^ » •—

X O 5 J-l •— kd kd ••* 44 U
C60"-I'-k*'B 41LJjuCu*C
Oj C J- OJ > — r — ' >
WEMO3 OO^U OX
4_i—p>oo.«gu4i— j: ^i

O 4) k'O'^-'kri.C — **-*B 3 O CL
CJXt54-iOW-iy4-i OJ3XC3


D
Ld
CO
ec



^J
CO
i
41
c
0-


M
X
OJ
c >
(0 —
y 4j


C 4>
0> kd




CL 3
4t
TJ T3
0)

eg —

u a.
u s
0 0
Q. U

c «
to
U 01
H J3








«
c

5



•o
0) 41
CO U
3 41
>
4) a)
.O n
4-> eo
o c
c —
C t-
CO 3
U T3


X
3
CO
14-t y
o

O 41
— £
X • —
0 TJ
4 X
y o
3 4-

4) 0
U. J3
X
kd

s
.*
D
CO

00
c

to
0




























0<
X
OJ















00
E
0
X
kd
41
JI

CO
%


01
x -o
3 C
CO

X
41 X



41 .
« c
3 u o)
W 0 41

>> c w














o
> *5i
o — •
-: -c

X

CO




A D» 4)
a. u
•a «o BJ
o) e

e  — J CB
e »- —
41 41 y
— *^ 4)
a 09 a.
E E «

kd .•
X tQ oo
_ _ c
— 3 —
•a c a.
; : s
QC 00 13
X

 a.
3 O (0
CO y y
1
x E
M EC
CQ u
— c
W. 0
•O 4) y
C 4-1
to to o>
E e
00 0
c oo y
— CD

u a
> a. x
5(0 to
u g


,_,
0 80
C


o c
x a. x
c c
to c o
k. o a.
— 3 U
O —
kd C kd
4-1 CO 41
C X £.
5—> M
T3 0
00
C
— '
4>


,_j
3
4)



-
E
x


u
OJ


c



4>
00
C
-.4
to
0>


c



































































3


^

a.
3
C
CO
4)
U

41
tO 4j
E ^
•- O

*3 OJ






























A-20

-------
                                 APPENDIX B

                  CONTAMINATED MATERIAL REMOVAL TECHNIQUES
     The process by which bottom sediments are removed from bodies of water
is commonly known as dredging.  This process has been used for many years
to widen or deepen harbors and navigable rivers.  In recent years, dredging
has also been employed in the removal of sediments that have been contami-
nated through discharges of hazardous and harmful substances.  Other
techniques have been developed for removal of contaminated sediments.

     This appendix discusses the equipment and techniques that may be used
in the removal of contaminated sediments.  Three types of dredging equipment
are discussed:  mechanical, hydraulic, ard pnp"mati •.

     All of the equipment that is placed on site in order to accomplish the
removal of sediments make up what is referred to as the dredge plant.  In
addition to the equipment and the technologies related to the dredge plant,
there are also many predredging operations that must be performed before
successful dredging can begin.  These operations consist of a variety of
tasks that are conducted prior to, and in preparation for, the actual
dredging of sediments.  Predredging operations can include equipment mobili-
zation and demobilization, stream diversion, cofferdam construction, and
removal of weeds and bottom debris.  Cofferdam construction and stream
diversion are discussed in Section B.4.

     Divers frequently can be used in predredging operations for monitoring
removal of bottom materials and for operation of hand-held dredges.  The
use of divers in contaminated waters may pose hazards for that necessitate
special precautions.  Most divers are hesitant to enter water bodies that
have been contaminated with hazardous substances.  Experiences in these
environments have often resulted in injuries, primarily chemical burns, to
divers and/or surface support personnel.  Little information is available
on low-level exposure to chemicals that divers or surface support personnel
may receive in these environments.  Only acute or immediate effects have
been reported.  Chronic, long-term toxicity has not been investigated.
This is potentially a serious problem that is now being addressed by several
government agencies (McLellan 1982).

     Diving equipment problems also occur in chemically contaminated water
environments, primarily due to petroleum products.  Divers frequently enter
these environments, resulting in deterioration and failure of equipment.
Equipment deterioration has been responsible for fatalities and for incidents
                                    B-l

-------
of diver exposure to contaminants (McLellan 1982).  Special equipment and
procedures all under development for protecting response team divers.
B.I  MECHANICAL DREDGES
     Mechanical dredges are equipment used to remove bottom sediment through
the direct application of mechanical force to dislodge the material.  This
physical removal of bottom sediment is usually performed by a bucket that
scoops up the material and carries it to the surface.  The material is then
usually placed in a barge, scow, truck, or impoundment for treatment or
disposal.

     Mechanical dredges include clamshell, dragline, dipper, and bucket
ladder dredges, as well as conventional excavation equipment, such as back-
hoes and loaders.  The mechanical dredges can either be vessel-mounted for
offshore use or track-mounted and land-based.  The main advantage to mechan-
ical dredges is that they can remove sediments at nearly in situ densities,
i.e., the water content of sediments is not increased through the dredging
process.  Removing sediment at the "laximun possible soHdc con^^t thus
reduces the scale of facilities necessary for dredged material transport,
treatment, and disposal.

     Compared to other types of dredges, mechanical dredges generate higher
resuspension of bottom materials, particularly in fine-grained sediments,
and also exhibit-lower production rates, especially in consolidated material.
     B.I.I  Clamshell Dredges


          B.I. 1.1  Description
     Clamshell (or grab) dredges are crane-operated dredges that are usually
mounted on flat-bottomed barges or pontoons.  They may also be mounted on
other sea-going vessels or track-mounted and land-based.  Most are equipped
with a single crane, but multiple crane configurations are not uncommon.
Removal is performed with large, hinged buckets ranging in capacity from
1 to 13 cubic yards.  Buckets are lowered in an open position on a control
cable to the bottom surface and sediment is scooped up as the bucket closes
and its two halves come together.  Clamshell dredges operate at 20 to 30
cycles per hour, depending on working depth and sediment characteristics
(Hand et al. 1978).

     Standard clamshell buckets are open at the top and allow considerable
loss of sediment by spillage and leakage once the bucket breaks the water
surface.  The Port and Harbor Institute of Japan and the Corps of Engineers
Waterway's Experiment Station have each developed watertight buckets in which
                                    B-2

-------
the top is enclosed so that the dredged material is contained within  the
bucket (Hand et al. 1978).

     There are approximately 200 clamshell dredges in use nationwide, making
them one of the most commonly used dredges in the United States  (Hand et  al.
1978).  In addition, clamshell excavators are common in conventional  excava-
tion work.
          B.I. 1.2  Applications
     Clamshell dredges can be used to excavate at in situ densities in all
types of material with the exception of highly consolidated sediments and
solid rock and can excavate to depths of 100 feet or -more.  These dredges
afford close control of position and depth and are therefore well suited to
work in confined areas and surrounding vulnerable structures.

     As with other types of mechanical dredges, clamshells are generally
used for relatively small-scale operations (up to a few hundred thousand
cubic yards).

     Clamshell dredges are also used in predredging operations for removal
of potentially destructive bottom debris, such as stumps, logs, rubbish, and
rocks.
          B.I. 1.3  Limitations
     The major disadvantages of using clamshell and other mechanical dredges
are the relatively low rate of production and the relatively high degree of
sediment resuspension these dredges produce compared to other dredges.
Sediment resuspension occurs as the bucket impacts and pulls free from the
bottom and also as hoisting drag forces act to wash away part of the load.
Clamshells generally excavate a heaped load of material, and as the bucket
clears the water surface, additional losses may occur through rapid drainage
of entrapped water and slumping of the material above the rim of the bucket.
Concentrations of suspended solids in the vicinity of clamshell dredging
may be as great as 500 milligrams per liter, compared with background levels,
which do not generally exceed 50 milligrams per liter (Barnard 1978).

     Watertight buckets have been shown to reduce resuspension of sediments
by as much as 50 percent (Barnard 1978).  Disadvantages of watertight
buckets are that the rubber gaskets used to create the watertight seal may
not stand up to continuous use in a full-scale dredging operation and may
present compatibility problems with spilled chemicals in certain spill
situations.
                                    B-3

-------
          B.I. 1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Clamshell dredges can be land-based or mounted on a support vessel,  in
which case the vessel must be dedicated to the dredging operation.  Support
vessels or vehicles (barge or truck) must also be available to accept the
sediment as it is being dredged and later transport it to the disposal or
treatment area.  The resuspension of bottom materials may also warrant the
use of containment measures, such as curtains or pneumatic barriers, described
in Appendix A.  Costs associated with clamshell dredging are Low relative to
other removal techniques.
     B.1.2  Draglines


          B.I.2.1  Description
     Draglines employ the same basic equipment as clamshell dredges and have
many of the same applications and limitations.  Dragline buckets excavate
material as the buckets are pulled by a drag cable toward the crane.  Drag-
lines are operated by the same type of crane as clamshell dredges and can
be similarly mounted on sea-going vessels or can be operated from land.  A
2.5-cubic-yard bucket will excavate approximately 300 cubic yards of loosely
compacted material per hour (Church 1981).

     Draglines are commonly used in general earthwork applications and are
widely available in the United States.


          B.I.2.2  Applications
     Draglines can be used in the same instances as clamshell dredges  (see
Section B.I.1.2) with slightly less control of depth and position.  However,
dragline dredges generally offer a longer reach than clamshell dredges
operated by the same crane (Merritt 1976).  They are generally used for
operations of up to several hundred thousand cubic yards of sediments.
          B.I.2.3  Limitations
     Draglines generate resuspension of sediment similar to  that of  clam-
shell dredges (see Section B.I.1.3).  It is not possible to  develop  a
watertight bucket because of the dragline operating characteristics.
Draglines also provide relatively low rates of sediment removal.
                                    B-4

-------
          B.I.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     The special requirements and considerations of draglines are the same
as those described for clamshell dredges (see Section B.I.1.4).  Costs
associated with dragline dredging are low relative to other removal
techniques.
     B.I.3  Conventional Earth Excavation Equipment


          B.I.3.1  Description
     Backhoes, power shovels, and front-end loaders are sometimes used to
remove bottom sediments in certain restricted situations.  All three pieces
of equipment operate in roughly the same manner; a bucket scoops up the
material to be excavated and transfers the material to a vehicle for
transportation.

     Such excavation equipment is widely available and usually mounted
on tracks or rubber tires.  Backhoes and power shovels may also be barge-
mounted for off-shore applications.
          B.I.3.2  Applications
     Conventional earth excavation equipment can be used on a limited scale
to remove sediments in shallow waterways.  Backhoes are normally used for
trench and other subsurface excavation and are capable of reaching 40 feet
or more below the level of the machine (Merritt 1976; Church 1981).  Power
shovels are normally used to load rock into hauling units and do not have
as long of a reach as backhoes.

     Loaders are normally used to excavate loose or soft materials in a
narrow vertical range of operation a few feet above and below grade.
Operation in shallow water may be practical if sediments are sufficiently
loose or soft.  Loaders are useful in removing sediments from dewatering
portions of water bodies where track-mounting of equipment allows mobility
in soft materials.  Specially fabricated wide tracks (called "low-earth-
pressure" tracks) provide added support and traction under such conditions.


          B.I.3.3  Limitations
     Conventional earth excavation equipment is greatly limited in removing
contaminated sediments from water bodies.  Their reach in both the lateral
and vertical directions is restricted by the length of the boom to which
                                    B-5

-------
the excavation bucket is attached.  Therefore, the equipment must be in
close proximity to the material being dredged and, in most cases, this is
not a practical restriction.  Also, because the load bearing capacity of
submerged sediments and soils surrounding water bodies is frequently low,
it is often difficult or impossible for conventional equipment to maneuver
under s.uch conditions.  Conventional equipment also provides relatively low
rates of sediment removal.
          B.I.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Stream diversion and dewatering of the work area are generally needed
for conventional earth excavation equipment to reach and maneuver in bottom
materials.  Stream diversion is discussed under Section B.4, Cofferdams.
Other requirements and considerations of conventional earth excavation
equipment are the same as those described for clamshell dredges  (see Section
B.I.1.4).  Costs associated with removal of bottom materials by  conventional
earth excavation equipment are low relative to other removal techniques.
     B.I.4  Dipper Dredges


          B.I.4.1  Description
     Dipper dredges are capable of exerting great mechanical effort and are
used in subaqueous excavation of soft rock and dense sedimentary deposits,
such as clay and glacial till.  Excavation is accomplished by the use of a
bucket attached to a long boom, which is forcibly thrust into the material
to be removed.  Dipper dredges are commonly mounted on flat-bottomed barges
or other vessels.  Vertical columns called spuds are anchored into the
bottom sediments to hold the dredge in position.  The swing of the boom
limits the lateral range of motion from this fixed position.  The dredge
vessel is repositioned when dredging within this range is completed.
Vertical control is restricted to the depth of the "bite" of the excavating
bucket (Hand et al. 1978).

     Dipper Bucket capacity is 8 to 12 cubic yards and a production rate
of between 30 to 60 cycles per hour is usually achieved.  There are about
20 dipper dredges being used nationwide (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.I.4.2  Applications
     Dipper dredges are capable of exerting great force and are well-suited
to excavation of soft rock and highly consolidated sediments.  They can
achieve good lateral and vertical control and are often used in confined
areas where control of position and depth is required to avoid damaging or
                                    B-6

-------
undermining marine structures.  Dipper dredges are inherently better adapted
for working in horizontal rather than vertical planes.  They have a working
depth of up to 50 feet and are applicable to volumes of up to several
hundred thousand cubic yards (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.I.4.3  Limitations
     The violent mechanical dredging action of the dipper dredge causes
considerable turbidity through sediment disturbance during digging and a
significant loss of the material from the bucket during the hoisting process.
This results in even greater resuspension of sediment than with clamshell
dredges and, therefore, dipper dredges are expected to be of limited use in
the remova-l of spilled hazardous materials sinking to the bottom of water
courses (Hand et al. 1978).  Dipper dredges also provide relatively low
rates of sediment removal.
          B.I.4.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Special requirements and considerations of dipper dredges are the same
as those described for clamshell dredges (see Section B.I.1.4).  Costs
associated with dipper dredging are low relativelv to other removal
techniques.
     B.I.5  Bucket Ladder Dredges


          B.I.5.1  Description
     The dredging action of bucket ladder dredges is provided by an inclined
submersible ladder that supports a continuous chain of buckets that rotate
around pivots at each end of the ladder.  As the buckets rotate around the
bottom of the ladder, they scoop up sediment, which is then transported up
the ladder and dumped into a storage area as the buckets round the top
pivot.  Most bucket dredges are mounted on pontoons and are not self-
propelled.  Bucket ladder dredges can store dredged material on board and
can also load barges for transport.  Only four of these dredges, all for
mining operations, are known to be operating in the United States (Hand
et al. 1978).

     Production rates are generally higher for bucket ladder dredges than
for other mechanical dredges.  Bucket volumes range between 0.1 and 1.3
cubic yards and several hundred cubic yards per hour can be excavated under
good conditions (calm water, loose sediment, etc.) (Hand et al. 1978).
                                    B-7

-------
          B.I.5.2  Applications
     Bucket ladder dredges are most commonly used aboard in mining opera-
tions, such as sand and gravel production.  They are capable of handling
many different kinds of material, including highly consolidated sediments.

     Bucket ladder dredges can handle larger operations than other types
of mechanical dredges.  Their normal operating depth is approximately 60
feet and some dredges are capable of reaching depths of up to 100 feet
(Hand et al. 1978).
          B.I. 5.3  Limitations
     Bucket ladder dredges generate a high degree of resuspension by the
continuous mechanical agitation of sediments and bucket leakage.  Bucket
dredges depend on a great deal of support equipment (tow boats and barges)
and are held in place by a complicated configuration of mooring lines,
potentially causing obstruction to navigation routes.  However, the most
limiting factor in using bucket ladder dredges for the removal of contami-
nated sediments is that they are relatively unavailable in the United States
at the present time (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.I.5.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Bucket ladder dredges require a great deal of support equipment for
proper operation.  They are not self-propelled and must be towed into
position.  These dredges also require a complicated system of mooring lines
to hold them in place and barges are needed to hold and remove the dredged
material.  Resuspension of bottom materials may also warrant the use of
containment measures, such as curtains or pneumatic barriers, described in
Appendix B.  Costs associated with bucket ladder dredging are medium
relative to other removal techniques.
B.2  HYDRAULIC DREDGES
     Hydraulic dredges are usually barge-mounted systems that use centri-
fugal pumps to remove and to transport sediment in liquid slurry form.
Pumps may be either barge-mounted or submersible.  The suction end of  the
dredge is mounted on a raoveable ladder that may be lowered or raised  to a
specific dredging depth.  Often a cutterhead is fitted to the suction  end
of the dredge to assist in dislodging bottom materials.  Slurries of  10 to
20 percent solids by weight are common in standard hydraulic dredge plants.
These slurries may be pumped many thousands of feet through floating  or
                                    B-8

-------
pontoon-supported pipeline to a dredged material treatment/storage area.
The major disadvantage of hydraulic dredges has been the relatively large
flow rates associated with pumping at low solids concentrations and the
resulting need for large areas of land to serve as settling/dewatering
areas for dredged material (see Appendix C).  Recent development of hydrau-
lic dredges has emphasized the capability of removing sediments at near
in situ solids concentrations, minimizing the water content of the pumped
slurry.  Lowering the water content for a given volume of sediment reduces
the land requirement for sediment dewatering (Hand et al. 1978).

     Hydraulic dredges generally exhibit higher production rates and lower
resuspension than mechanical dredges.  They are also capable of removing
liquid contaminants.  However, they are susceptible to damage by debris and
clogging with weeds; thus, they require more extensive pre-dredging work
than mechanical dredges.

     This section describes the following hydraulic dredging systems:
portable dredges, hand-held dredges, plain suction dredges, cutterhead
dredges, dustpan dredges, and hopper dredges.
     B.2.1  Portable Hydraulic Dredges


          B.2.1.1  Description
     Portable hydraulic dredges are defined herein as dredge vessels that
can be moved easily over existing roadways without major dismantling.  The
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers Waterways Experiment Station has prepared a
"Survey of Portable Hydraulic Dredges" (Clark 1983), which is a compilation
of models of portable dredges that are available in the United States and
their characteristics, including ratings of "portability."  Conventional
cutterheads, horizontal cutters, bucket wheels, chain cutters, vertical
cutters, and dustpans are available on portable dredges, and dredging
capabilities range from 10 to 50 feet.  Vessel draft is generally less than
5 feet (many less than 2 feet).  Production rates average between 50 to 500
cubic yards per hour depending on model, size, and site conditions (Clark
1983).

     Portable hydraulic dredges come in a wide range of sizes.  The average
dredge is approximately 10 feet wide and from 25 to 50 feet long and can
weigh from 6 to 25 tons (Clark 1983).   One very small unit designed to pump
industrial ponds is 7 1/2 feet wide, 18 to 24 feet long, and weighs only
4,500 pounds.

     Methods of launching portable dredges vary and include amphibious/self-
launching, launching by crane, launching from transport trailers, and
launching at boat ramps from transport trailers.  Most portable dredges are
positioned and tracked using cable-and-winch arrangement anchored on land.
                                    B-9

-------
     Portable dredges are widely available throughout the United States,


          B.2.1.2  Applications
     Portable dredges are particularly applicable to many contaminated
sediment remediation projects in relatively isolated (in terras of naviga-
tion) water bodies, such as lakes and inland rivers, because they can be
easily moved to sites over land.  They are particularly useful in shallow
waters because of their low draft depths.
          B.2.1.3  Limitations


     The primary limitation of portable hydraulic dredges is their relatively
low production rates and limited depth capabilities.  Portable dredges are
not capable of operating in water bodies with waves higher than one foot or
in shallow waters (less than 2 to 5 feet, depending on the dredged model).


          B.2.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     One or more trucks or trailers are needed to transport a. portable
dredge to its point of use.  A crane may be needed for launching the dredge
vessel.  As with all hydraulic dredging methods, the dredged slurry must be
pumped through a pipeline to a dewatering or other treatment facility (see
Appendix C).  Resuspension of bottom materials may also warrant the use of
containment measures, such as curtains or pneumatic barriers, described in
Appendix A.  Costs associated with removal of bottom materials by portable
hydraulic dredges are low relative to other removal techniques.
     B.2.2  Hand-Held Hydraulic Dredges


          B.2.2.1  Description


     Hydraulic/vacuum-type hand-held dredges operate in much the same manner
as larger hydraulic dredges to remove a mixture of sediment and water in a
slurry.  A variety of hand-held dredges are manufactured and systems are
often assembled using readily available equipment designed for other
applications.  Hand-held dredges can be operated either underwater or above-
water.

     Underwater hand-held dredges are normally operated by divers.  The
equipment employed can range from a hose-and-collector arrangement, similar
to a swimming pool vacuum unit, to skid-mounted, high-production machines
                                    B-10

-------
used for mineral recovery and maintenance at offshore platforms.  Above-
water han-d-held dredges would normally be used by operators wading into
shallow waterways or from small water crafts.
          B.2.2.2  Applications
     Hand-held dredges are appropriate for small-volume spills in calm
water where precision dredging is important.  Some diver-operated dredges
can operate to depths of 1000 feet with an excavation rate of 250 cubic
yards per hour.  Hand-held dredges generally can be operated from above the
water surface in water bodies less than 4 feet deep with sufficiently firm
bottom materials to allow wading by workmen.
          B.2.2.3  Limitations
     Hand-held dredges cannot be operated in strong currents or high-flow
velocities.  Hand-held dredges generally cannot be operated from above the
water surface in water deeper than 4 feet.
          B.2.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Hand-held dredges operated from above the water surface require small
support craft and operators in protective clothing.  Vacuum trucks are also
necessary to power the dredges from shore and to provide temporary storage
and transport of the dredged slurry.

     As with all hydraulic dredging methods, the dredged slurry must be
pumped through a pipeline to a dewatering or other treatment facility (see
Appendix C).  Resuspension of bottom materials may also warrant the use of
containment measures, such as curtains or pneumatic barriers, described in
Appendix A.  Costs associated with removal of bottom materials by hand-held
dredges are low relative to other removal techniques.
     B.2.3  Plain Suction Dredges


          B.2.3.1  Description
     Plain suction dredges are the simplest form of hydraulic dredges,
relying solely on the suction created by a centrifugal pump to dislodge and
transport sediments.  The dredge head is attached to the end of a ladder
and its position is controlled vertically and horizontally by the movement
of cables attached to the ladder.  Material of 10 to 15 percent solids by
                                    B-ll

-------
weight is drawn in through the dredge head and is transported up the suction
line to be discharged into a scow or through a pipeline for treatment.  The
production rate is dependent upon the pump size, pump horsepower, and type
of material being dredged.  During normal working conditions, dredging is
performed at 1,000 to 10,000 cubic yards per hour, depending on discharge
velocity and pipe diameter (Hand et al. 1978).

     Plain suction dredges are normally pulled along a straight line fixed
by a cable-and-winch arrangement anchored on land or on the bottom of the
water body.  The dredge vessel moves along the line of the cable and the
cable is repositioned to establish a new line as dredging progresses.
There is no capability of lateral manipulation beyond the positioning and
movement of the dredge vessel.  Vertical control of sediment removal is
maintained by raising and lowering the suction pipe and dredge head
supporting ladder using a cable-and-winch arrangement.  Vessel draft is
on the order of 5 to 6 feet (Hand et al. 1978).

     There are approximately 20 plain suction dredges in operation nation-
wide, all located on interior waterways (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.3.2  Applications
     Plain suction dredges are most effective in the removal of relatively
free-flowing sediments, such as sands, gravels, and unconsolidated material.
They are commonly used for sand mining, beach restoration, general river
channel maintenance, and scow unloading.  They can be used in relatively
shallow waters and are best suited to relatively calm inland waterways
(Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.3.3  Limitations
     Hard and cohesive materials, such as clays or firm native bottom soils
are not readily removed by plain suction, as no mechanical dislodging de-
vices are employed.  These dredges cannot generally be employed in rough
waters (i.e., waves greater than 3 feet).  The anchoring cables and pipe-
lines can cause obstructions to river traffic.  The suction line is also
subject to blockage or damage by underwater debris.


          B.2.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     As with all hydraulic dredging methods, the dredged slurry must be
pumped through a pipeline to a dewatering or other treatment facility  (see
Appendix C).  Resuspension of bottom materials may also warrant the use  of
containment measures, such as curtains or pneumatic barriers, described  in
                                 B-12

-------
Appendix A.  Costs associated with plain suction dredging are medium
relative to other removal techniques.
     B.2.4  Cutterhead Dredges


          B.2.4.1  Description
     The configuration and principle of operation of the cutterhead dredge
are similar to those of the plain suction dredge; however, a mechanical
device is added to dislodge material.  The device, called the cutterhead,
is located at the intake of the suction pipe and rotates to dislodge  sedi-
ment, allowing sediment to be removed by suction through the suction  pipe.
Slurries of 10 to 20 percent solids by weight are typically achieved,
depending upon the material being dredged.  Production rates vary according
to pump size and can be as large as 2,500 cubic yards per hours.  Cutter-
head dredges range from 50 to 225 feet in length and can weigh up to  350
tons.  Vessel draft is between 3 and 5 feet (Hand et al. 1978).

     Cutterhead dredges move in a pattern different from other hydraulic
dredges by alternately anchoring on one of two spuds.  The anchored spud is
used as a pivot and the vessel is drawn along an anchored cable, swinging
the cutterhead in a short horizontal arc about the spud.  Repeatedly  swing-
ing the cutterhead in arcs while alternating anchored spuds results in
partially overlapping cuts, which form a wide effective cut through the
area being dredged.

     Cutterhead dredges are among the most popular in the world for mainten-
ance dredging because of their versatility and ability to make uniform cuts.
They are also the most commonly used maintenance dredge in the United
States and approximately 300 are in use nationwide (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.4.2  Applications
     Cutterhead dredges are highly efficient in removing all types of
materials, including very hard and cohesive sediments.  They are capable of
reaching materials up to 50 feet below the water surface.  Cutterhead
dredges are best used in calmer waters, but because of their large size and
self-propulsion, they are better able to operate in rough waters than the
smaller portable dredges or plain suction dredges (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.4.3  Limitations
     Cutterhead dredges are not capable of removing bottom sediments at
depths greater than 50 feet below the water surface because of the length
                                    B-13

-------
of the dredge ladder that supports the cutterhead.  The dredge vessel cannot
operate in water depths of less than 5 feet (Hand et al. 1978).

     The cutterhead and suction line are susceptible to debris damage,
which can hinder the removal of bottom materials.  In addition, infestations
of aquatic weeds may obstruct dredging and cause further delays due to both
reduced cutterhead mobility and dredge pump clogging.

     The cutting and grinding action of the cutterhead presents a potential
problem with resuspension of sediment.  A properly designed cutterhead will
efficiently cut and guide the bottom material toward the suction, although
the cutting action and the turbulence associated with the rotation of the
cutterhead can resuspend a portion of the bottom material (Raymond 1983).


          B.2.4.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     The dredging site must be cleared of debris and weeds prior to com-
mencement of dredging in order to prevent malfunction of the cutterhead.
This may require the use of cranes, clamshells, or divers.

     As with all hydraulic dredging methods, the dredged slurry must be
pumped through a pipeline to a dewatering or other treatment facility (see
Appendix C).  Resuspension of bottom materials may also warrcint the use of
containment measures, such as curtains or pneumatic barriers, described in
Appendix A.  Costs associated with cutterhead dredging are medium relative
to other removal techniques.
     B.2.5  Dustpan Dredges


          B.2.5.1  Description
     Dustpan dredges are similar in configuration and operation to plain
suction dredges.  The sediment collection head, called a "dustpan", is a
widely flared head containing high-pressure water jets that loosen and
agitate sediments; the sediments are then captured in the dustpan as the
dredge is winched forward into the bottom materials.  This high-pressure
jetting slightly improves efficiency (in terms of slurry density) and allows
cohesive sediments to be dredged (Hand et al. 1973).

     The collected sediments are conveyed by suction into the suction pipe.
Slurries of 10 to 20 percent solids by weight are typically achieved.
Production rates range between 500 to 15,000 cubic yards per hour, depend-
ing on the discharge pipe diameter and the discharge velocity.  Vessel
draft varies between 5 to 14 feet (Hand et al. 1978).

-------
     There are about 10 dustpan dredges in the United States, all owned by
the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers.  They are used primarily for channel
maintenance in interior waterways (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.5.2  Applications
     Dustpan dredges are best suited for dredging free-flowing granular
bottom material, but will also dredge cohesive sediments.  They are used
primarily in calmer interior waterways with depths up to 50 feet.  The
vessels can operate in waters deeper than 14 feet, and some can be operated
in shallow waters (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.5.3  Limitations


     Dustpan dredges are not capable of removing sediment at depths greater
than 50 feet below the water surface because of the length of the dredge
ladder that supports the dustpan.  The dredge vessel cannot operate in
water depths of less than 5 feet (Hand et al. 1978).

     The jetting action of the dustpan dredge will cause resuspension of
bottom materials comparable to the cutterhead dredge (Raymond 1983).  The
dustpan head is also susceptible to clogging and damage by bottom debris.


          B.2.5.4  Special Requirements/Considerations


     The dredging site should be cleared of underwater debris to prevent
blockages within the dredge head, pump, and pipeline.  As with all hydraulic
dredging methods, the dredged slurry must be pumped through a pipeline to a
dewatering or other treatment facility (see Appendix C).  Resuspension of
bottom materials may also warrant the use of containment measures, such as
curtains or pneumatic barriers, described in Appendix A.  Costs associated
with removal of bottom materials by dustpan dredges are medium relative to
other removal techniques.


     B.2.6  Hopper Dredges


          B.2.6.1  Description
     Hopper dredges differ from other hydraulic dredges primarily in the
type of vessel used and the methods of attachment and operation of the
dredge head.  Hopper dredge vessels are normally large, self-propelled, sea-
going vessels, rather than barges.  Vessel drafts range from 12 to 31 feet.
                                    B-15

-------
The vessels can operate in waves up to 7 feet.  Hopper dredges are posi-
tioned and moved by the propeller/rudder navigating equipment of the host
vessel and can travel at speeds up to 8 miles per hour while dredging.
Production rates normally range between 500 to 2,000 cubic yards per hour
(Hand et al.  1978).

     Suction pipes are hinged on either side of the vessel and extend
downward toward the stern of the vessel.  Dredge heads, attached at the
ends of the suction pipes, drag along the bed of the area being dredged as
the vessel moves forward; the head is sometimes called a "trailing" head
for this reason.  Dredging is accomplished by the vessel making progressive
passes over the project area.

     Dredged material is transported up the suction pipe and is discharged
for storage into a hopper portion of the vessel.  Coarse-grained material
settles to the bottom of the hopper.  Water and fine-grained sediment is
normally allowed to overflow the hopper into the water body; overflow
would usually not be acceptable in the removal of contaminated sediments.
Once fully loaded, the vessel moves to an unloading area where the hopper
is emptied by opening bottom doors or by pumping the contents to a treatment
or disposal area.  There are 15 oceangoing, trailing, suction hopper dredges
operated by the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers, and there are several privately
owned hopper dredges in the United States.  These dredges are located
primarily on coastal waters and in the Great Lakes region (Hand et al. 1978).


          B.2.6.2  Applications
     Hopper dredges are intended for large-scale maintenance dredging of
deep, rough-water shipping channels, and are normally most efficient in
excavating loose, non-cohesive materials.  Bottom materials can be dredged
to depths of 62 feet.  Hopper dredges are capable of operating in rough,
open waters, in relatively high currents, in and around marine shipping
traffic, and in adverse weather conditions (Hand et al. 1978).
          B.2.6.3  Limitations
     Hopper dredges cause resuspension of bottom materials into the water
column; this is primarily caused by hopper overflow in the near-surface
water and by draghead agitation in near-bottom water.  Hopper dredger cannot
be used in inland shallow waters because of the large vessel size and draft.
Because conventional hopper dredge operating methods (hopper overflow and
open-water disposal of dredged material) are not normally acceptable for
hazardous materials, continuous or periodic removal of dredged material
must be accomplished by frequent trips to an unloading area, pumping to a
treatment facility, or pumping to transport vessels.
                                    B-16

-------
          B.2.6.A  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Hopper dredges are self-contained vessels and, under normal operating
conditions, require no support equipment.  However, support equipment, such
as hauling vessels, transport pipelines, and pump-out dredges, may be need-
ed for containing and transporting contaminated materials to a dewatering
or other treatment facility (see Appendix C).  The resuspension of bottom
materials may also warrant the use of containment measures, such as curtains
or pneumatic barriers, described in Appendix A.  Costs associated with
removal of bottom materials by hopper dredges are high relative to other
removal techniques.
B.3  PNEUMATIC DREDGES
     Pneumatic dredges are a special category of hydraulic dredge that use
compressed air and/or hydrostatic pressure instead of centrifugal force to
draw sediments to the collection head and through the transport piping.
Pneumatic dredges are commonly barge-mounted.  Dredged material is normally
discharged to hopper barges or scows.

     Pneumatic dredges generally produce slurries of higher solids concen-
tration than hydraulic dredges and cause less resuspension of bottom
materials.  They are capable of dredging both solids and liquids.
     B.3.1  Airlift Dredges


          B.3.1.1  Description
     Airlift dredges use compressed air to dislodge and transport sediments.
Compressed air is introduced into the bottom of an open vertical pipe that
is usually supported and controlled by a barge-mounted crane.  As the air
is released, it expands and rises, creating upward currents that carry both
water and sediment up the pipe.  The applied air pressure must be sufficient
to overcome water pressure at operating depths.  Higher air pressures and
flow rates result in higher transport capacity.  Air can also be introduced
through a special transport head that can be vibrated or rotated to dislodge
more cohesive sediments.  Lateral control of the dredge is achieved by
swinging the boom of the crane in a manner similar to mechanical dredging.
Vertical control is achieved by raising and lowering the open end of the
vertical transport pipe and by varying the pressure of the air released at
the end of the pipe (Hand et al. 1978).

     Dredged material is usually discharged from the airlift pipe (which
includes elbows or flexible pipe for changes in direction) into a hopper
barge or scow.  The material is then transported in the barge or by
                                    B-17

-------
pumping through a pipeline to a treatment or disposal area.  Slurries of 25
percent solids can typically be achieved with airlift dredges (d'Angremond
et al. 1978).

     Airlift dredges are usually operated from barges with drafts between
3 and 6 feet, although other vessels can be used.  Barges are normally not
well suited for rough, open waters.  Airlift dredges are not widely used in
the United States.
          B.3.1.2  Applications
     Airlift dredges are used primarily in underwater mining of sand and
gravel and are well-suited to deep dredging applications for excavating
loose granular materials, primarily sand.  Any depth for which sufficient
pipe and air pressure can be provided can be dredged by this method.
          B.3.1.3  Limitations
     Airlift dredges cannot dredge cohesive bottom materials because the
agitation of the released air is the primary means of dislodging the
material.
          B.3.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Airlift dredges require barges, pipelines, and/or pump-out capabilities
for containing and transporting contaminated materials to a dewatering or
other treatment facility (see Appendix C).  The resuspension of bottom
materials may also warrant the use of containment measures such as curtains
or pneumatic barriers, described in Appendix A.  Costs associated with
airlift dredging are medium relative to other removal techniques.
     B.3.2  Pneuma Dredges


          B.3.2.1  Description
     The "Pneuma" (trade name) dredging system consists of a pneumatic pump
that is lowered by a barge-mounted crane to contact the sediments being
dredged.  The pump is driven by an air compressor and operates by positive
displacement.  The body of the pump contains three cylindrical vessels,
each with an intake opening on the bottom and an air port and discharge
outlet on top.  The air ports can be opened to the atmosphere through air
hoses and valves.  The cylinders are filled with sediment and water when
                                    B-18

-------
the intake opening is open and water pressure causes bottom materials  to
flow into the vessels.  The opening is  closed when  the  vessel  is  filled.
The vessel is emptied by the application of compressed  air to  force  the
contents into a discharge line.  Using  this process, the Pneuma system can
dredge bottom materials at near in situ densities with  a minimum  intake of
water (Richardson et al. 1982; Toa Harbor Works undated).  Pneuma dredges
are capable of discharging directly to  disposal or  treatment areas through
a discharge pipeline.

     Pneuma dredges are normally suspended from a crane cable  and pulled
into the sediments being dredged by a second cable.  The dredging head is
scoop-shaped and produces relatively little sediment resuspension (i.e. ,
only slightly greater than normal operating background  levels).   The dredge
head is fixed relative to the vessel so that lateral manipulation is limited
to the positioning and movement of the  vessel.  The dredge head can weigh
from 3 to 15 tons and the dredges may be as large as 12 feet by 12 feet,
but are readily dismantled and transported by truck or  air (Richardson
et al. 1982).

     Pneuma dredges have limited availability in the United States and are
available only through distributors authorized by the Japanese manufacturer.
          B.3.2.2  Applications
     Pneuma dredges do not contain devices for breaking up consolidated
material and are most applicable to loosely packed sediment.  Shovel attach-
ments are available to aid in the penetration of sediments.  Extremely deep
applications are possible, provided that sufficient discharge line, air
line, air pressure, and dredging control can be provided.
          B.3.2.3  Limitations
     Pneuma dredges cannot be effectively used in shallow water because of
their dependence on water depth for the differential pressure that induces
flow.  Pipelines and cables may present temporary obstructions in navigable
water channels.
          B.3.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Pneuma dredges require a great deal of support equipment, such as air
distributors and compressors, to control the cycling of the three pump
chambers and to provide pressure for emptying the chambers.  Booster pumps
may be required for pipeline transport of dredged material to treatment and
disposal facilities.  Costs associated with removal of bottom materials by
Pneuma dredges are high relative to other removal techniques.
                                    B-19

-------
     B.3.3  Oozer Dredges
          B.3.3.1  Description
     "Oozer" (trade name) dredges, developed in Japan, are pumps similar in
concept to trie Pneuma.  Ooozer dredges use negative (vacuum) pressure in
filling the chambers in addition to the pressure difference between water
i-r-;sure at the depth of operation and atmospheric pressure, which drives
the Pneuma dredge.  This allows dredging in more shallow waterways (Barnard
1978).

     The pump is usually mounted at the end of a ladder.  The pump body
consists of two cylinders to which a vacuum is applied to increase the
differential pressure and induce the flow between the sediment and cylinders,
Discharge is accomplished by positive air pressure, similar to the Pneuma
dredge (see Section B.3.2).  Sediment thickness detectors, underwater
television cameras, and a turbidimeter are attached near the suction mouth
for monitoring turbidity.  Suspended oil can be collected by an attached
hood and cutters can be attached for dislodging hard soils (Barnard 1978;
Toyo Construction Co. undated).

     Oozer dredges are capable of pumping slurries of 30 to 70 percent
solids (near In situ densities) at rates of 500 to 800 cubic yards per
hour, while keeping resuspension of sediments low (Barnard 1978).  Dredged
material is normally discharged to a hopper barge or a scow.

     Oozer dredges have no capability of lateral manipulation beyond the
positioning and movement of the dredge vessel.  Vertical control of sediment
removal is maintained by raising and lowering the suction pipe and the
dredge head supporting the ladder using a cable-and-winch arrangement.

     Oozer dredges are manufactured in Japan and have limited availability
in the United States through authorized distributors.
          B.3.3.2  Applications
     Oozer dredges are designed for effective suction of soft sediments
from riverbeds or harbor bottoms.  The use of vacuum pressure allows Oozer
dredges to dredge in shallower waters than the Pneuma system.
          B.3.3.3  Limitations
     Oozer dredges are capable of only modest production rates compared to
hydraulic dredges.  They also require cables for movement and anchoring,
which can obstruct navigation traffic.  Availability of the Oozer dredge is
                                    B-20

-------
extremely limited and its use in rapid response situations may not be
practical because of the logistics of mobilization.
          B.3.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Oozer dredges generally require the support of hopper barges for
discharge of dredged material and transport to a treatment or disposal
facility.  Costs associated with removal of bottom materials by Oozer
dredges are high relative to other removal techniques.
B.4  SUMMARY
     Table B-l provides a summary of information presented in this appendix
for each of the dredges.  This summary can be used to compare and screen
dredges for specific applications.
                                    B-21

-------














V.

&
O'
Z
X
U
a
H



•<
o
s
Ed
OS





HH






s

Q
Ed
H
Z




H

O
0
0










C/2





|
CO
Ed
CQ
























V
•2 ^
« »
— ' 0
01 O
§3 u
V 3J
— jr IB oj
X 4J 3 fe
 C
41




X
*»•* 4J
X —


— J3


(C k.
— 0
•- < o.
CQ CO
> c
< eg
kd
H




X
q u

"c «
0 D.
u E
W







CO
C
O

U
w
^
E










9J
C

.-
to
u

a.
a.








§
 a. «
a. a. 9)
4) 3 4)
Q » >



oc
41 C 41
JO — C

C CD 73 k. —

U X « «

73 CO «J — '
ec u •- c c v
4) 4) 1 O O >
.C > CO • — fl)
4) 41 C X
00 T3 « 4_i 4) —
T3 Oi T3 C > 41
01 > W 3 C T3
u O 0 0 0 •-
o e ^ e u 3

41 C 9)
— o •*-*
jO — C
«B CO 4)
>- C E
41 4j .-(
•0 D.-C
•F- CO 01
CO 3 W
341 i*j
k- 0



w j= C
01 00 4)


u "O
4) 4>
C 4J CD
O  •» >^- h.
LU .^ O 9) t- O
o u-, E •- T3 41 ja
C k. 4< « T3 ft) 1- C T3 4J

W«(OtoOC»3



< 41
2 W E

CJ UJ O

X Q




3

Q







0
O
1
o



c
0
X 4J

C 0 4'
41 a. to
a. a. co
4) 3 4)
O 9) >





.a — e

C « -D u. —
(0 — C O J3

4) — ' —
T3 9) « • —
BJ U •— C C «
4) 4) 1 O 0 >

0) at e x

T3 41 T3 C 5- 41
4) > BJ 3 fi T3
u 0 0 0 0 •-

4) C ao
*^ O 4">
.A -• C
03 9) 01
h. C E
•0 Q.T3
• ^ W OJ
tt 3 co
C «
84) <-w
u 0



CO J= C
X 00 41
4.. — e
 3


4J
C
ad
«j
L.
o






3

O





o
o
vO
o
w
a.



4>

XjO

"S'H
K >






4) ft)
> .. _



41 O --
> I- W
0 >
E 00 <0
c
41 •- X
jO *j —
EO 4)
c •- -a
«J X •--

41 e •

J3 •- C
0) CO 41
t- C E
ft) 4J •--
T3 Q. T3
» 3 »
C co
Sft) *4-t
k. O


ce o
0) ju


ft) D


a. E 3

( — 3
0
i"^


01 co a

X w
01 C 4) 4)
ee «) > T3
3
O



o _c t.

* r-
§- J

fti 3

— -« T3


(fi W 0
e
0 *J
• -- c
1 J-l ft)
g « ; i.
> C fl) —
o •- x o-







o

o







o
o
f
o



c
0

T3 L, ^
e o 4)
ft) D. CO
01 3 D


^




C 
— > «
•-- 0
CO T?
(0 73 U

ill

4) e »
— 0 4-

W CO 41
u c e
0) o> •--
T3 O. T3
— 9) 0>
C CO




4!

(C


c
0
^
S


b<


c
"~

73 -O

4J C C X

O *•" T3 ^" 3

co a — o k- u
§« JO fl!
.- C -i-3
— CO O «  C C 0
4, >> ft) .- .-.
— - !c S a S3


E Oi --1 0) •• C
cn en j3 w ns •—



4)
a.
.s*
o



1
.—

41
X

0









o
o
n







o
0






! cn







— > •- —
•- 0 E —

4) 4) —
*J k. M fll
O O 4) >

4) C to
— O 4-
J3 - <=,
« 91 O
u c E
0) 4; - —
T3 CL T3
— ( » 41
OS 3 9)
O 4! «-
U v- 0



CD
4>

(D


C
0
"^
3

O
u
a

o
J


t 0


O 4- T3 Oi

co a. — c
§.-§.-
— a o « »
> C C 03
0) x 41 3
- e - E u
— .- jZ -- 4-

g 01 •— D m
w » j= « 3



01 Oi
Jt Tj
3 ra
CO _3


B-22

-------





































T3
OJ
C
iJ

o

s_.





1
CO

Cd
5
2












































41

•- £. V) U
X ^ => U.
EC CL ^
Z 41
o
c
0 --^
4J J=
u •*-.

•O -^
0 X

Or

W
41 Q w
W "-.. 4)
to jr o;
0) 4J bu
> ec^-
c
JS






4- —

— -O
• -. CD
m i-
- I
to co
> c
L.
H





X
k. 73
fl 4J
•o u
C cfl
O CL
u E
41 H-
en







c
o
w
i
E










m
C
0

CO
u


CL
CL









3
^"
C
-C

V
H

.1 -1 1
3 3 tj "W ••"
3C H O) *D
j z z 41
z

o
in o 0 O





O O
0 0 O
O O 0 O
in O O
CD m O O
— (si — — O
III | —
O O u"» ^ 1
m — E— U(JC— «B — *J
>» 4I---J3 » C JJ « •-*
o • > •- a) « k. •- cn k. M 4, c
» •• O » 3 — 41 1* k- 3 n
41 « 0) c -o «) -o aj c OE— 4IO4t> •-- 9 *J — » 4- CRJ(0.e
E « JD 4" O JS -u « 41 — C 4- 41 T3 — X
oo E— swexc L, -* e 3 i- — •-< •- w 41 — c
X C 41 4> .O C 4J — 4) O J O O -D S Xi u -- C -
— • -*4 IM ao ». (0 > — OJ C •- X 3 iw
pftUW'QW U3 41 ^ O 41 t^ C O ••* ^CO"3 k.8)CC4J
HE O — W
e « c w c « en

.-4 e •-- c •- c •- c o «
(04) COO) 0041 0341 •— C
4) C E 41 C £ 4>CE 01CE 0941

9 a -B eg a. •« « o. ^ « a."o u 41---
k- as 41 w eo 41 k. » 41 k. co u to Q. T:
Oisen 0)300 cy 3 » OI3X k-oooi

Zk-0
1 CO C O -O CO

y-i .* • e 4tC*O4i «OO4> C0020)3 «OOOi
O 4J — O >-^Ck- ---C--C —c— —c —
04I--T3 0 3— C-.OW C-J3-C C - ^
«O^4J4) ^X 3 — «J .C -- U — (0 ^ — C — «£.--

> g3— *C * 0) O — U3O.-- — 3 ft. •-- 3Q.
> C C O ••" O 41 u 41 k. k. u 6C -— 4! k. k, u QC 4" f k. u 00

«eac T3CCQ. S -ok,— > -oao > -^
"C .C ••* O*" 41333O "^ 01 •» 4_i4j "C 41 .- C ^ o>-"

i» C *J3 W fc. — « L, k. OOOfl!'^''"*4|3 t)OO(0^'**™M aCOWk.--^
•^900)114!*- u 4J — 4J 41 ^ff.k.OI^»k. 'U^k.Oik.OO -a^^Oik-

J — TT j: k, -0 C>«i»-0 OCXJOSTJUTI OC003-CU OcXO^-D
tj e
<*- C X — k. -- -D •-

u me "- -D(U— >,
«!«> u---ak.— M-< 3k- **- • - c «*- to
41U O--OOO O O41 C3TJO) O 3
Stoxji »o-4i co -D — c co --to- M-CE^
-«— k«4w 0)'--'-k. OISOCCO-— 41 — Jl *O 41 00 C — i—
O 4JG. E — to "D EcW£ E 41 w Eccc«onj
>-->4) 3 v< 3-— so-^ 3-DXcni- S-- u3
«•— T3 — ' w 41 C — •> J » C» — C k. U — >CO
4=4-ik. OO*JO OO*->--«X OCDUOl— OO4---U
« e s > co--- > — CCD  >><*! > — c « o

k-EC— — -rs — 4iiE"**-k; u -e o « 41 i £ •- >-


O 0) C .C 6 0 W k. fl] k. 4) •-• W fl (C O CL O «J (C k. U -- C
r « — ca toaya J^co->3 Jasuu J *- »
•o
u *c u "J

O — — 41— C -C C
-J33 -C3 0 k. (0
.JWSJIS 109 c-— 4) O.

-------
                   S ^
                   ••*  k*

                   L* £.
                                                                                 O
                                                                                 cy-


                                                                                 o
-3
 D
 3
 O

 O
 'J «  C
 > u — TJ

 i So «


J! s-l
   Q.  3
 C U  O D
o> c
M —
c »
U X
01
•o
04 O1
.c >
0
01
00 T3
•D 0)
0) >
1- O
Q E
X
0)



o
c




eg
0

0)
JS

c
•—
V


V



>
to

0)
01
•*-*
u



0)


e
3
c
u

•o
0)


ft]




a
e
X
X
01

0)

o


01

0
E
X
— 01

3 e
*--
O Oi
c —
-D
.- <8
to —
^ —
eg CD
0 >
u fl)

SB
V
*J
jj


•D
0)


C
9
0>
X
c
u

"O
01


V
00

V

a
\
X
a>

D
>
0

•a

>

£
X
01

3

0
C


CO
"O

o
1-
.
to
C Oi

0> u


(0 -v
— 01

(Q •*-
> c

CO


H
                             0)CEOC»-3    —
                             *j oi —   ••-    o -u «g
                             esa-^,-     « —  eu —
                             utotu(gca)u->oOk.
                             tV3»gO>k.-OO)
                             rjO)    C ••- — 01  OJ *->
                             Ofl*-04_o>wetl
                                     e  E
                                     01 —
                                     ex-o
                                                                 •- -o M
                                                                 --  01 m
                                                                  O  u r^
                                                                  e» T3
                                                                                  O *-
                                                                                 .- e
                                                                                  M 01
                                                    — j-  tn 4-i
                                                     O O  w u  ej
                                                     x C  O) 3 •-
                                                                                  w e  3 o  j-1
                                                                                  o 01  o
C  E
41 —
Q.-0 3
                                      3 01  O U
                             —    3 00 > "C
                             o e  o —•  "o  c
o

00
c

&0

01
u


a.
01
01
Q
*g
4J
e
01
E

•D
0>
tn

Ot
n
O
O

V
3


o



0
•a -

3
V

— •
•q







CO

o

c

z
3
cr



•o
C



•D

_,
O

TO
3

01

ea
3


O

k.
01

c

TO


C
01


•D
0)
CO


iw
O

>


E
O






3
cr

--


o


*


k.
0

CD
•c
01
XI
.2

CD

01



CO



i,
o


en
JT

a.



3
0


m

ee
                                                          u

                                                          H  i
                                                                          B-24

-------
                                  APPENDIX C

          TREATMENT TECHNIQUES FOR REMOVED CONTAMINATED MATERIALS
     This appendix addresses methods and equipment used for treatment of
contaminated bottom materials that have been removed from water bodies.
Figure C-l shows the major activities that are typically undertaken in
treating contaminated bottom materials and indicates the subsections under
which each of these activities is addressed.  The major steps in sediment
treatment include:

     •  Sediment/water separation - separates the solids from the dredged
        material slurry and results in a contaminated water stream and a
        concentrated slurry, either of which may require further treatment
        (Section C.I).

     •  Sediment dewatering - further concentrates solids by removing water
        in order to facilitate subsequent treatment, handling, and disposal
        (Section C.2).

     •  Solids treatment - degrades, immobilizes, extracts, or encapsulates
        contaminated solids in order to make them acceptable for final
        disposal (Section C.3).

     •  Water treatment - degrades or removes dissolved or suspended con-
        taminants to produce an effluent suitable for disposal (Section C.4).

     The methods used to treat contaminated bottom materials have been
adapted from methods used in a variety of industries.  However, experience
in treating contaminated sediments with these methods has been limited and
performance must be evalauated on a case-by-case basis.  This appendix pre-
sents an overview of potentially applicable treatment techniques.  It is
intended to assist in the selection of treatment techniques and is not
intended for use as a source of design information.  Also, when combining
treatment techniques in series to accomplish desired treatment, care should
be exercised to assure hydraulic (pressure and flow) compalability of the
techniques.


C.I  SEDIMENT/WATER SEPARATION
     This section describes equipment and methods used to separate solids
from dredge slurries.  The objective of sediment/water separation is to
                                    C-l

-------
FIGURE C-1. TYPICAL SEQUENCE OF STEPS FOR TREATMENT
    OF REMOVED CONTAMINATED BOTTOM MATERIALS
                         Slurry of Removed
                        Contaminated Bottom
                             Materials
                           (Appendix B)
   Concentrated
    Sediments
      Slurry
          Sediments
          Dewatering
         (Section C.2)
Sediment/Water
  Separation
 (Section C.1)
 Contaminated
    Water
                          Contaminated
                             Water
   Water
 Treatment
(Section C.3)
                 Contaminated
                  Sediments
          Sediments
          Treatment
         (Section C.4)
                                             Treated Water
                                              to Disposal
                                             (Appendix D)
       Treated Sediments
          to Disposal
         (Appendix D)
                                C-2

-------
attain two distinct waste streams:  a liquid waste stream that can be sub-
sequently treated for removal of dissolved and fine suspended contaminants
and a concentrated slurry of solids and minimal liquid that can be dewatered
and treated.

     Sediment/water separation techniques can also be used to selectively
remove a relatively narrow range of grain sizes from a slurry, effectively
separating one sediment grain size from another.  Classification of sediments
according to grain size may be undertaken for one of two reasons:  1) economy
of space and equipment use, and 2) concentration of contaminants into a
relatively small mass of sediments.  More efficient use can be made of
equipment and land area by taking advantage of the differences in settling
velocity of different sized particles.  For example, where limited land
space is available, sand and gravel may be removed in settling basins, and
high-rate gravity settlers could be used to remove fine-grained particles.

     There is also evidence to suggest that classification by grain size
can be useful in managing contaminated sediments because of the apparent
tendency of contaminants to adsorb preferentially onto fine-grained sediments
such as clay and organic matter.  The separation of sediments by grain size
and level of contamination could prove to be extremely beneficial to the
overall management (treatment, transport, and disposal) of contaminated
dredged material.  Sediments exhibiting low-level contamination may be
disposed of in sanitary landfills or returned to the water body, whereas
highly contaminated sediments must be disposed of in hazardous waste
landfills, incinerated, or treated to render them non-hazardous.

     Sediment/water separation techniques consist of settling basins,
conventional clarifiers, high-rate clarifiers, hydraulic classifiers,
granular media filters, and hydrocyclones.  An overview of each is presented
in the following sections.
     C.I.I   Impoundment Settling Basins


          C.I. 1.1   Description


     A settling basin is an impoundment, basin, or other container that
provides conditions to allow suspended particles to settle by gravity, or
sedimentation.   A slurry of dredged material is introduced at one end of
the basin and settling of solids occurs as the slurry slowly flows across the
length of the basin.  The flow resulting at the opposite end of the basin
has a greatly reduced solids content.  Particles settle according to their
settling velocity, which varies according to a particle's diameter and
specific gravity.

     In practice, settling basins are designed to retain particles of a
selected diameter and larger in order to limit settling basins to practical
sizes.  The basin surface area, detention time, and rate at which the
                                    C-3

-------
dredged material is delivered to the basin are factors that determine the
degree of solids removal that can be achieved.

     Settled solids accumulate on the bottom of settling basins where they
are temporarily stored.  As the volume of accumulated solids increases,  the
effective size of the basin decreases, reducing the basin's effectiveness or
efficiency.  Accumulated solids must be periodically or continuously removed
by scrapers or dredges in order for the basin to perform as intended.

     Impoundment basins are most commonly used in dredging applications.
An impoundment basin is an earthen impoundment or diked area that is lined
in a manner that is appropriate for protecting underlying groundwater.   The
overflow rate in the basin is controlled by an adjustable weir.  Bulkheads
that separate a single basin into compartments or smaller individual basins,
can be used to allow continuous sediment/water separation while accumulated
solids are being removed from the individual basins.
          C.I. 1.2  Applications
     Impoundment basins are used to remove particles in the size range of
gravel down to fine silt (10 to 29 microns) (Mallory and Nawrocki 1974).
They are also used to provide temporary storage of materi-al and to classify
sediment particles according to grain size.  This can be accomplished by
providing multiple separation basins connected in series, each of which is
designed to retain sediments of successively smaller grain sizes.in the
downstream direction of flow.

     Impoundment basins are particularly well suited for large-scale dredging
operations, provided there is adequate land space available for their
construction.
          C.I. 1.3  Limitations
     Flocculants must be used to achieve removal of particles less than  30
microns in size and no removal can be achieved for particles less than 10
microns.  Impoundment basins are not suitable at locations where insufficient
land space is available for their construction or where adequate measures
cannot be taken to protect groundwater (e.g., high water table).


          C.I.1.4  Special Requirements/Consideration


     Influent to an impoundment basin is introduced to the system through a
"scalping" box, with widely spaced inclined screen bars to remove large
debris.  The slurry can also be fed through a rock box, which can be designed
with a submerged outlet to permit skimming and removal of floating materials


                                    C-4

-------
and to decrease the velocity of the slurry before it enters the basin
(Mallory and Nawrocki 1974).

     Flocculants are required to remove particles less than 30 microns in
diameter.  Chemical feed pumps, mixing equipment, and storage tanks are
required to support flocculation.

     Accumulated solids are usually removed using secondary dredges or
mechanical scrapers.  Small hydraulic dredges, clamshell dredges, and
dragline dredges are commonly used for this purpose (see Appendix B).

     Adequate land space must be available for construction of impoundment
basins and appropriate permits must be obtained for their construction.
Measures must also be taken to protect underlying groundwater.  The extent
of these measures is determined on a site-specific basis and should comply
with the intent of RCRA regulations governing the design and operation of
impoundments (40 CFR Part 264.221-222).  This requires that the impoundment
be lined in such a way that contaminants will not leach into the underlying
soils or groundwater.  Compliance with the intent of RCRA may require use
of a double liner system and a leak detection system to detect migration of
contaminants to the space between the liners.
     C.I.2  Conventional Clarifiers
          C.I.2.1 .Description
     Conventional clarifiers are settling basins that are commonly used in
the treatment of domestic sewage and industrial wastewater.  Pre-fabricated
clarifiers can be made of steel or fiberglass, and large concrete clarifiers
are normally cast in place.  Typically, a flow with relatively high suspended
solids is introduced at one end of the clarifier, solids settle along the
length of flow, and a flow with relatively low suspended solids leaves the
clarifier through trough-type overflow weirs.  Some clarifiers introduce
inflow at the center of a cylindrical basin, and flow occurs radically
outward to overflow weirs around the perimeter of the basin.  Clarifiers
are typically equipped with built-in solids collection and removal mechanisms
that continuously remove accumulated solids, allowing continuous operation
of the clarifier.  Many clarifiers are equipped with separate zones for
chemical mixing and precipitation, flocculation, and settling (DeRenzo 1978).

     Clarifiers are able to remove particles down to 10 to 20 microns
(Mallory and Nawrocki 1974) in diameter with the use of flocculants.  They
are also able to produce a thickened sludge with a solids concentration of
about 4 to 12 percent (Metcalf and Eddy 1979).
                                    C-5

-------
          C.I.2.2  Applications
     Conventional clarifiers are best suited to small- to moderate-scale
cleanup operations, but can be applied to large-scale operations where
construction of earthen impoundment basins will not adequately protect
groundwater.
          C.I.2.3  Limitations
     Clarifiers are not capable of removing solids with a diameter of less
than about 10 to 20 microns.  They are not suitable for locations with severe
space limitations.
          C.I.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Chemical conditioning, including chemical feed pumps, mixing equipment
and storage tanks, are required to remove particles smaller than 10 microns.
Clarifiers with capacities greater than 0.1 mgd must be disassembled for
transport to a cleanup site.
     C.I.3  High-Rate Clarifiers


          C.I.3.1  Description
     High-rate clarifiers use multiple "stacked" plates, tubes, or trays to
increase the effective settling surface area of the clarifier and decrease
the actual surface area needed to effect settling.  High-rate clarifiers
allow a higher flow rate per unit of actual surface area (loading rate)
than do conventional clarifiers, thus the name "high-rate" clarifiers.  The
trays, plates, or tubes also induce optimum hydraulic characteristics for
sedimentation by guiding the flow, reducing short circuiting, and promoting
better velocity distribution.

     High-rate clarifiers are able to handle between 2 and 10 times the
loading rate of conventional clarifiers and therefore require limited land
use (Jones, Williams, and Moore 1978).  Package units capable of handling
1,000 to 2,000 gpm are available and are easily transported by truck or
barge.
                                    C-6

-------
          C.I.3.2  Applications


     High-rate clarifiers are best suited to small- to moderate-scale cleanup
operations and to large-scale operations where construction of earthen
impoundments will not adequately protect groundwater.  High-rate clarifiers
are particularly applicable to cleanup operations where land use is limited.


          C.I.3.4  Limitations
     High-rate clarifiers are not suitable for removal of particles larger
than 0.1 inch or less than 10 microns.  Use of high-rate clarifiers has not
been demonstrated for applications in sediment/water separation; they are
generally used in applications with lower solids concentrations (Mallory and
Nawrocki 1974).  There is also the possibility that cohesive sediments may
clog the channels, tubes, or plates (Jones, Williams and Moore  1978).
          C.I.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     High-rate clarifiers- require prescreening to remove debris.  Chemical
conditioning is required to remove particles of 30 microns or smaller and,
for these applications, chemical feed pumps, mixing equipment, and storage
tanks are required.
     C.I.4   Hydraulic Classifiers


          C.I.2.1  Description
     Hydraulic classifiers are commonly used to separate sand and gravel
from slurries and classify them according to grain size.  These units
consist of elevated rectangular tanks with V-shaped bottom hoppers that
collect various particle sizes along the length of the tank.  Slurry is
introduced into the feed end of the tank.  As the slurry flows to the
opposite end, solids settle to the bottom.  Because of differences in
settling rates of different grain sizes, each hopper collects a progressively
smaller range of grain size along the tank length.  Motor-driven vanes are
used to sense the level of solids and activate discharge valves as the
solids accumulate in each hopper.  Manually adjusted splitter gates below
the discharge valves can be used to selectively direct each range of grain
size to subsequent handling and treatment (Eagle  1981; Mallory and Nawrocki
1974).

     Classifying tanks normally have widths of 8 to 12 feet and lengths of
20 to 48 feet.  The solids-handling capabilities are generally limited to
                                    C-7

-------
250 to 300 tons per hour.  The heaviest loading generally occurs at the
inflow end of the tank where the larger particles drop out (Mallory and
Nawrocki 1974).

     For conditions of high flow or high solids concentration, several
classifiers may be required.  A single classifier with dimensions of 48 feet
by 12 feet can typically handle the following flow rates depending upon
material grain size:  8000 gpm for 100 mesh material (149 microns); 4200 gpm
for 150 mesh (105 microns), and 2150 gpm for 200 mesh (74 microns).
          C.I.4.2  Applications
     Hydraulic classifiers are used to remove sand and gravel size particles
(approximately 74 to 149 microns) from slurries and for classifying the re-
moved materials according to particle size.  They are well suited to appli-
cations where separation of sand and gravel is desired to allow different
handling, treatment, and disposal methods for the separated fractions.
          C.I.4.3  Limitations
     Hydraulic classifiers are not suitable for removing particles larger
than about 0.1 inch (fine gravel) or smaller than 74 microns (fine sand)
(Mallory and Nawrocki .1974).  They have a low solids handling capacity and
are not well suited for handling large volume of high solids concentrations.
They are not capable of producing sharp size classification.  Screens also
tend to dissipate the energy and reduce the velocity of the inflowing slurry
(Mallory and Nawrocki 1974).


          C.I.4.4  Special Requirements/Considerations


     Before hydraulic scalping and classifying can be used, it is necessary
to remove particles greater than about 0.1 inch in diameter.  Bar screens and
vibrating screens are generally used for this purpose.

     Spiral classifiers are frequently used together with hydraulic classi-
fiers.  The spiral classifier consists of one or two long rotating screws
mounted on an incline within a rectangularly shaped tube and is used pri-
marily to wash any adhering clay or silt from sand and gravel fractions
(Mallory and Nawrocki 1974).  Portable systems that incorporate hydraulic
and spiral classifiers are available.

     Where multiple hydraulic classifiers are needed, splitter tanks can be
used to distribute the flow to the units and cross flumes to collect the
solids from the regular flumes.  This permits use of a smaller number of
large capacity spiral classifiers.


                                      Co
                                     — o

-------
     C.I.5  Granular Media Filters
          C.I.5.1  Description
     Filtration is a physical process whereby suspended solids are removed
from suspension by forcing the fluid through a permeable medium.  Granular
media filtration is typically used for treating liquid waste streams.  The
filter media consist of a bed of one or more sizes of granular particles
(typically sand or sand with anthracite coal).  The bed is contained within
a basin and is supported by an underdrain system that allows the filtered
liquid to be drawn off while the filter media remains in place.  As water
laden with suspended solids passes through the bed of filter media, the
particles become trapped on top of and within the bed.  This reduces the
filtration rate and, in order to prevent plugging, the filter is back-
flushed at high velocity to dislodge the particles.  The backwash water
contains high concentrations of solids and requires further treatment
(DeRenzo 1978).

     Granular media filters are usually operated at a throughput rate of 2
to 6 gpm per square foot of filter media.

     Filtration equipment is relatively simple, readily available in a wide
range of sizes, and easy to operate and control.
          C.I.5.2  Applications
     Granular media filters are most applicable to liquid streams containing
less than 100 to 200 mg/1 suspended solids.  They are normally used after
the use of other techniques that remove settleable solids and for treatment
of drinking water.  The suspended solids concentration of the filtered
effluent depends a great deal on particle size distribution, but typically,
granular media filters are capable of producing a filtered liquid with
suspended solids concentrations as low as 1 to 10 mg/1.

     Because of its small space requirements and relatively simple operation,
filtration is well suited to mobile treatment systems as well as on-site
construction.  There is extensive experience with the operation of granular
media filters at hazardous waste sites.
          C.I.5.3  Limitations
     Granular media filtration is not well suited for treating liquid waste
streams with suspended solids levels in excess of about 200 mg/1.  It is also
not suitable for treating colloidal size particles unless they can first be
                                    C-9

-------
flocculated.  Because granular media filters must be backwashed to remove
accumulated solids, they cannot be used continuously.  Treatment either
must be interrupted or multiple filters must be used to maintain continuous
treatment.
          C.I.5.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Settling, or sedimentation, is commonly used to reduce suspended solids
levels prior to filtration.  Suspended solids concentrations greater than
about 200 mg/1 may result in excessively frequent backwashing of the
filter media.  Backwash water is generally 1 to 4 percent of the original
volume of contaminated water filtered (DeRenzo 1978).  The backwash may
contain high concentrations of contaminants and require subsequent treatment.
In some cases, flocculants can be used to increase the effective particle
size of colloids and to improve the effectiveness of filtration.
     C.I.6   Hydrocyclones


          C.I.4.1  Description
     The hydrocyclone, or simply cyclone, consists of a cylindrical/conical
shell with a tangential inlet for feed and outlets for the separated streams.
Cyclones contain no moving parts.  The process stream is fed to the unit
with sufficient velocity to create a "vortex" action that forces the slurry
into a spiral and, as the rapidly rotating liquid spins about the axis of
the cone, it is forced to spiral inward and then out through a centrally
located overflow outlet.  Larger and heavier particles of solids are forced
outward against the wall of the cone by centrifugal force within the vortex.
The solids spiral around the wall of the cyclone and exit through the apex
at the bottom of the cone.  Smaller particles remain suspended in the
liquid as it spirals inward and is discharged (Dorr-Oliver undated).

     Cyclones are available in a wide range of sizes.  Units are available
that can handle flows of only a few gallons per minute and large cyclones
can handle flows of 2000 to 7000 gpm depending upon slurry composition
(Dorr-Oliver undated; Krebs Engineers undated).  However, cyclones do not
"scale up" as many other equipment items do.  Smaller, lower-capacity
cyclones are capable of removing smaller solids from slurries.  In order to
remove small particles from slurries with high flow rates, multiple cyclones
can be used in parallel.  Banks of multiple cyclones, manufactured as a
single unit with a single feed pipe, are commercially available.  A high
degree of particle size separation can also be achieved by employing a bank
of cyclones in series, with decreasing cyclone size and particle size
removal in the direction of flow.
                                    C-10

-------
          C.I.6.2  Applications
     Cyclones are designed to separate and classify solids in the size
range of 2,000 microns to 10 microns (Dorr-Oliver undated; Krebs Engineers
undated).  Cyclones are most applicable to situations where space is limited,
They are most appropriately used to remove smaller size particles from
slurries and where a sharp separation by particle size is needed.
          C.I.6.3  Limitations
     Cyclones are generally not effective for slurries with a solids concen-
tration of greater then 30 percent or for handling particle sizes larger
than about 0.1 inch.   They are not suitable for separating solids from
viscous slurries (Krebs Engineers undated).  Cyclones are highly vulnerable
to clogging by oversize particles, and a high degree of prescreening (or
the use of progressively smaller cyclones in series) may be needed to avert
clogging.  The performance of cyclones is highly dependent on flow rate and
is sensitive to variations in flow rate.
          C.I.6.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Feed to cyclones must be regulated and prescreened to remove particles
that are larger than those that the cyclone is designed to handle (based on
the diameter of the cyclone).  Although a bank of cyclones can separate and
classify solids over a broad range of grain sizes and flow rates, each
individual cyclone is capable of handling only limited variability in flow
rate and grain size.  Therefore, the system must be carefully designed for
a particular application.  However, many cyclones are able to handle changes
in flow rate, solids concentration, and grain size through adjustment and
changes of parts.   Cyclone liners, which are prone to wear as a result of
abrasion by the materials being separated, require periodic replacement.


     C.I.7  Summary


     Sediment/water separation techniques and information pertinent to
their evaluation and selection are summarized in Table C-l.
                                    C-ll

-------




















00
g
^^*
M
*2
E£
CJ
t^


t—
c
M
L,
^j*

C^
*c£
0-
co
Di
w
f-
S

r !
|^
*-*
N^-
y"
1— 1
Q
W
CO

fjl,
o
K

s
^~>
J1 '
^"1
C/3




r—f
t
U

w
CC
"^
H






















CO
0
0

0)
>
«—
4-1
0!
01
a









CO
CJ
to
a.
E
'•*
X
u
to
TJ
C
O
0
01
VI











CO
c
o
• »4
4J
(Q
|
r-J













(0
C
o
4-i
CO
O
a
a.
^j










01
3
o-
.^
e
r*
y
0)
H






j=
00
« —
z








u
01

CO
3
T)
C
a
0
u
oo
t- c
0 0

L^
•— - IB
.- .5
^" £
C fl3
U u
*J C
O 0
&• CJ




TJ
c
to

1)
00
u
CO
»—

CO
01
"- to
3 to
tr oi
a: co

c
3
o o
-0 n

co o
01 u
_*
0 0
.— evi
4-1
t* U-*
to o
a.
01
01 N
0 CO
0) C
U — 1
to
O k.
4-4 00

TJ to
0)
to o
D 4^


!„
C
0)
E

c
3 C
O — '
a. x
E 10
l-i CC

























































»
CO
4J
e
a
— -
3
0
u
O
^
U-I
4-)
3
O
• -H
3

X
C
o
k*
CJ

B



























kri
O
TJ
O

T!
01
N
10 •
cj en
O C
— o
k. "to
O x

e
_ 3;
CO
iJ • vW
c to
cu

o c
IX to



Q.
3
1

CO

00
C
o


01
u
3 CU
0" E
cu •-



X
J_l
• rrf
3

CO
C
o

CJ
'5

o
O CO
4~ 4J
C

y ^~
O 3
TJ U
 to
— C "J 0)
fO CO •-* OT tri
> TJ oo e —
O — TJ 01 3
E — D 4j tr
4) O ^ C U
pd X 13 .- o;


u-j 3
O C
T)
5;
00 • to
10 u-i D 01
U O N —
O •- 0
4-1 C « --.
CO O 4-1
.-, e u
X . 4-1 •-! CO
k. — 10 to Q,
CO CO '_> k-
t, ._ .-00 01
CL 11 --X o
E 4j to J3 E
01 CO CO 01
4-6 to to n

01 TJ CJ C O
"O 01 0) 4-1
•-00 3 E
> TJ O — ' T!
O 0) — • TJ 0)
U W — U LO
&4 TJ < to S

_«
to
c
o

ij
e
01
>
c
0
o



E
3

TJ
01
f













,
to
c
o
to
to

c
5
u
.,4
to

TJ
C
CO




01
00
CO
J2

to
to
01
v*4
c
3
CO
o
01
to



o
CO

o
iJ

O
CN

*-tJ
O
OJ
N
-s
c
.—
to
u
00

CO

0
4J
TJ
C
CO

La
01
.—
U-I
.—
u
CO
-•
CJ



















































TJ
01
C
3
O
E


A
to JE
•- 4-1
C — <
to 3

3 tn
0 C
0 O
O 14
— tJ
U-I «4
E

3 O
JC
4^ O »
.^ 4J ^
3 C

to 3 —
C O 3
O TJ -J
k- u
0 TJ O
._ c —
g CO UJ
C
o
.—
.—
CO
4-.
c
0)
E

T!
01
t/5



O


5
o




c
to

L.
o

o

01
N
CO
o
o

u
0
U.J

^-
.2
,
c
01

o
c-



LJ
U-l
^
' 01

to

^J
tn
c
o
01

4j
z


uw 3
O l- O
0 1 TJ
C 01
00 T! TJ to
CO 01 01 to C 01
k. 4- L. to —
O C 01 Oi cj

to o 3 js -J
g 4J • U.
X • TJ C TJ C CO
i- — i c c u — a.
to CO OO to c 4- :n
L- •— i- — CO CJ <0 n
Ok- CO U 01 JD >
Q- 01 .43 C 4. O
E 4J O k- O 4J £
01 ffl 01 01 k- C 01
4J£ .42 T! — O, 01 k-
01 to {=
CT; o — 3 x -6 o
TJ01 4. — TJ — C —
.— oo to c o) :3
>TJ 01 — 34--; TJ
OOJ — 'COOCOCX 01
UL. -cek.3g x
o- TJ < •- oo tr •.- 3




tu

10
oi
1

00

X



E
^
• ff«
T3
0)












w
OJ
rt
o
u
a.
^-
5

^
3

o
a

k-l

10


1
1 •—
w —
to o.
a. a.
0) 10
en
X
u — >
01 .e

to ~
3 4-
~~- 3
C
0)
E e
•- o
T! •-
01 4.
tn cc



O to
C""l X-
c
O CO
^J «
3
O u
CN CJ
O

O U-I
tu —
N 3
•- O
en f.
.j
c —
•- 3
to
u x
00 C

CO U
CJ

" e




i_,
U
. .^
U-t
...
u
(C
^~
CJ









































O
jj
ffl

--M
p
• ^
CO

-x
c
O

±,




£.

.—
3

in
g

u
(^
•g

o
r\
—

C
3

•o

TJ
C
CO













T!
*
n


c
o
CJ































C
O
'^
to
0
a.
a.
10

„
to
c
o
5

—
o
CJ
















.;
^
C

__
3
•j
'J
O

U-i













C-12

-------






























^^

xy
0)
3
C

**H
C
o
(J

s— *


Q
t.

1
o

w
P3
^
£—1






































O


>

—
TO
0)




x
XJ
fj
TO
a
E


>^
U
TO
TJ
C
O
CJ
V
Cfl















CO
c
o

^
(0
^J
.^
E












X
c
o


ra
CJ

^M
a.
a








™
cr
•—
c
x:
CJ
01
f-


E
D
TJ
0)
Z





CO
tJ
CJ
TO
a
e


4.
c
TO
O
• ^
*JpJ
• •*
C
oo
.M
tfl

o
z



CO O

u O
3 u^
O.CN
r*
00 *J
3 3
0 0

J= TO
4-1
O
o w
.^
— TJ
3 0)
TO u
TJ "e

z —
E
O «3"
U (--.
U-l
K U^
•o a? wo
0> 1- X OJ
i- 1) .£ — OJ
c j= u u ac
3 S .£> T3 — C
O GJ . JJ flj
£ to .LJ ±j w u t-
| (0 O (J C ^
0; QJ C 1! • — Q. 0)
60 u C ^ 09 N
U 03 (0 O <3 OJ •-<
nj  w
-a c a o
•H k< ij EC
01 01 >s C 0) —
.C TJ i- — 01 kl
01 TO 01 ^ CO
o — s i- -6 o ai
i, — TJ TO C u •-
TO C 3 3 k.
.— x o a; 5. 01 3
J2 C k. -O E CO —
-< •— OO TO •-< 3 CO
•C k.
01 k. 01 CJ 01
!_ 0) 3 •- •-
TO •— C ^- Ct4
fV U-l •-• 3 *-^
1 •— ^w TO X
J= k. C k. CO
00 TO O T! TO
•- — CJ >,—
z u -~- z o






































o

CO
CO
0)

TJ

TO
00
0)
u

J=
a
o
o
r"

o


«^
c
TO
CO

01
C

U-l
^,

CO
c
0

u

i


-*
""
o































































01
N
.,*
CO
















f^
TJ
C
TO
CO

c

TO
O
CJ













































oo c
C 0

cj -u
3 CJ
TJ C
O —

Q. CO
• •ri
u-i TJ
O
01
01 N

J3 CO
TO
a a.
(C ^
tj (C
ij M
O
Z 
.« TO
« u
(C
— - C
O J-J











E
3
T!
0>
r





X
^
CJ
TO
a.
E


k-
c
TO
U
• •J
U-l
.-H
C
oo
..ri
CO

o


0>
— CO • TJ
TO TJ Jl 0)
CJ •-. 00 00
01 CO — •- TJ
00 O J3 0) CO
ki 01 CO ki TJ
TO 00 0) TJ '-1
— ' k- 01 U -*
TO U TO U O
Uv — 01 O "1
O £. co <"
k, » C J=
01 O o 01 •"
CO U-l k- — 1 — — '
3 O .u J3 3

CO 01 00 kt 4J X
01 ki C u •- 0)
k. TO •- c 3 •-<
•-. 00 01 X k,
3 TJ TJ CJ k.
CT C 01 C iJ 3
CJ TO k. o O — '
OS — TJ CJ Z CO
>, O
u-i o
— O
w -
X CN
TO
•-• U-l
cj O

TJ 01
C 00
TO C
TO
01 k.

TO 01
k> N
TO •-
a. x
"-J
X C
IV4
«

-c
TJ • ^*
0) —
x O



X
01
c
o

CJ

(J





































b
01
TO
0)
kl
oo

CO
c
0

u
TO
k.
4j
C
0)
CJ
C
o
CJ



O


O
•J

1

TJ

11
k.
O
E

^
^

W
C
o
y
.«
E















































.
C
01
CJ
k<
01
a.

o
CN

0
4J

O
c
TO
_f
u












.
CO
w
01


b
O

X

0
CJ

e:













00

Z


^H
01
c.
o
co a
4_l
CJ X
TO •-
a
E J=
• — CO
ra
t. S
c -^
TO CJ
CJ TO
•*^ ^
U-l
•- TJ
C 0)
oo T;
.— ••*
01 >
O
O "
z a




k. X
u= i
01
01 k.

.^ CO
4J
CJ 01
01 -U
u^ CO
U-l Q
01 3
1
u 00
co e
o •-
CJ i-
TO
4j 01
O k.
Z J->




X
TJ —
01 01
TJ >
C 01
0) —
D.
CO 3
3 0
X —

u o
> *j
o
E P

k. O
-o
o
1. X
TJ

X O
^ X
c
o

4J
TO
b
^j
„.
.^
U.


























TJ
01
i^.
TO
0)
k>
. „



H-<
•^^
X 00
T) E

»M Q
O O
X CN

TJ X
01 C
TJ O
C •-
01 4_
a. TO
X k.
3 JJ
X C
j: cj
w C
•H O
3 cj


w
^
U-l

TJ
01
k.
3 •
cr o1
D 00
k. k.
CD
s-^ JZ
— U
\ X
OO'-i
S TJ

O i-
— c

O 3
u-
~^ ^>




















































Ui
Q
u-. -o
0)
a; N


4_ •
u -- x
3J 03 ai
U-. T3 —
U-i •— (J
OJ O •-
J_i — U
o o ^
z u a.





































C-13

-------
C.2  SEDIMENTS DEWATERING
     Dewatering is used to reduce the moisture content of sediments for one
of the following reasons:

     o  Dewatered sediments are more easily handled

     o  Dewatering is normally required prior to incineration to reduce fuel
        requirements

     o  Dewatering is required prior to land disposal

     o  The cost of transporting sediments to ultimate disposal is markedly
        reduced by reducing the volume and weight of material.

     Commonly used methods for dewatering sludges, which may also be used
for sediments, include:  dewatering lagoons, filtration, centrifugation,
and gravity thickening.

     The selection of the most appropriate dewatering method depends on the
volume of sediments, land space available, grain-size distribution of the
sediments, and the degree of dewatering required.
     C.2.1   Dewatering Lagoons


          C.2.1.1  Description
     Dewatering lagoons use a gravity or vacuum-assisted underdrainage
system to remove water from sediments.  The lagoons are lined with clay or
other appropriate liner material to prevent migration of contaminants into
the underlying soils and groundwater.  The underdrainage system can be
designed and operated using one of the following approaches:

     o  Gravity:  Water infiltrates by gravity through a permeable under-
        drainage layer to a perforated collector pipe network (Haliburton
        1978).  The underdrainage layer consists of a well-graded sand,
        fine uniform sand, or fabric filter placed over a permeable and
        free-draining gravel layer (Haliburton 1978; Mallory and Nawrocki
        1974).

     o  Vacuum Pumping:  Wells or well points are sunk into the sediments
        and water is pumped from the wells under a vacuum head (Mallory and
        Nawrocki 1974).

     o  Vacuum-Assisted:  A permeable media filter plate set above an
        aggregate filled support plenum drains to a sump.  A relatively small
        vacuum pump is connected to draw a vacuum from the sump (USEPA 1982).
                                    C-14

-------
        Electro-osmosis:  A direct current electrical potential is applied
        in the soil by means of electrodes.  This electrical potential
        induces the flow of water in the pores of the fine-grained sediment
        toward the negative pole, or cathode.  A line of wells or wellpoints
        can be installed to intercept and remove the water (Mallory and
        Nawrocki 1974).
          C.2.1.2  Applications
     Dewatering lagoons are capable of dewatering sediments of any grain-
size.  They also provide temporary storage for dredged materials.

     Dewatering lagoons employing a gravity underdrainage system are capable
of achieving a solids content of up to 40 percent after 10 to 15 days (based
on municipal sludge, under favorable conditions).  These systems have the
advantage of very low operating costs.  Vacuum-assisted and vacuum pumping
dewatering systems can dewater sediments at a much more rapid rate and are
capable of dewatering finer grained sediments than gravity dewatering.
Vacuum-assisted systems increase the dewatering rate by about 50 percent
(with a vacuum of 8 psi or less) (Haliburton 1978).

     Electro-osmosis is applicable primarily to dewatering very fine-grained
sediments (2 to 10 microns).  The process is theoretically independent of
the cross-sectional area of the pore structure of the filter media and
therefore can dewater very fine grained sediments without clogging (Mallory
and Nawrocki 1974).
          C.2.1.3  Limitations
     Requirements for large land areas and long periods of time for con-
struction or mobilization may preclude the use of dewatering lagoons under
situations where space and/or time are limiting factors.

     Gravity drainage systems are the most prone to clogging, particularly
if the underdrainage system is not properly designed.  Vacuum pumping
systems require a higher degree of maintenance and are considerably more
costly to operate than gravity systems.  Electro-osmosis is very costly and
requires continuous monitoring and therefore has limited application.


          C.2.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Provisions must be taken to protect underlying groundwater supplies
through installation of a liner system.  The design of this system will need
to be determined on a case-by-case basis depending upon such factors as how
                                    C-15

-------
long the lagoon will be in use and the mobility of the contaminants.  In
some cases lagoons may need to be constructed above ground to avoid contact
with a high groundwater table.  Decay of organic matter in dewatering lagoons
can result in localized odor and air pollution problems.
     C.2.2   Centrifugation


          C.2.2.1  Description
     Centrifugal dewatering uses the force developed by fast rotation of a
cylindrical drum or bowl to separate solids and liquids by density differ-
ences under the influence of centrifugal force.  Dewatering is usually
accomplished using a solid bowl or basket centrifuge.

     The solid-bowl centrifuge consists of a long rotating horizontal
cylindrical bowl that is tapered at one end.  The bowl contains a screw-type
conveyor or scroll that also rotates, but at a slower speed.  The material
to be dewatered is fed continuously to the bowl through a feed pipe and the
solids settle on the bowl wall.  The rotating conveyor moves the material
toward the tapered end where additional solids concentration occurs.  The
dewatered material is then discharged (USEPA 1982; Metcalf and Eddy 1979).

     In an imperforate basket centrifuge, the feed material is introduced
into a vertically mounted spinning bowl and forms a cake on the bowl wall
as the unit rotates.  The liquid is displaced over a baffle or weir at the
top of the unit.  When the solids holding capacity of the machine has been
reached, the bowl decelerates and a scraper is positioned in the bowl to
help remove the accumulated solids (USEPA 1982; Metcalf and Eddy 1979).
          C.2.2.2  Applications
     Centrifugation can be used to dewater sediments ranging in size from
fine gravel to silt.  Effectiveness of Centrifugation depends upon the
particle sizes and shapes and the solids concentration.  For dewatering of
municipal wastewater sludges (for which extensive information is available),
dewatered sludges with a solids content of about 15 to 35 percent are
achievable with the solid bowl centrifuge (USEPA 1979).  Using the basket
centrifuge, solids concentrations of 10 to 25 percent are generally
achievable.

     The basket centrifuge is not affected by grit to the extent that
filtration methods or the basket centrifuge are.  Also the basket centrifuge
is excellent for hard-to-dewater sludges.  The solid bowl centrifuge is
easier to install, requires a smaller land area and has a higher hydraulic
throughput (USEPA 1982).
                                    C-16

-------
     Centrifuges are relatively compact and are well suited  to areas with
space limitations.


          C.2.2.3  Limitations
     Centrifuges are not as effective as filtration or dewatering beds and
high energy costs associated with their operation at least partially offset
their low capital cost.  The major limitations of the basket centrifuge
include a lower dewatering efficiency and its batch (i.e., discontinuous)
operation.  It also has a high ratio of capital cost to capacity.  The
major limitation of the solid bowl centrifuge is that the scroll is highly
subject to abrasion.  This results in the need for degritting the effluent
and may result in high maintenance costs associated with maintaining the
scroll (USEPA 1982).  Since centrifugation relies on settling of particles
according to density, the process tends to classify the solids, settling
the heavier particles first.  Dewatering processes that rely on filtration,
on the other hand, achieve a more even distribution of solid capture.  It
is possible for a buildup of fines to occur in the effluent from centri-
fugation, particularly if the centrifuge is operating improperly due to
inadequate conditioning or due to a malfunction (USEPA 1982).


          C.2.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     The operation of centrifuges is simple, clean, and relatively inexpen-
sive.  Chemical conditioning is required for effective dewatering and
therefore chemical storage, mixing, and feeding equipment is needed.
Centrifuges, particularly the basket centrifuge, require special structural
support.  Provisions may also be needed for noise control, particularly
with the solid bowl centrifuge.  Solid bowl centrifuges generally require
use of a prescreening step to avoid excess wear on the scroll.
     C.2.3   Filtration
          C.2.3.1  Description
     Filtration is a physical process whereby fluid is forced through a
permeable medium and dewatered solids are retained.  Three types of filters
are commonly used for dewatering:  belt press filtration, vacuum filtration,
and pressure filtration.

     Belt filter presses employ single or double moving belts to continuously
dewater sludges.  The belt press filtration process includes three stages:
chemical conditioning of the feed; gravity drainage to a nonfluid consis-
tency, and dewatering.   A flocculant is added prior to feeding the slurry
                                    C-17

-------
to the belt press.  Free water drains from the conditioned sludge and the
sludge enters a two-belt contact zone where an upper belt is gently set on
the forming sludge cake.  The belts, with the captured cake between them,
pass over rollers of decreasing diameter.  This subjects the material to
continuously increasing pressures and shear forces.  Progressively, more
water is expelled throughout the roller section to the end where the de-
watered material is discharged.  A scraper blade is often employed for each
belt at the discharge point to remove the caked material from the belts
(USEPA 1982).

     A vacuum filter consists basically of a horizontal cylindrical dru:n
that rotates partially submerged in a vat of material to be dewatered.  The
drum is covered with a continuous belt of fabric or wire mesh.  A vacuum is
applied to the inside of the drum.  The vacuum causes liquid in the vat to
be forced through the filter medium leaving wet solids adhering to the outer
surface.  As the drum continues to rotate, it passes from the cake-forming
zone to a drying zone and finally to a cake discharge zone, where the sludge
cake is removed from the media (USEPA 1982; Metcalf and Eddy 1979).

     Pressure filtration is used to describe a category of filters in which
rigid individual filtration chambers are operated in parallel under rela-
tively high pressure.  The filter press, the most commonly used pressure
filtration device, consists of a series of plates recessed on both sides,
that are supported face-to-face in a vertical position on a frame with a
fixed and movable head.  A filter cloth is hung or fitted over each plate.
Material to be dewatered is pumped into the space between the plates and
sufficient pressure is applied and sustained to force the liquid through
the filter cloth and plate outlet parts.  The plates are then separated and
the dewatered material is removed.

     Diaphragm filters are specially designed filter presses.  Instead of
the conventional plate-and-frame unit in which constant pumping pressure is
used to force the filtrate through the cloth, diaphragm filters combine an
initial pumping followed by a squeezing cycle that can reduce the cost and
process time.
          C.2.3.2  Applications
     Filtration can be used to dewater fine-grained sediments over a wide
range of solids concentrations.  Effectiveness depends on the type of
filter, the grain sizes, and the solids concentration in the influent.
Information on the use of filtration methods for dewatering sediments is
limited and it is difficult to predict their effectiveness for these
applications.  For dewatering of municipal wastewater treatment sludges,
where considerable performance information is available, typical ranges of
solids concentrations in the dewatered material are as follow (USEPA 1979;
USEPA 1982; Metcalf and Eddy 1979):

     •  Belt press filtration - 15 to 45 percent
                                    C-18

-------
     •  Vacuum rotary filtration - 12 to 40 percent
     •  Pressure filtration - 30 to 50 percent.

     Data are also available on the performance of filtration methods in
dewatering coal slurries.  Manufacturers data indicate that the belt press
and filter press are able to produce a filter cake of up to 70 to 80 per-
cent solids (Green 1981).  Tests conducted by Rexnord, Inc. demonstrated
that high-density dredged materials can also be dewatered to a high solids
concentration of 70 percent using belt press filtration (Erickson and Hurst
1983).  Research has shown that the most important factor in determining
the effectiveness of vacuum filtration dewatering of sediments is the
specific resistance of the dredged material.  The lowest specific resistance
occurs at a silt/clay content ranging between 60 and 70 percent and increases
as the silt/clay content increases or decreases (Long and Arana 1978).

     Although pressure filtration has traditionally been considered the most
effective of the filtration methods for dewatering, recent improvements in
belt press filtration has also made this method highly effective.  Belt
filtration is less costly and energy-intensive than pressure filtration and
operating and maintenance requirements are typically simpler and less labor-
intensive (USEPA 1982).  Vacuum filtration has the advantage of a higher
hydraulic throughput than the other two methods.  Performance is also less
dependent on optimal chemical conditioning (USEPA 1982).
          C.2.3.3  Limitations
     Use of filtration methods requires a considerably higher degree of
maintenance and operator supervision than other methods described in this
section.

     The major limitation of the use of belt filtration is that the process
performance is very sensitive to incoming feed characteristics and chemical
conditioning.  Slurries must be prescreened more carefully than with other
filtration methods to remove large objects and fibrous material that can
quickly deteriorate the belt.  Also, a large amount of wash water can be
generated in cleaning the belts (USEPA 1982).

     Vacuum filtration is more energy-intensive and less effective in
dewatering than is the belt press filter.  Another limitation on the use of
vacuum filtration is that the incoming feed must have a solids content of
at least 3 percent in order to achieve adequate cake formation (USEPA
1982).

     The major limitations on the use of filter presses are that they are
costly to operate and require more space than the other filtration methods.
Filter presses also require high dosages of conditioning chemicals.
Replacement of the filter media on a filter press is both costly and time
consuming (USEPA 1982).
                                    C-19

-------
          C.2.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Effective use of filtration methods for dewatering invariably requires
chemical conditioning; therefore, feed pumps, mixing equipment and chemical
storage tanks are required.  Waste streams must be prescreened and degritted
to remove abrasive particles that can tear the filter media.  Maintenance
requirements associated with filters are significant.  The filter cloth or
belts must be periodically replaced and it is necessary to periodically wash
the filter media to remove accumulated solids and prevent filter blinding.
Although filtration methods are capable of producing a filter cake with a
high solids content, the dewatered material may require further treatment
before being acceptable for off-site disposal.
     C.2.4  Gravity Thickening


          C.2.4.1  Description
     Gravity thickening is accomplished in a tank similar in design to a
conventional sedimentation tank or clarifier.  The material to be thickened
is fed to a center well and the solids settle on the bottom of the tank.
Water overflows the tank and solids are raked to the center of the tank and
withdrawn by gravity discharge or pumping.

     Gravity thickeners can be used to concentrate dredge material slurries
of any grain size and at nearly any flow rate.  They can generally produce
a solids concentration ranging from about 2 to 15 percent (USEPA 1982;
Metcalf and Eddy 1979).  The thickened material is then dewatered using
other methods described in this section; use of the gravity thickener
reduces the hydraulic load to other dewatering processes.
          C.2.4.2  Applications
     Gravity thickeners are best used in situations where the hydraulic
load to a primary dewatering process needs to be reduced because of availa-
bility of equipment and/or costs.  The operation of gravity thickeners is
simple and maintenance requirements are minimal making them well suited  to
locations where operator supervision cannot be provided continuously.
          C.2.4.3  Limitations
     The major limitation to the use of gravity thickeners is that they do
not produce fully dewatered material.  Slurries with a solids concentration
in excess of 6 percent are usually not cost-effectively treated using
                                    C-20

-------
gravity thickening methods.  Gravity thickeners require use of a substantial
amount of land.  The requirement for large land areas may preclude use of
conventional gravity thickeners in some locations.


          C.2.4.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Effective thickening of dredge slurries frequently requires  the use of
flocculants and chemical storage tanks, feed pumps, and mixing equipment.

     Gravity thickeners generally require large land areas.  However, high-
rate gravity thickeners designed to provide up to 15 times the throughput
of a conventional thickener are available and can reduce land requirements
considerably (Dorr-Oliver undated).
     C.2.5  Summary
          Sediments dewatering techniques and information pertinent to their
evaluation and selection are summarized in Table C-2.
C.3  WASTE WATER TREATMENT


     Waste water and other liquids generated from the cleanup of contaminated
sediments or spills may require treatment to remove dissolved or colloidal
contaminants prior to disposal.  These streams vary widely with respect to
volume and level and type contaminants.  The types of liquid streams that
are typically encountered include the following:

     •  Overflow from dredged material settling basins

     •  Highly concentrated liquids from the recovery of spilled materials

     •  Effluent from solids dewatering (filtrate, centrate, etc.)

     •  Leachate from dewatering lagoons and impoundment basins

     •  Contaminated water from cleaning of equipment.

     Because the streams are so diverse in volume and in type and concen-
tration of contaminants, a wide variety of treatment processes and systems
need to be considered.   This section concentrates on techniques that have
the broadest applicability for on-site treatment; these techniques include
activated carbon adsorption, biological treatment, ion exchange, neutraliza-
tion, precipitation, flocculation, ultrafiltration, and ozonation/ultraviolet
                                    C-21

-------




















_
w
3
o-
2
"£
O

H

U
2
M
04
£xj
H

2
Px3
Q

CO
Q
M
{ 1
O
en

pE-j
o

>-i
ai
|5
_!
C/3



•
CN
|



^x3
^
CQ

H






















to
O

01

4-1
01
OS






X
4-1
CJ
to
Q.
E

u
CO
•o
c
o
o
01
en













CO
c
o
10
u
• •ri
E
• V*
-J











GO
C
0

4-1
10
u

_*
o.
a.
^





01
3
er
•f_i
c
r"
O
01
H





O

3
3




U
01
j-l
09
Jj
TJ
C
3
O
oo

I*
O
Od
^
10

4J
C
01
4~
o
0-





•^
c
Q
•--
01
oo
b
0)
CO
01
w

3
K



>^
C
to

U-l
0

4^
c
01
E

•D
01
CO

00
c
• H
Ui
01
4J
CO
3
01
o
00
c
«•*
bj
01
4J
CO
3
01
o





r*
00
S














.
C
o

10
c

to
4J
C
o
o















•
to
10
CO







to
•^

_H
o
CO

CO
o


01
M
• «*
U

c

to
00



CO
c
o
o
oo
to
J










o
•o
o

•o

M
.*ri
^
to
u
o

0

^
10

c
01
4-1
o
ex.




a.
3
1
^4
01
CQ
oo
c
o
CO
01
b4

3
tr
01
02


4J CO
C TJ
JJ .-
tj — «
v O
0) 03
a
4-1
o c
-3- 01
u
3 u
4J QJ
a.
a.
3 cy^
QS
U-l
O 0
u
4J
c a.
01 3

C T3
O C
y to





















CO


*-4
^
o

a.

e
o
4_|
^
O
a


'to

•^
c
to

















01
• •^
4^






















to
>
o
I














































•o i
01 >< O tO U.
4-1 CO 4-14-1 E 0) 0)
tO 4J *-^ 3 ^* Q>
•- • C > 01 3 JS 3
CJ 01 CO c U tO CO
o E b o a v.
CQUJ.H OC U SOI-O
CO o -O O. T3 C
to O) 00 00 '-^ to
-- CO CO) C CO
CO tO -r- b " H C 0)
44>00 COCO COOU
CO O C • 3 • 3 0 C
o E ••* f oi oo to
UOlbOO COOOC C001C •
t-iO)"* EB"^ Eboic
k4 4J *"* 0) C 00 QJ *^ 4-1 O
Ofco u — J 00 4- 3 C •-
JJ-DCO cn-ou to w i >
01
to
0
CO
01
01 b •
oo 0) oi
I. _C —
10 » JS
— CO

u C •-
o o to
U-l 'pH >
4J tO
•0 10
01 b CO
CO 01 "^
3 a.
o oi
>N (J
— oo to
— CO.
tO '-4 CO
ki 00
o) T> T:
C 01 C
01 b- tO
O T3 "•














1
,f4
•^
01





^
u
10
"O
c
o
, — i

C U 01
O CO >
o •-

0) U
to 01 01
.0 10 U-l
0)
09 CO
E -H co
01 to to
u O
to E u
>> CO O
en o z





00
c

b
01

to
3
01
•a

o

oo
c
• rrf
c
01

y
is

"s
o
ca

•o

_4
o
en



i^
00
X

o


















.
CO
u
to
a.
E





i
to
t-i

•-4
• •4 .
U- CO
c
to o
CO O
oo
00 eg
C —

l-l t-l
0) O

to c
3 0
01 •-
T3 4-1



lA
C —

to j:
4^ 4J

O >

O 01
4J 00
•o
01 3
2 ~ai
to
•o
.. aj
CO b
4^ 01
C 4-1
01 CO
E 3
•- U
t3 -a
01
to co
01
oo
3
U-l
.—
^
4J
C
01
























































T)

M.
O
n


•o

,-,
O
a)
it
c:
eu
o

0"
ex

u^
P^^
0
4.>













































to

c
••* c

4-1
»— to
3 01
CO C
01 •-
U U-l

-, u
— i 01
— a.
U 00

a.
>> 0
4-1 4-1

01 O
k. O
3
4-1 £
a. o
tO b
rj U-l










•D
01
3
C

C
O


























.
01
oo
3

^-
4^
C
01
CJ
E
o
t-l
4J
c
01
3
U-l
U-l
0)




































C-22

-------































y"~S
_M
0)
D
C
•t-j
j i
C
O
u



•
CM
1
u

w
^J
QQ
H






































u
8
>
. r4
AJ
CO
D
oi







n
^
o
CO
Q.
E
t— i
x
^
to
«^
c
o
u
D
W












(C
C
o
• »4
0)
u
••-
E
J











09
C
O
• -*
4-1
n
u

—
a
a.
^







(LI
3
.J
C
.c
o
01








































o
4J
u

••—1
J2
3
a
n •
•- c
0

— 01
ti Ut
0 JD
cn a
HI
u
10
a.
01

s:
."
3

m
10
V
u
<0


O oi
iu c
o
ii .^
«—• 4J
.0 a
IQ ] L
U •-*
•-* E
D -5
cn —
— • v 73
i OD oi
033
CO UJ c
• •- -M
T3 k. 4J
'•* 4-1 C
— CO
O D y
C/3 U «*^

X
B QQ C
•U "O
DO D
r •" r



4J
C
3
O
i
X
u —
a Q
•a •-
C 4.
o c

OJ 4j
» 03
C B
10
(J 
> « — " -H »CO 01 -H _*
... —i 01 — i js 3 O 01
4joiu-ioa t,»"E u. •-

0) n ••* ^ *4^ Ut O — C 0)
M-I0001U tOO4-1 CWO O
"4-iCoOOl E C3u C
0)*H34J O.U (QO V
hiU-<" COO 01
Z-OUO O.J50) =0 — ' O CO W | UJ
D D -* JJ DC O

^•* "U U3 O *0 •** | D
IM jD 3 GO -W "C J-*

co • E O •*-> fO 3
00 •" W O M-I •- f D
e to *o ^ t- E ^
•-- JJ D "* y-i D -— u •
CCt--- — ^- o « O

^ g ij to 41 co D 00
U "^ (0 00 4J (J "U "^ ^
• -^ "^ 3 j-«c C *»H (0 O 3 D
eQJDi^flS 3d. O •— * W
.„„ . cn » o »
0) 05
bO QO
3 01
4J .-J OM
01 1-
J^ 4J U
01 e —
(00) 0)
CO U CO













4..J
99
3
E


cc
f
u
01
4-1 •
a -o
3 0)

.c «
0] 0)
(Q i_i
3 4^

14J 0)
O J2

•^
C
to u-i
oo o) o
CO- U
e •- c u o •
O 4J O O C —
O OJ •-* ••- 01 tO
C '-^ 4J U 01 -H
-- u ••* 01 01 ki
0) T3 *J tj 0)
O u C 0) Q. 4J
±j o o *o w
ca u c E
D 1- C •-
> (0 ^- CQ D
•^ .C 8J O X >
u o o ^~* '^
"S t3 *E 2 15 S
D D £ *flJ *3 i
03 W  CO 03
CO --J tJ 4J ^
o. j- c c -^
CO rO O D ™-
O r—' O O O

P D D
^ a. aj
« oo co > s^?
4J C O O D i^
C •** r-- •"•* CTN
D C ^ X-
e -H oi o o o

13 4J ^~
D _D •— i/^ O Wi

C
o

CO
L.
j_j
^^
.^
Ud
                                                                73
                                                                 S,
                                                     03  4J
                                                     0)




                                                     01  4J


                                                     01  3
                                                    U  E
                                                     Oi  v.
                                                    j:  o
                                                        0
                                                     01  /"
                                                       —  3
                                                       .-  01
                                                        00
                                                        c
                                                     01  C  O
                                                     e —
                                                     01  <0    73  O
                                                     4-  CL u  c




                                                     73  03    73  I.

                                                     O  C  01 —  0)

                                                        C --  W  3
                                                     4-  C

                                                     S.2
                                                        4_l
                                                     e  «
                                                     3  b
                                                     3  u

                                                     10 •-
                                                     >  u.
C-23

-------
































y-^
•o
a;
D
c

4-1
C
o
o

'*'*'



t-sl
1
Cj

w
Iv>
CQ
^
H









































X
5
01
.2
to
01
a:







X
o
to
a.
E


>,
b
to
•o
c
o
o
01
C/3














X
C
o

CO
4-1
••J
E















X
c
o
*-J
jj
CO
0
• ^
w*
a
a.
^









01
3
*(
u
^
• •4
J«l

A
0)
b

CO
O5
V
V-*
3
C71
01
Di


•a
01
c
'-4
to

oo oo
• (•4 •

3 C
4J O. •-
to .n u-i
ao
CU 3 b
4J O 01
to U 4^
t* jC to
0< u 3
a. oi
o o -o

0 — 0
u 3 4-1
CO
01 U TJ
— -o ai
J3 >, X
< X =>
t-l
to ^
4-1 C 13
O O 01
V. •* ? 01
4-1 C t"
e to •-- 3

3 4-1 C co
CJ — O 01
IB •-- U U
5> [^ , — a.







13

4-1
CO
01
u
4^

J3

X
—

C
01
3
tr
0)
O
3
CO

iJ
05
3
6



•
0!
O
RJ
a.
00

«4-t
O

U
C
3
0
E
(Q

OJ
00
Ui
CO
1-^




















t
CQ
u
C
^
00

01
c
01

C 01
to >
• *4
X X
— c
4J 01
X 4-1
o c
O —I




01
*s
to
u

kl
oo cu
C 4-1

C --1
• -4 U>4
to
4-1 >,
^ u
o -o

**J >^
o —

a; >
^^ *-^
•O *J
CO to
O- —
to 0)
O 1-,

















































^
01
•^
.•4
14-1

U-l
0


C
01
s
CU
u
OJ
a
01
C£



O
4-1

D. O
3 LJ

JJ 0)
C — '
0) J3
4J tO
C
o o
u n
«~«
x  O
CU
._! 01
J— iJ
U flj
CQ L-













O
*"
1
J


u
o
•o
o

•a
01
N
'J^
to
U
o


u
0
U-l
_
to

J__l
c
01

o
cu



13
0
JC
01
E

01
>

4-1

01
U-l
U-l
01

4-1
X
a
0)









u
C
eu
E

•a
01
n

u*
O

oo
e

c
0!

CJ

f_
H






4-1

>
to

o

I
,~,
"cu
z




X

5
-^
^
o
a

c
o

4-1
3

._,
g.

^
•H
CO

"O
c
CO


4J
C
01
_E
•o
01
X

00
c
• *4

01
4-1 •
to x
3 oi
0) 'rt
•n i-
b 3
O — i
U-l X




1
C 01
O J3
u
c
to 01
J=
01 u
CJ
3 e
T3 10
O 0

a. u
to
o jc
4^ U

X CU
01 u
.- to

kl 4J
3 C
— cu
X u



u
01
c
01

o

J=




























































c
o

4-1
to
b

,-^
.-ri
U-l

oo
c

X
3

•o

b
CU

to
3
01















































B
•o
1 C
ja «
3 —
00
U-i
« o


o c
3
OJ O
x 2
3 CO
00 — ^
(U CO
^ .^4
3 C

-------
radiation.  This section also addresses discharge of contaminated water to
public sewerage systems for treatment by publicly owned treatment works
(POTWs).
     C.3.1   Activated Carbon
          C.3.1.1  Description
     Treatment of liquids with activated carbon involves contacting a waste
stream with specially prepared carbon, usually by flow through a series of
packed bed reactors.  The activated carbon adsorbs contaminants by a surface
attraction phenomenon in which organic and some inorganic molecules are
attracted to the internal pores of the carbon granules.  Once the surfaces
are saturated with contaminants, the carbon is "spent" and must be either
replaced with virgin carbon or removed, thermally regenerated, and replaced.
The time required to reach carbon exhaustion, or "breakthrough" of
contaminants, is a critical operating parameter.
          C.3.1.2  Applications
     Activated carbon -is suitable for treating a wide range of soluble
organics over a -broad range of concentrations.  As carbon adsorption is
essentially an electrical interaction phenomenon, the polarity of the waste
compounds largely determines the effectiveness of the adsorption process.
The solubility of the waste constituents are important in determining
adsorption potential.  The less polar and soluble a compound is, the more
readily it is adsorbed (Conway and Ross 1980).  A total organic carbon
concentration of one percent, or 10,000 ppm, is generally considered to be
the upper practical limit for treatment by activated carbon (DeRenzo
1978).

     Although activated carbon adsorption is used primarily for treatment
of organics, some metals and inorganic species have shown excellent to good
adsorption potential.  These include:  antimony, arsenic, cyanide, chromium,
silver, mercury, cobalt, chlorine, bromine, and iodine (DeRenzo 1978).

     Activated carbon treatment is well suited to mobile treatment systems
as well as to on-site construction.   Space requirements are low, start-up
and shut-down are rapid, and there are numerous contractors that are
experienced in operating mobile units.
                                    C-25

-------
          C.3.1.3  Limitations


     Activated carbon is generally not suitable for treating liquid streams
with contaminant concentrations in excess of one percent or suspended solids
concentrations of greater than 50 ppm; backwash requirements are excessive
at higher suspended solids concentrations.  Treatment is also limited to
liquid streams with oil and grease concentrations of less them 10 rag/1.
The process is not effective for low molecular weight compounds.


          C.3.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Cost-effective use of activated carbon requires pretreatment to remove
suspended solids and oil and grease.  Filtration and gravity separation are
generally used for these purposes.  Adjustment of pH may also be required in
order to reduce the level of dissolved inorganics, which can cause scaling
and loss of activity during thermal regeneration (DeRenzo 1978).  In many
instances it is cost-effective to precede carbon adsorption with biological
treatment in order to reduce the organic load on the carbon, thereby reducing
carbon regeneration costs.

     The most obvious maintenance consideration associated with activated
carbon treatment is the regeneration of spent carbon for reuse.  Regeneration
must be performed for each column at the conclusion of its bed life so the
spent carbon may be restored as nearly as possible to its original condition
for reuse.  The services of a commercial regeneration facility are practical
for small operations.  Carbon columns must also periodically be backwashed
to remove accumulated suspended solids.  Other operation and maintenance
requirements of activated carbon technology are minimal if appropriate
automatic controls have been installed.
     C.3.2   Biological Treatment


          C.3.2.1  Description
     Treatment of wastewater by biological methods removes organic matter
through microbial oxidation.  In the most conventional process, activated
sludge, wastewater fl^ws into an aeration basin where it is mixed with
active acclimated microorganisms and is aerated for several hours.  A
portion of the mass of microorganisms is recycled to the basin to maintain
an acceptable organic substrate-to-microorganism ratio; the remaining
biomass produced during aeration forms a sludge that is settled out in a
clarifier.

     There are a number of variations of the activated sludge process.
These are summarized in Table C-3 (DeRenzo 1978; Metcalf and Eddy 1979).
                                    C-26

-------
          C.3.2.2  Applications
     Many organic compounds are considered to be amenable to biological
treatment, although the relative ease of biodegradation varies widely.  In
addition, recent advances in developing specialized microorganisms for
facilitating biodegradation of complex organics has broadened the applica-
tions for biological treatment.  Specific applications of the activated
sludge process are summarized in Table C-3.

          C.3.2.3  Limitations
     Biological treatment is not suitable for treatment of high-strength
organic waste, aqueous waste streams with a suspended solids concentrations
in excess of one percent, and high oil and grease concentrations.  It is
also not suitable for treatment of waste streams with high concentrations
of chlorinated compounds, inhibitory concentrations of other organics and
inorganics, or pH extremes (less than 6 or greater than 9).  Biological
processes are also subject to failure from "shock loads" and initial
degradation may be inhibited or delayed if the microorganisms need to be
acclimated to the wastes.
          C.3.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Influents to biological treatment processes must be pretreated to
remove constituents that are potentially toxic to microorganisms.  Suspended
solids should generally not exceed 50 to 125 mg/1 and can be removed using
sedimentation.  Toxic concentrations of metals must be removed by precipita-
tion and sedimentation.  Skimming tanks or gravity separators are required
to reduce oil and grease levels to less than about 35 to 50 mg/1.  Neutrali-
zation is required to maintain a pH of greater than 6 and less than 9
(Conway and Ross 1980).
     C.3.3   Ion Exchange


          C.3.3.1  Description
     Ion exchange is a process that removes unwanted ions from wastewater
by transferring them to a solid resin material "in exchange" for an equiva-
lent number of innocuous ions stored in the ion exchanger material.  The
ion exchanger has a limited capacity for storage of ions and eventually
becomes saturated.  It is then washed with a strong regenerating solution
containing the innocuous ions, and these then replace the accumulated
undesirable ions, returning the exchange material to a usable condition
(Nalco Chemical Company 1979).
                                    C-27

-------



















C/2
1x3
C/3
CO
P-I

H
2
W

^
«^
&:
ai
£_i

j

^
M
O
o

0
M
PQ

pT,
O

^
0!
-^
S
?
J—j
OJ


•
?H
1
u

W
i-J
=c
^
H
























C
O
4J
CO
o
•H
i— 1
a
a.
^





























c
o
1-1
4J
a.
1-1
ij
u
03
0)
O





















CO
CO
01
u
o
M



f—
4J
^£ y
C 0
0) O
i-i j:
U CO
CO
J 0
O
i— 1 4J
O
O 0)
4J •<-)
43
01 -3
<— I CO
jO
U CO •
•H 0) 03
i— I 4J TJ
a, co co
O. CO O
< 3 -H
•o
CO
0> l-i
J= 0
3
 a
C s—1'
o



-ii -H
O CO
0 C
J= O
CO -H
0 C
4J CD
>
4J C
c o
CO U
4J
CO C
•H Cfl
co jr
0) 4J
CO
o) -a
Ui CO
o o



1
I-l
0)
a
0) O
>
O CO
J-t O)
a. >
G **H
•H O
>
"O C
C -H
«
• *1
03 C
C QJ
O bO
•H ^
4-1 X
CO O
•H
14 -a
CO 01
> >
i— i
-0 0
Cfl CO
o co
i— 1 -H
•o
01
N <4-l
•H O
i— 1
CO C
3 O
a- -H

3
0 -Q
4J -H
l_l
T3 4J
0) CO
CO -H
3 T3



^
^J
0)
4-1 "0
0) 0)
i— t X
a --I
E ^
0
U







•
0)
bO
T3
3
i— I
03

T3
0)
CO
>
•H
4J
O
CO




Jbd
C
CO
4J

c
O
•H
4J
CO
^1
01
CO

CD
r*
4J

C
•H

CO
U
o
AJ
CO
l-i
Oi
CO

r-l
CO
O
•r^
C
CO
J=
o
0)
E

bO
C
•r^
4-1
CO







































Oj
O-

c
0
•H
4J
3
^Q
<^_)
Ll •
•W ^
CO C
i-l CO
-O 4J

03 0)
3 J=
0 4J
Oi
C 4-1
CO 3
4J 0
C f
CO bO
4J 3
CO O
C IJ
i-l f
4_l
4-1
CO CO
O 0)
E 4J
i— 1 03
CO CO
3
0)
K* "O
Ol QJ
•H 4-1
J= CO
O OJ
CO S-l
4J
O C
4-1 3














CO

l-i
0
U-l Ol
4J
u Q
•H >
1— 1
•H 144
42 O
03
O a)
•H W
-I C
0, CO
CO
^
T3 O>
0 -0
O -H
0 3


CO
bo 01
C >
O iH
iH O
CO >
C
bO i^
C
•H ..
•O l-i
CO O
0 3

•H
0 ^H
i-l
C T3
CO 01
bO x
l-i 1-1
0 E

4-1 OJ
C £
Ol 4J
3
iH 14-1
14-1 /-i
C
•H 3
o
0) -i
N <4-l
•H
•— 1 U-l

3
C^ OJ
0) '/I
i-l
0 3
4J O
CJ
T3
0) 01
CO -C
3 4-1
C
O
•H
4-1
CO
i-l
0)
CO

Q,
OJ
4-1
CO

















•
CO
0)
D.
>,










cu
i— i
o.
•H

r-l
3
E •

4-1
CO •
***
J^ ^
Ol CO
4-1 4J
CO
3 C
Q) O
4J i-l
CO 4J
CO to
3 u
0)
4-1 CO
C
0) 0)
3 £
•— 1 4J
U-|
C bO
i-l C
o
bO i— 1
C CO
•H
4-1 CO
4J 4-1
TJ C
E 'H
"^ O
CO 0.













T3 •«
CO 03
O 01
r-l E
•i-l
O 4J
1-1
CO O
bO i-l
1^ 4J
O C
Ol
3 4*1
O 0)
iH T3

CO bo
l-i O
•H •-(
3
C7" *^J
0) C
& CO
CO
cu

•H i— 1
O
-O >
c c
co 1-1

CO • .
bo 0)
C 3
T^ *^J
T3 -H
CO CO
O 0)


U 0)
•H bO
C T)
CO 3
bO 1-1
fc< CO
o
0)
3 N
0 -H
•H E
•H
Ol C
>-! IH
CO E

0) O
i-l 4J
O)
Si OJ
4-J rH
J2
Oi co
t-i 01
0) l-i
JS -H
3 03
0)
T3 "^
CU
CO 0)
0 -H



C
0
-a -*
0) 4_1
T3 CO
C tj
0) 0)
4-1 CO
X
a




• f>
0)
bO
3
^H
03

U-f
Q

0)
E
3
O
>

3
O
r-l



|
O
T3
C
0)

J_)
CO
ri
1 i

O
CO

CO
-o

•H
i-l
Ol
a

c
o
•H
4-1
C
Ol
4J
0)
i-l

c
o
•H
4-1
CO
LJ
0)
CO

u
01

c
Q
1-1













4J
c
CO
r-l
a

0)
bO
^
CJ
CO
D.

CO
CO

01

CO
rH
•H
cO
>
CO








•
•^
0)
^
Ol
•H
4=
o
CO

CO

-------

































y^v
"O
0)
3
c
•1-1
4-1
c
o
o
'w'


•
m
1
C_3

Cd
1
co
<:
H
















^




















c
o
•H
4J
CO
0
•H
T"H
a
a.
<






























c
o
•H
4-1
a.
•H
I-l
CJ
03
01
o



















03
CD
0)
u
^J
u
CL|


(— '
fj— • *«
4-1 O)
bo E
C 3
0) -H
i-i O ^
4-1 > C
CO CO
1 01 4-1
J= bO
bO TJ C
•H 3 O
£ i-H i-l
03 4-1
i-l CO
03^
u^ o 01
•-I CO
oi
i— I ••> T3 •
.C 03 0) CU
to 01 cj E
4-14-133
•H tO T3 i— 1
3 CO 0) O
C/2 3 (-1 >




. - U-l
C 0
O
i— I T3 i-l £ 3
CO 0) 4J 4J O
4-1 > CO T-l i— t
0) i-l U 3 <4-l
E O 4J
03 C Jrf 4J
•O CD O> C C
C -H O CO 0)
CO "O C 4J I-i
- - O I-i
o ,fi a c 3
•H bo o o
C i-l CD i-l C
CO f CO 4J O
M co to o
t-i co E lJ
O O 01 bO
C i-l CO C •
.C t-t XI -H 03
bO CO T3 > CO
•H 4J £ 0) i-l bO
j= c bo M o)
i-l T-I to O C
O) cfl J3 u CU 01
tj E CD u bo
tfl CO X
o -a co x
CU 4-1 T3 0) t-i O
I-l C 03 0)
01 03 CO O X T3
J= C iH -H C
4-) o 1-1 cj E co
•i-l O)
0) 4-1 > CO i— I U
lj tfl 0) cfl u
Ol i-l i-H 03 O 4-1
j: 4-i o) -H co
3 C C > C 3
0) 01 i— 1 cfl 0)
-a cj bo o f. 4-1
cu c >> > a CD
CD O X C 0) CO
3 cj O -H E 3



1=
a>
bO
>,
0) X
M 0
3
a.
a
•H
C
CO
bO 1
i-< C
3 O CD T-t
o u cu -d
^t x: co T3 4J oi
U-l M ^ -H CU CD
•H 3 > CU CO
cu s: "a o E o> •
bo O tj l-i CD
ti T3 E CU O CJ T3
CO C 4-1 CU 0)
i-H cfl -~ C T3 CU
03 O >, C
01 03 TD -H 4J M
i— 1 C CO 4J -rH O 4-1
•O O O O i-J C
C -H iH 3 i-l 03 0)
CO 4-1 l-j ^ cu E
•E CO ^ t-t ^
CJ > 03 CJ 14-1 CJ 4-1
CD
OI O
CJ (J T-I
CO 0) 1 C
U-l > rH CO
I-i O co bO
3 i-i 0)
03 S-l Ji O £
0) CD 4J
cu >, -H ai
X co T) x: J=
4-1 i— ( 4-14-1
0) iH
o o) x: j= 3
4-1 E 4-1 4-1 •
i-l i-l C C
•o 1-1 y-i 3 oi oi
Oi CD O J= bO
jr 03 4J >,
CJ CO C 03 X
co o co -a o
4-1 03 -H E O
4J E 4-1 O CO U-l
CO t-i CO i-l O
O 4-1 J2 I-l
CD u^ O 0) C
0) I-i Oi JJ O
EX x: to i-i
O -H ."4-1 34-1
o i— i cu oi a,
CU CO CJ CO 4-1 iJ
J3 3 tfl 4-1 03 O
4-i u-i cj to CD
.e c i-i co 3 -a
4J 01 3 4J CO
3 > 03 C 0)
O 0) O £• W
I-i T5 O 4-1 O
bo -a oi u-i
C 4J >, C
i— 1 Ct) 4-1 i— | i-l CU
CO QJ CU i-i
CJ 03 3 > i— 1 01
•H ^ i-t co x:
bo 03 cu 4-1 T-I d*
O -H lJ CO I-i CD
•H T3 -H C 0) O
O 4J |J 4-1 E
•ft U-l C CU CO 4-1
PC O 0) 4J S to
rH
CO
CJ
•H
bO bO
C O
•H r-( O
4-1 O 03
CO -H -H
4J -Q T3
o
/vj
                                       oo
                                       r-.
                                        O
                                        N
                                        c
                                        0)
                                       OS
                                        V
                                       Q
                                       -O
                                       T3
                                       Cd

                                       •a
                                       O
                                       CO
                                        en
                                        03
                                        O
                                       CO

                                       C
                                       O
                                       u
                                       CO
                                       OJ
                                       o
                                       s_
                                       a
                                       o
                                       en
C-29

-------
          C.3.3.2  Applications
     Ion exchange can be used to remove or concentrate the following groups
of contaminants that may be found in sp,ill situations (DeRenzo 1978):

     •  Inorganics:
        - All metallic elements when present as soluble species, either
          cationic or anionic
        - Anions such as halides, sulfate, nitrate, cyanides,, etc.

     •  Organics (water soluble and ionic):
        - Acids, such as carboxylics, sulfonics, and some phenols, at a pH
          sufficiently alkaline
        - Amines when the solution acidity is sufficient to form the
          corresponding acid salt.

     The upper practical limit of exchangeable ions is about 2500 to 4000
mg/1 (DeRenzo 1978).  Ion exchange units are relatively compact and are
not energy intensive.  The units can be put into and removed from operation
in little time and with little effort (Ghassemi, Yu, and Quinlivan 1981).
These features allow for convenient use of ion exchange systems in mobile
treatment systems.
          C.3.3.3  Limitations
     Ion exchange is not suitable for treatment of non-ionic compounds or
for the treatment of highly concentrated waste streams (>4000 mg/1) or
streams high in suspended solids or oxidants (DeRenzo 1978).

     Certain organics, particularly aromatics that may be present in a
waste stream, can be irreversibly sorbed by resins, thereby decreasing
their capacity.


          C.3.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Influent to ion exchange columns must be pretreated using filtration in
order to reduce suspended solids concentrations to less than 50 mg/1.
Oxidants must also be removed prior to ion exchange.

     Although ion exchange columns can be operated either manually or auto-
matically, manual operation is better suited for hazardous waste site
applications because of the diversity of wastes encountered.  In manual
operation, the operator can decide when to stop the service cycle and begin
the backwash cycle.  However, this requires use of a skilled operator
familiar with the process (Ghassemi, Yu, and Quinlivan 1981).
                                    C-30

-------
     C.3.4   Neutralization
          C.3.4.1  Description
     Neutralization consists of adding acid or base to a liquid in order to
adjust its pH.  The most common system for neutralizing acidic or basic
waste streams utilizes a multiple-compartment basin usually constructed of
concrete.  This basin is lined with acid brick or is coated with a material
resistant to the expected environment.  In order to reduce the required
volume of the neutralization basin, mixers are installed in each compartment
to provide more intimate contact between the waste and neutralizing reagents,
thus speeding up reaction time.

     The choice of an acidic reagent for neutralization of an alkaline
wastewater is generally between sulfuric acid and hydrochloric acid.
Sulfuric acid is usually used due to its lower cost, although hydrochloric
acid produces soluble reaction end products (Conway and Ross 1980).

     The selection of a caustic reagent is usually between sodium hydroxide
and various limes although ammonium hydroxide is also occasionally used
(Conway and Ross 1980).
          C.3.4.2  Applications
     Neutralization can be applied to any waste acid or alkaline liquid
stream that requires pH adjustment.

          C.3.4.3  Limitations

     There are no limitations on the use of neutralization when the process
is properly applied.
          C.3.4.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Neutralization is a relatively simple treatment process that can be
accomplished using readily available equipment.  Only storage and reaction
tanks with accessory agitators and dBlivery systems are required.  Because
of the corrosivity of the wastes and treatment reagents, appropriate materi-
als of construction are needed to provide a reasonable service life for
equipment.

     Neutralization of liquids has the potential of producing air emissions.
Acidification of streams containing certain salts, such as sulfide for
example,  will produce toxic gases.  Feed tanks should be totally enclosed
to prevent escape of acid fumes.  Adequate mixing should be provided to
                                    C-31

-------
disperse the heat of reaction if wastes being treated are concentrated.
The process should be controlled from a remote location if possible.
     C.3.5   Precipitation


          C.3.5.1  Description
     Precipitation is a physiochemical process whereby some or all of a
substance in solution is transformed into a solid phase.  It is based on
alteration of the chemical equilibrium relationships that affect the solu-
bility of inorganic compounds.  Removal of metals as hydroxides or sulfides
is the most common precipitation application in wastewater treatment.
Generally, lime or sodium sulfide is added to the wastewater in a rapid
mixing tank along with flocculating agents (chemicals that aid in the
settling of precipitates).  The wastewater flows to a flocculation chamber
in which adequate mixing and retention time are provided for agglomeration
of precipitate particles.  Agglomerated particles are separated from the
liquid phase by settling in a sedimentation chamber and/or by other physical
processes such as filtration.

     Precipitation is a well established technique and the operating para-
meters are well defined.  The process requires only chemical pumps, metering
devices, and mixing and settling tanks.  The equipment is readily available
and easy to operate.
          C.3.5.2  Applications
     Precipitation is applicable to the removal of most metals from waste-
water including zinc, cadmium, chromium, copper, fluoride, lead, manganese,
and mercury.  Also, certain anionic species, such as phosphate, sulfate,
and fluoride, can be removed by precipitation.
          C.3.5.3  Limitations
     Precipitation cannot reduce the concentration of a particular metal
below the solubility product.  In some cases, organic compounds may form
organometallic complexes with metals, which could inhibit precipitation.
Cyanide and other ions in wastewater may also combine with metals, making
treatment by precipitation less efficient.  Metals that are precipitated
as metal hydroxides and carbonates are stable only over a narrow pH range;
a metal reaches a minimum solubility at a specific pH, but further addition
of the precipitant causes the metal to become soluble again.  The pH at
which minimum solubility occurs is different for each metal.
                                    C-32

-------
          C.3.5.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     The performance and reliability of precipitation depends greatly on
the variability of the composition of the liquid being treated.  The amount
of chemicals added is a function of the species of metals in solution and
their concentrations.

     Precipitation is nonselective in that compounds other than those tar-
geted may also be removed.  The process also generates a large volume of
sludge that must be disposed.

     Precipitation poses minimal safety and health hazards to workers.  The
entire system is operated at near ambient conditions, eliminating the danger
of high pressure/high temperature operation with other systems.  While the
chemicals employed in precipitation are skin irritants, they can easily be
handled in a safe manner.
     C.3.6   Flocculation
          C.3.6.1  Description
     Flocculation is a process in which small, unsettleable particles
suspended in a liquid are made to agglomerate into larger, more settleable
particles.  The flocculation process entails the following steps (DeRenzo
1978):

     •  Mixing of a flocculating agent with water (often outside of the
        wastewater system)

     •  Rapid mixing of the above mixture with the wastewater stream to
        disperse the flocculating agent throughout the wastewater

     •  Slow and gentle mixing to allow for contact between small particles
        and agglomeration into larger particles.

     Once suspended particles have flocculated into larger particles, they
can usually be removed by sedimentation, provided that a sufficient density
difference exists between the suspended matter and the liquid.

     Chemicals that are typically used in flocculation include alum, lime,
iron salts, and polyelectrolytes.
                                    C-33

-------
          C.3.6.2  Applications
     Flocculation is applicable to any liquid where it is necessary to
agglomerate particles to form larger more settleable particles.
          C.3.6.3  Limitations
     There are no major limitations to the use of flocculants when they are
properly applied.
          C.3.6.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Selection of the optimum flocculant and flocculant dosage must be made
on a case— by-case basis.  A small number of flocculants that may be effective
is selected based on manufacturers' suggestions and jar tests are conducted
to determine suitability for treating a specific liquid.  Test procedures
along with recommendations for potentially effective flocculants can be
obtained from manufacturers.

     Operation and maintenance of flocculation equipment is relatively
simple, since only feed pumps, storage tanks, and feed lines are required.
     C.3.7   Ultrafiltration
          C.3.7.1  Description
     Ultrafiltration is a membrane filtration process that separates high
molecular weight compounds and colloids from a liquid solution or suspension.
The process operates by applying a hydrostatic pressure, typically between
10 and 100 psig, to the upstream side of a supported membrane allowing the
large molecules and colloid particles to be retained by the membrane
(DeRenzo 1978).  With advances in membrane technology, the membrane porosity
can be custom made for filtering specific molecular sizes.  For example,
"tight" membranes can retain organic solutes of 500 to 1000 molecular weight
and allow passage of most inorganic salts.  Conversely, "loose" membranes
can discriminate between molecules of 1,000,000 to 250,000 molecular weight
(DeRenzo 1978).

     Mobile units can typically handle flows of 5,000 to 10,000 gpd.  Up to
nine pressure vessels can be mounted on a trailer flatbed allowing treatment
of flows up to 60,000 gpd (Ghassemi 1981).
                                    C-34

-------
          C.3.7.2  Applications
     Ultrafiltration is capable of segregating high molecular weight dis-
solved and colloidal species from a solution or suspension.  The lower and
upper molecular weight cutoff limits are around 500 to 500,000, respectively
(Ghassemi, Yu and Quinlivan 1981).  In terms of particle separation capa-
bility, ultrafiltration falls between reverse osmosis, which retains smaller
molecules, and conventional filtration.  It is considered to be most appli-
cable for treating emulsified oils.
          C.3.7.3  Limitations
     The primary limitation of ul"rafiltration is that it is not applicable
to wastes that contain suspended solids or low molecular weight dissolved
substances.  As with all membrane processes, ultrafiltration units are
susceptible to fouling.  When the ultrafiltration membrane fouls it is
simply taken out of service and cleaned by flushing with detergents or
water.
          C.3.7.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Influent to- ultrafiltration must be pretreated by granular media
filtration to remove suspended solids that can tear the membrane.

     The concentrated residue contains high concentrations of toxic substances
and must be further treated and disposed.
     C.3.8   Ozonation and Ultraviolet Radiation
          C.3.8.1  Description


     Ozonation in combination with ultraviolet (UV) radiation is a chemical
oxidation process in which UV light is used to enhance the oxidation
efficiency of ozone.  Ozone (0^) is a very strong oxidizing agent.  However,
ozone is only slightly soluble in water and, because of its low solubility,
supplying ozone at a sufficiently fast rate to the reactor becomes a major
mass transfer problem in the treatment of high concentrations of contaminants,
especially those containing substances that are rapidly oxidizable with
ozone (for example, sulfides, nitrites, bacteria, phenols, and unsaturated
organics) (Ghassemi, Yu, and Quinlivan 1981).
                                    C-35

-------
     While the specific role of ultraviolet radiation in enhancing the
efficiency of ozonation is still under investigation, it is currently
hypothesized that the major effect of radiation is to bring about a photo-
decomposition of the substances undergoing oxidation (Ghassemi, Yu, and
Quinlivan 1981).

     Since the optimization of .the 03/UV contact with the liquid and the
O^ mass transfer are important parameters, the reactor is divided into
compartments (created by use of baffles) with cylindrical UV lights (similar
to commercial fluorescent lights) placed vertically at equal distances
along the flow path in each compartment.  Ozone, which is generated on
site, is introduced as a gas into the reactor through diff users that are
located at the bottom of each compartment.  The excess ozone in the reactor
offgas is discharged to the atmosphere (Ghassemi, Yu, and Quinlivan 1981).
          C.3.8.2  Applications
     03/UV is applicable to the treatment of a broad range of difficult to
oxidize organics, organometallic complexes, and reduced inorganic substances.
The process is most cost-effectively used to oxidize non-biodegradable
compounds such as PCBs, kepone and other pesticides, and metal complexes of
cyanide.
          C.3.8.-3  Limitations
     Although 03/UV can be used to oxidize a wide range of contaminants,
the process is cost-effective only for dilute solutions of difficult to
oxidize contaminants.  The 03/UV process utilizes large amounts of ozone (8
parts of ozone is required to remove one part of TOG in wastewater).  The
amount of ozone that can be generated on site in a mobile unit may be less
than that required for a specific application (Ghassemi, Yu, and Quinlivan
1981).

     Given the state of the art of this process, pilot plant studies would
need to be conducted to determine optimum reactor design and operating
conditions for each application (Ghassemi, Yu, and Quinlivan 1981).  This
would limit the usefulness of this process in situations where emergency
cleanup is needed.
          C.3.8.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Liquids that are to be treated with 03/UV must be pretreated by granu-
lar media filtration to remove suspended solids.  Also, in certain applica-
tions such as treatment of cyanides, pH adjustment is required to prevent
generation of toxic gases.
                                    C-36

-------
     About five percent of the ozone used in the process is released to the
atmosphere (Ghassemi 1981).  This requires that the area be well ventilated.
A special permit may be required for release of ozone.


     C.3.9   Discharge to Publicly Owned Treatment Works (POTW)


          C.3.9.1  Description
     Contaminated liquids can be discharged to local sewerage systems (or
publicly owned treatment works, POTW) in which considerable dilution occurs
and treatment is accomplished at a central facility.  The owner/operator of
the treatment works may require pretreatment of liquids prior to discharge,
and a special discharge permit may be required.
          C.3.9.2  Applications
     Discharge to a POTW is applicable to treatment of low-level contaminated
liquids that can be treated at a facility without the facility violating
its operating permit conditions.  Other factors that the POTW may consider
in determining whether to accept a specific discharge are whether the POTW
has sufficient hydraulic capacity and what additonal costs the POTW may
incur by accepting the discharge (e.g., increased monitoring costs or
process changes).
          C.3.9.3  Limitations


     Discharge to a POTW is not acceptable where it will result in violation
of operating permit conditions.


          C.3.9.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     In general, treatability studies may be required to determine the
capability of the POTW for handling a particular wastestream and necessary
pretreatment requirements.  Extensive pretreatment may be required prior to
discharge to the POTW.
                                    C-37

-------



















c/2
H
' — i
o-
) j

2
T*
o

H

H

W
^J
f— i
^£
- -,
£tf
E— '

Py>
a
H
«rf
s

H
on
SI
fa
o
S_i
r^S
pM
^S
y
s
00



1
u
r _
-U

CO
^^
H


























jy
03
3

01

•^
a
01
a:











CO

u
a
a
E

>^
ti
to
c
o
o
01









CO
c '
o
4J
to
£
g
.H
J











X
e
o

CO
CJ

_*
a.
o.
*
X ki —
0) OJ — <
r e co
01 3
C 00 x
CO u 3
ki
X —
0) 4-1 —
4-> a --J
a 3 J
k. E
U C
C 4J O
OJ CO —
00 J= 4J
4J CO
X k<
01 C OJ
OJ O C
U J2 01
O k. 00
ki 10 01
e. o os


X
k, t_J
,28

0) J=
> 4-1

01 X
£ So
OJ 01
1 k> X
X X 0)
O cj
CJ 01 X
4J 0)

O CO C
SB » —

UJ
o

01 U
00 6 O
C 0 H
CO U
ki Up^ r"

73 X •-
CO CJ »
O •-
U C X
-Q aj E
oo to
CO kl OJ
O kl
U-I AJ
O 73 X
OJ
— > X
10 —. 3
> O O
O X 0)
E X 3
OJ •"• ^
O! 73 co


73
01

10 C
> o

4^ ki
CJ CO
^ CJ












O


OJ C
ki 01
01 X
jr to •
» 4j a
01 OJ U
4J kl CO
.- co a.
X •-
U-I **
UJ O >%
O kl kl
j_i (o
T3 C 73
01 0 C
4-1 O O
0 CJ
3 OJ 01
T3 4J X
C <0
O 3 TJ
0 tT'-*
01 O
01 73 >
.a co eo
oo
c
ff4
OJ —
^
4J J
00
u — ^
O J=
X
01 E
J3 OJ
CO kl
4J t '
•H X
3
X 01
J_J
4J X
O co
Z 3

E .-
Cb -^

O u J3
003
O
O 73 X
— 0)
4J 3
u-i .- o
O 3 —
X
X J=
i— ^j u
O X —i
•- 0) 3
4- £
CO X
ki " 73
4J X C
C 01 3
OJ 01 O
o — a
c E
O k, O






















73

ij
CO
01
^
1 1

OJ
J3
j_j
CO
3
E

CO


OJ
£
to

r*
X
CO
3

CJ
CO
03



73
C
CO

X —
73 — '
— e>
O ki
X O
73 f*
73 LI
c a.
OJ
o-o
w ^

X — '














>,
JJ
.^4
t,
CO
^H
o
CL

73
C
CO






















U-I
o

c
o

4J
CO
£
e
OJ
CJ
C
o


JS
oo
'j=

OJ
>
o •
01 73

^<
o o
4J X



SE
— o
tj •
ki a
^ O 4J SsT3
E u- J= — e
0. 00 J3 3
a oi ••< oo o
> 01 — i a
o — > s j= e
^4 4J O
/\ 0 kl kl O
\^^ OJ CO O
U-I _. (I)
01 u-i 3 X —
X 0) CJ 73 J2
CO 01 C 3
0) 4J — . 3 -4
k, 0 O O O
oo z E a. x




OJ
%
&

V

O co
£ a;
cy u
U 3
^^
o o
4J X

73 CJ
01 —
X C
3 co
00
O k
CO O
v* C
<; .-














o
JJ

u
3



CO
C
o

CO
w
••H
p
OJ
14
• -4
CO
73

N
>*4
^^
a
o


73
01
4J
• M
E

J


^
00

J3

O
OJ
J3
CO
,^
3
X

4J
O
Z



01

JD
CO
N
• —
73

X
O
U-I
0

c
0
• •4
J_l
CO
•D
to
l_
QC
4J
°


CO
CJ
• -W
OJ
O

O

to



E
3
^
73
01
£





















4j
•—*
3
X
OJ
u

>^
CO
E





OJ
4J
X
CO
•o
OJ
CO
kl
e
OJ
CJ
C
O
u




1
c
o
c


CO

4-1
c
% «>
O OJ
X 4J E
e •-
to J3 u-i
a) — o
4J C C
00 — O
kl 00 4J
O C co
— kl
X C 4J
§— c
CO OJ
OJ 4J CJ
k, C C
4J O O
X u O










CO
01
>
OJ
_^

>.,
kl
o

• _J
^3
• ^
jff
c



x^
u
••4
pO
o
kl
il
CO
' — '











•t
X
73
c
3
o
a.
E
CJ

CJ
X
o
4J

U-I
0
X
c
o
• -4
4-1
CO
kl
4J
c
01
CJ




































































73
c
CO

73
OJ
kl
OJ

CO
3
01
73

01
_fl
4J
X
3
E •
73
01 01
00 —
73 CO
3 OJ
•— k>
X 4-1
X
CJ •
1 .- co
CO CO O CO
0) E • 4J o
ki •- O >-> —
4-1 X kl t-. 4J J4
cj co 3: cj u
u — i >, O 0> O
O 4J -- •— ' '^5 f
u-i co O X J2 X
j= a 3
oi a. T: x E
CO CO 4J CC .-J U-I
4J CO k
••- u-i c 013 X 0)
3 O — o: x u
X LJ 73 OJ 3
4J O CJ —
4^ c — o: o —
O 01 ^ k. ki to
5£ g o CO Cu u-i





































73
OJ
3
C
4*
C
o
0
































OJ
_E
4J

C
0
CO
•- S
c o
to
CO
X OJ
OJ J2
CJ
O C
ki 10
ft. 0





































C-38

-------






































^
•o
a

c
T-I
1 1
c

*•*
CJ
x— *



*
vj-
1
U

._
,J
03
H











































U
'A
O
U
0>
>
•M
W
01
BE:










yt
xj
u
to
a
E
M

u
10
T5
C
O
U
01










in
C
o
.—
^
to
^J
•H
E

^J













X
c
o
• r*
J_)
ffl
o
««H
^
a
a.
^£










-J
3
tr
• -H
C
£

01
H







J=
00
.^
I








CO
u
u
10
a.
e


^
c
10
u
in
-
c
oc
.-4
01

O
Z

>,
•-4
j:
oo
.c

^
o
IM

O>
^M
.fl
CO
•4—
.^
3
(K

4J
O
Z

o
•*•
C
flj
00
Ul
o

s:

o
r*

*t
CO
C
o
• HI

U-i
0

IM
to
>
0
E
01



01
M
C
10
s:

x


c
o
»— *






































£
00
• «< L
.s o
CO CO
01 g TJ
Jml CO "J
W 01 — '
to u o
3 4^ CO
CO
•o -a
01 u 01
4J O T3
10 C •
•Wr - 01 CO
u tn Q. *u
C E " C
0) 10 3 10
O 01 CO T>
C b ••*
O u C X
CJ CO — < O

•
1 ~^
10 oo
b E
.u
e o
01 o
u o
C to
o
0 O
4J
4J
10 0
o
• m
0 PJ

c o
10 4J
60
tj a.
O 3
C
• -I CO
c
•o o
C •"
10 u


















o
^
3
0
_;




e
o
,*4
3
«•
^-i
O
a.

u

CO

l«
o
U-I
„
eg
.^
U
C
0)
u
O
0-


I

E

^-i

iJ
C
10
y
.•^
U-I
,f4
C
oo

to

o
Z





•u
• *4
y
10

Ul
O
Uj

3-
O.

UJ
o

u
e
u
E

01
3
•*~)
•^
<
C
O
•m
^J
(0
N
• ^

(0


3
0)
Z





j=
00

£




















.
to
E
OJ
VM
03
O
^
a.




x
).!
01
a.
o

a.

c
01
r* .
S t)
01
CO •-
C •-!
O 0.
•-> a.
JJ R)




.
CO
B
Q
01
u

n

01
u
X
10
s

01
e
.-H
.~M
to
»/
•M
10

IM
O


















o
s:
9 oo
0 —
-J S

a>
-- 01
0 u
> «

4! tj
00  to —

o Q "^
X 01 ^j
CO t-
• •* J_i C
^ X o
..4
U-i OJ u
o *- to
X u
i— 1 tO 4J
to 3 c
> 41

E 0 c

o- u- u

c
0

^
to
4J

a.

CJ
01
^j
OM






3
O


g
^
O
>

01
00
10
**

10

»

JJ
to
u
01
c
V

X
VI
01

o
^
0-


1
10
E

^_t

4J
g
03
(j
• H
y-i
'!•*
c
00

X

^




CO
01
^rf
o
-M
iJ
u
CO
CL

U-l
^

C
Q
• •«
Jj
«
t-
0*
g

— •*
00

^


c
o

4v
CO

3


O

Cu











Ot

to
O1
W
4^
0>
^

4-1
X
3


i_j
to
X
4-

MJ

3
r-»
X

*4-J
o




*
U
0)
a.
Q
^
a.

g
01
^
3

CO
C
O




01
—i
r>
10
01
u
4J
01


01

o
E

A
^-
0)
00
^-
(0
^—

o

c
-F"



































•
—

X
Q
Q.
W
•-*
T3
O


U
Q
• ^
^
a.














*
•o

.--
— -1
a


i
c
01
E

•o
1 01
J3 X
3
X >,
£>
V
lw -O
to 01
^^
U ^J
to J-i
^ 01
u X

X >-,
01 —

0 C C

u 3 •*••
L. cr ^
03 0! to
a. 01 4-



















_c
oo
*«H
s


jj
a
^
X 4-
VM
oo Q
•H 01
X »-
iJ

VM •— >
O O
U

o •-

!_•
nj u
fc« X
(0 00
CL--
0) U
« *




^
o

u
1 TO


4J —
^— ••<
O u^
T:

g
ij
03
0>
u<
j_)

^
C
0)

O" C
0) O
CO "-
^ 4~l
3 £0
T

flj *^rf
V- (J
-r- C
3 >«^
a*
0> ^4
u- O

CJ
^-1
J*l 1
0] x
4J TJ
3 —
X O
X
4J
O TJ
C 01
TJ

• —! 
-------







































X— N
T3
SJ
3
C
•H

M
O
o
fc V




-*
I
O
W
J
ffl

H



































^


AJ
co
0
o
01

to
01
K













CO
i_l
u
to
0.
E
M

>^
u
to
•o
c
o
u
a
en










CO
c
o


to
u
E










CO
C
O

u
to
0

^*
a
a.
^








0;
3
tr
•f-«
c
x
o
01
H






^
00
s





U-l
o

K
in

u
3
O
^
10

CO
o>

to
01

0)
kl

CO
CO
01
y
O

0.



j;
oo

x

o


01


CO
u
3
X
O
z

o
u
4J
^H
r
o
£
U-l
..4
«^

Up«
O

C
o
• •4
l_l
to
73
to
u
00
S
T3
C
10

c
o
>^
u
to
e
o
N
O










,
01
u
01
£
a.
to
O
E

to


j=


o
u

01
c
o
N
o

*^
to
u
o
"


X


0>
u
«

0)
JJ
a
to
3

X
00
c
O!
u
CO

^J
01
1
c
to
00
o

•>
!»
o
• ^
c
CO
00

o

01
N
• •«
T3

X
0


u
01

o
• •4
>
to
)„,
^J
P4
o












































00
C — '

c • "v
••^ X 3
(0 -o
4J >H U
C — i O •
O 0 C T3
O CO 01

X T3 •-* to
0> 01 u
JJ T3 W u
X C CO X
to a) 01 c
30. u 0
» O E
t- 3 u 01
O CO ft. T3

01
u
3
73
0>
^4

C
to

•
X
-o
c
3
O •

§y
• IM
u c
to
U 00

— o
— c
(0 .H




c
o
• «ri
4J
to
..ri
•o
CO
a:





3
C3

i
c
01
a

TJ

0)
^
CO

X
4W
U

a
E


>>
u
to
•o
0
o
o
OJ
X

X
c
<



4j
o
c

X

01
oo

to
£
u
X
•^
3
O
D-

CO
3
O
O!
3
tr
CO
m
^
3
^
>-4
TJ

U-l
0

iu
c
u
E
^
to
O!
H




0)
SO
k.
CO
J=.
o
X
.^«
o













en

S
F"^
O


u
•**

.«ri
^j
0)
a.
CO

QJ
^
ij

e
o

u
c
u
-a

*••
"^4
3


.^H
01
k4
01
X


CJ

.a
to
«j
u
o
«












•
{ft


0)
Vrf
»J
V)

a;
u
X
«0






^
{-
o
0-

o






























.
X
c
o
.^
^
tB
^
0!
a.
o


i^j
o

c
o
^
CO
^H
O

>

c

JJ
*3
X
o>
IM






































1









































w
E
u
0<
a.
01
oo

CO
r°
O
X
.^
73
X
3
O
a.






































C-40

-------
     C.3.10  Summary
     Wastewater treatment techniques and information pertinent to their
evaluation and selection are summarized in Table C-4.
C.4  TREATMENT OF SOLIDS
     This section describes various physical chemical and biological
treatment methods that can be used to degrade, detoxify, flush, or immobilize
waste constituents in order to make waste streams suitable for final
treatment.

     None of the methods described in this section has been fully demon-
strated for treatment of contaminated sediments, and the feasibility of
using these methods must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis.  The methods
that are described are solidification/stabilization and chemical and biological
treatment.
     C.4.1  Solidification/Stabilization
     Solidification and stabilization are techniques that employ the mixing
of reactive materials with solids, semisolids, and sludges in order to
immobilize contaminants.  Solidification produces a monolithic block of
waste with high structural integrity.  Stabilization methods usually involve
the addition and mixing of materials that limit the solubility or toxicity
of waste constituents, even though the physical handling characteristics of
the waste may not be improved (USEPA 1982b).  Methods involving combinations
of solidification and stabilization techniques are often used.

     Solidification and stabilization accomplish one or more of the following
objectives (USEPA 1982b):

     •  Improve waste handling or other physical characteristics of the
        material

     •  Decrease the surface area across which transfer or loss of contained
        contaminants pollutants can occur

     •  Limit the solubility or reduce the toxicity of contaminants.

     Three kinds of solidification/stabilization techniques are described
in the following sections:  cement-based solidification, silicate-based
processes, and surface encapsulation.
                                    C-41

-------
          C.4.1.1  Cement-Based Solidification
               Description—

     This method involves mixing the material directly with Portland cement,
a common construction material.  The material is incorporated into a rigid
matrix of hardened concrete.  This method physically and chenically binds
contaminants (USEPA 1982b).  The end product may be a monolithic solid or a
crumbly, soil-like consistency, depending upon the amount of cement added.
Mixing is accomplished using readily available equipment.

               Applications—

     Most slurries and sludges can be mixed directly with cement so that
solids will be physically incorporated into the rigid matrix,,  Cement
solidification is most suitable for immobilizing metals because most multi-
valent cations are converted into insoluble hydroxides or carbonates at the
pH of the cement mixture.  For this reason, Portland cement is often used
as a setting agent in other solidification processes described in this
section.

               Limitations—

     Although cement can physically incorporate a broad range of materials,
most materials are not chemically bound and are subject to leaching.
Metals, which can be immobilized by cement solidification by precipitation
as metal hydroxides or carbonates, are insoluble only over a narrow pH
range and are subject to solubilization and leaching in the presence of
even mildly acidic leaching solutions (e.g., rain).  Portland cement alone
is also not effective in immobilizing organics.

     Because of the tendency of waste constituents to leach, solidification
is not acceptable for disposal without secondary containment, regardless of
whether the wastes are organic or inorganic.  Certain wastes can cause
problems with the set, cure, and permanence of the cement waste solid
unless the wastes are pretreated.  Some of these incompatible wastes are
(USEPA 1982b):

     •  Sodium salts of arsenate, borate, phosphate, iodate, and sulfide

     •  Salts of magnesium, tin, zinc, copper, and lead

     •  Organic matter

     •  Some silts and clays

     •  Coal or lignite.
                                    C-42

-------
               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     Cement-based solidification processes use equipment and skills that
are commonplace and readily available.  Most cement-solidified materials
are subject to leaching and, therefore, secondary containment is required.
Cement solidification increases the weight and volume of the original
material and therefore transportation costs can be expected to increase
accordingly.

          C.4.1.2  Silicate-Based Processes
               Description—

     Silicate-based processes are a broad range of solidification/stabiliza-
tion methods that use a silicateous material together with lime, cement,
gypsum, and other setting agents.  The basic reaction is between the soluble
silicates, such as fly ash or cement kiln dust, and water.  The polyvalent
metal ions that act as initiators of silicate precipitation and/or gelation
come either from the waste solution, an added setting agent, or both.  The
setting agent should have low solubility, and a large reserve capacity of
metallic ions so that it controls the reaction rate.  Portland cement and
lime are most commonly used because of their good availability.  However,
gypsum, calcium carbonate, and other compounds containing aluminum, iron,
magnesium, etc. are also suitable setting agents.  The solid that is formed
in these processes varies from a moist, clay-like material to a hard, dry
solid similar in appearance to concrete (Granlund and Hayes undated).

               Applications—

     There are a number of commercially available processes that use sili-
cates, and each claims to be able to solidify different waste types.  The
process is best known for stabilizing sludges containing heavy metal.
However, other manufacturers use proprietary processes and additives
that permit stabilization of wastes containing oils and solvents.  The fea-
sibility of silicate-based stabilization for these waste types needs to be
determined on a case-by-case basis.

     Silicate-based stabilization processes are suitable for stabilizing
large waste volumes because the materials used are inexpensive and are
readily available (with the exception of some additives) and the increase
in volume of the solidified materials is considerably less than when cement
is used alone.

               Limitations—

     The limitations of silicate-based processes in stabilizing materials
are not well known.  One known limitation is that large amounts of water,
not chemically bound, remain in the matrix after solidification.  In open
air, this liquid leaches until it comes to some equilibrium moisture content
                                    C-43

-------
with the surrounding soil.  Because of this water loss, the solidified
product is likely to require secondary containment.

               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     Most silicate-based processes use readily available equipment that is
easy to operate..  The feasibility and effectiveness of using silicates for
stabilizing wastes other than inorganic sludges must be determined on a
case-by-case basis.  Generally, the services of a firm specializing in the
use of silicates is required since many companies claim to use proprietary
additives.  The stabilized product is likely to require secondary containment
to prevent leaching of contaminants.
          C.4.1.3  Surface Encapsulation
               Description—

     Surface encapsulation physically microencapsulates materials by sealing
them in an organic binder or resin.  At least three surface encapsulation
methods are available.  These methods are described below.

     One process, developed by Environmental Protection Polymers, involves
the use of 1,2-polybutadiene and polyethylene (PE) to produce a microencap-
sulated waste block onto which a high density polyethylene (HDPE) jacket is
fused.  The 1,2-polybutadiene is mixed with waste particulates which yields,
after solvent evaporation, free-flowing dry resin-coated particulates.  The
resulting polymers are resistant to oxidative and hydrolytic degradation
and to permeation by water.  The next step involves formation of a block of
the polybutadiene/waste mixture.  Powdered, high-density PE is grafted
chemically onto the polymer backbone to provide a final matrix with ductile
qualities.  Various combinations of the two resins (polybutadiene and PE)
permit tailoring of the matrix's mechanical properties without reduction of
system stability when exposed to severe chemical stress.  In the final
step, a 1/4-inch thick HDPE jacket is mechanically and chemically locked to
the surface of the microencapsulated waste (Lubowitz and Wiles 1981).

     Another encapsulation method developed by Environmental Protection
Polymers involves a much simpler approach.  Contaminated soils or sludges
are loaded into a high-density polyuethylene overpack.  A portable welding
apparatus is then used to spin-weld a lid onto the container thereby forming
,1 seam free encapsulate.

     A third surface encapsulation method involves use of an organic binder
to seal a cement-solidified mass.  United States Gypsum Company manufactures
a product called Envirostone Cement which is a special blend of high-grade
polymer-modified gypsum cement.  Emulsifiers and ion exchange resins may be
added along with the gypsum cement which hydrates to form a freestanding
mass.  A proprietary organic binder is used to seal the solidifed mass
(United States Gypsum Co.  1982).  The process can be used to stabilize both
                                    C-44

-------
organic and inorganic wastes.  It has been shown to effectively immobilize
waste oil present at concentrations as high as 36 percent volume (Clark,
Colombo, and Neilson 1982).  The volume of waste is smaller than that
produced with cement solidification alone.

               Applications—

     Surface encapsulation is used to completely isolate waste constituents
from leaching solutions.  Processes are available that can be used for most
waste types.  Use of surface encapsulation is generally limited to highly
hazardous materials or to situations where the waste is to be disposed
without secondary containment.

               Limitations—

     Limitations of surface encapsulation processes for various waste types
and concentrations must be determined on a case-by-case basis.

               'Special Requirements/Considerations—

     As compared to cement and silicate-based processes, surface encapsulation
is costly, energy intensive, and requires the use of skilled labor and
sophisticated equipment.


     C.4.2  Chemical and Biological Treatment


     Contaminants in solids can be treated by a variety- of chemical and
biological methods.  The most applicable methods, chemical oxidation/
reduction, solvent extraction, neutralization, dechlorination, and micro-
biological oxidation, are described in the following sections.


          C.4.2.1  Chemical Oxidation/Reduction
               Description—

     Chemical oxidation/reduction processes are based on a chemical reaction
in which electrons are transferred from one reactant to the other.  Such
reactions can detoxify, precipitate, or solubilize metals, and decompose,
detoxify, or solubilize organics.

     Chemical oxidation/reduction systems can be constructed using simple
equipment such as tanks or gas cylinders for storing the reagents, a reac-
tion tank which might include mixers to provide contact between the oxidiz-
ing agent and waste stream, and metering and monitoring instruments to
control the chemical reaction.  Alternatively, it may be possible to carry
out the reaction within a structure similar to a dewatering lagoon (see
Section C.2).  This would involve installation of a wellpoint or gravity
                                    C-45

-------
drainage system to inject the chemicals into the site, force reaction of
the reagents with waste constituents, and pump the treated material to the
surface.

     Oxidization is widely practiced in the wastewater treatment industry
using such oxidizing agents as ozone, sodium or calcium hypochlorite, and
hydrogen peroxide.  Chemical reduction is not widely practiced, but it is
known that ferrous sulfate and certain catalyzed metal powders are effective
reducing agents (Sims et al. 1984; Repa et al. 1985).

               Applications—

     Both organic and inorganic wastes can be treated by chemical oxidation.
Examples of compounds that can be treated include cyanides, sulfur compounds,
lead, pesticides, phenolics, aldehydes, and aromatic hydrocarbons (Stoddard
et al. 1981).  Compounds that may be chemically reduced include hexavalent
chromium and some chlorinated compounds.

     Chemical oxidation and reduction have not been used in the treatment of
contaminated sediments.  However, considerable research is being conducted
on the use of these methods to treat contaminated soils.

     For treatment of contaminated sediments, the process would be most
applicable for treatment of dilute waste streams that have a sufficiently
high water content to provide good contact between the waste constituents
and the treatment reagents upon mixing.  For sediments that have been
substantially dewatered, oxidation and reduction could be employed, provided
the sediments are sufficiently permeable to ensure contact between the
treatment reagents and the wastes.

               Limitations—

     The effectiveness of chemical oxidation and reduction is highly depend-
ent on the waste constituents and the nature of the waste being treated.
These processes are not effective for highly concentrated wastes or for
fine-grained sediments that have been substantially dewatered because it
would be difficult to ensure mixing of waste constituents with the treatment
reagents under these conditions.  It is not known to what extent the proces-
ses can treat compounds that are strongly sorbed to the soil.

               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     The environmental concerns associated with chemical oxidation and
reduction reactions can be significant.  There is the potential that the
products of oxidation/reduction reactions may be more toxic or more mobile
in the environment than the original contaminants.  Many of the reagents
are toxic or hazardous and pose a risk to worker safety if not properly
handled.  If the wastes are treated in an impoundment basin there is the
risk that treatment chemicals or any more soluble or toxic reaction products
may be released to the groundwater.  However, this risk should be minimal
provided a liner system is properly installed and operated.
                                    C-46

-------
     Another possible problem with these treatment methods is that  certain
reactions can result in the release of  toxic gases.  For example, there  is
the possibility of emission of hydrogen cyandide gas during oxidation of
cyanide, if the reaction is allowed to  become too acidic.  Release  of ozone
or chlorine gas can also result.  Wastes treated by oxidation/reduction
processes are likely to require further treatment to immobilize or  more
fully degrade the contaminants.
          C.4.2.2  Solvent Extraction
               Description—

     Solvent extraction involves injecting or adding acids, bases, surfac-
tants, or other reagents that mobilize contaminants into solution by reason
of the contaminant's solubility in the reagent.  The reaction can be carried
out in a tank or a dewatering lagoon.  The waste stream is mixed with the
solvent, decontaminated materials are separated from the contaminated
solvent, and the contaminated solvent is treated to render it innocuous.

               Applications—

     Dilute solutions of acids and bases can be used to remove a wide
range of metal ions.  Complexing and chelating agents can be used to form
stable metal-chelate complexes.  A wide range of hydrophobic, nonsoluble
organics can be .extracted using surfactants.  Organics that can.be treated
using surfactants include PCBs, pesticides, and aromatic and polynuclear
aromatic compounds.

     Since effective extraction of contaminants requires that there be com-
plete mixing of reagents with the waste constituents, extraction methods
are best suited to slurries that can be easily mixed and to dewatered
sediments that are sufficiently permeable to ensure contact of reagents
with contaminants.  Application of solvent extraction methods for sediments
has not been demonstrated but there exists considerable research data that
indicate that solvent extraction methods can be used for contaminated
soils.

               Limitations—

     Solvent extraction methods are not suitable for treating fine-grained
sediments that have been dewatered since it is difficult to ensure complete
mixing of treatment reagents with waste constituents.  Acids and chelating
agents may not be effective in removing some metal complexes or metals that
are strongly sorbed to the soil.  Other limitations on the use of solvent
extraction methods for treating sediments are not well known since these
methods have not been applied to sediments.
                                    C-47

-------
               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     Carrying out solvent extraction in a dewatering lagoon poses the risk
of contaminating groundwater supplies if a liner system is not properly
installed and maintained.  Use of acids or bases in extraction may result
in the release of toxic gases.  For example, acidification of certain wastes
that contain sulfide could result in release of gases.  Although weak acids
such as acetic acid would generally be used for extracting metals, these
reagents are corrosive and pose some risk to worker safety if not properly
handled.
          C.4.2.3  Neutralization


               Description—

     The neutralization process is described in Section C.3.4.

               Applications—

     Neutralization methods can be applied to any acidic or alkaline waste
stream requiring a pH adjustment.  In order to ensure complete mixing of
neutralizing reagents with waste components, neutralization is best suited
to slurries that can be easily mixed or to dewatered sediments that are
sufficiently permeable to ensure complete contact of contaminants with neu-
tralizing reagenta.

               Limitations—

     Neutralization is not effective for fine-grained sediments that have
been substantially dewatered since it would be difficult to ensure complete
mixing of wastes with treatment reagents.

               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     Carrying out neutralization reactions in an earthen impoundment poses
the risk of contaminating groundwater if a liner system is not properly
installed and maintained.  Reagents used in neutralization are corrosive
and must be handled with appropriate precautions.

     Neutralization of some wastes has the potential of producing air
emissions.  Acidification of streams containing certain salts, such as
sulfides, will produce toxic gases.  Adequate mixing should be provided to
disperse the heat of reaction if wastes being treated are concentrated.
                                    C-48

-------
          C.4.2.4  Chemical Dechlorination
               Description—

     Chemical dechlorination refers to a group of emerging technologies
that can be used to strip chlorine atoms from highly chlorinated toxic
compounds such as PCBs.  One such process, developed by Acurex Corporation,
uses a sodium reagent in a nitrogen atmosphere to decompose PCB.  PCB- or
pesticide-contaminated sediments must first be solvent washed to extract
the PCBs before entering the reactor.  The solvent is later reclaimed for
reuse.  This process has been tested on a laboratory scale for PCB-contami-
nated sediments.  Portable units are available.

     Several other companies, including Sunohio, Inc. and Goodyear Tire and
Rubber Company, have developed similar processes.

               Applications—

     Chemical declorination processes are suitable for treating PCBs,
dioxins, and chlorinated pesticides.  Information on the process developed
by Sunohio indicates that it can economically treat wastes containing up to
6,000 ppm PCBs.  This process has been shown to reduce PCB concentration
(in'transformer oil) from 225 ppm to 1 ppm.  (Stoddard et al. 1981).

               Limitations—

     The Sunohio and Acurex processes are not able to treat PCBs or other
chlorinated compounds directly.  The waste constituents must first be
extracted using a solvent.  These processes have not been demonstrated for
treatment of sediments.

               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     The solvents used to reclaim PCBs or other chlorinated compounds prior
to feeding them to the reactor can be reclaimed for reuse (NUS 1983).
The process itself poses some risks since it involves reactions with
metallic sodium reagents.  Sodium can react violently with water, air, and
other substances.  However, these reactions can be prevented by proper
process controls.  Skilled operators are required to carry out chemical
dichlorination.
          C.4.2.5  Biological Treatment
               Description—

     The mechanism of biological treatment is described in Section C.3.2.
However, in instances where contaminated sediments, rather than aqueous
waste streams, are being treated, biodegradation would take place in an
                                    C-49

-------
impoundment basin or reaction tank.  Oxygen would be supplied by aeration
wells, diffusors, or in-line injection of oxygen or hydrogen peroxides.
Nutrients would be added to promote biological growth.

               Applications—

     The applicability of biological treatment for various waste types is
described in Section C.3.2.  Because of the need to promote complete mixing
of nutrients and aeration of soils, biological treatment would be best
suited to slurries that can easily be mixed or to dewatered ssediments that
are sufficiently permeable to ensure contact of nutrients and oxygen with
microorganisims.

               Limitations—

     Biological treatment is not suitable for waste streams containing high
concentrations of metals and many chlorinated compounds.

     It is also not suitable for treating fine-grained sediments that have
been substantially dewatered, since it would be difficult to ensure complete
oxygenation and mixing of nutrients.

               Special Requirements/Considerations—

     Carrying out biological treatment in an impoundment basin poses the
risk of contaminating groundwater if a liner system is not properly installed
and maintained.  Biological treatment processes can be slow to initially
effect treatment unless the microorganisms are adapted to the specific
wastes.  Neutralization may be required to adjust the pH to the range of 6
to 9 prior to biological treatment.


     C.4.3  Summary
     Techniques for treatment of solids and information pertinent to their
evaluation and selection are summarized in Table C-5.
                                    C-50

-------



















e/j
w
3
o-
•"j
z
as
o

H

H
Z
U
^^
H
fV]
<*
H

r/}
a
M
O
[£4
O

*VJ
oi
JE
W

*
^O
1


Cd
f— 3
pfl
3
H





























00
cS
01

jj
CO
OJ
a:










CO
jj
y
CO
a.
e


X
u
CO
TJ
e.
0
y
01
en








00
e
o
• «H
JJ
a
u
|











00
c
o
.•4
.u
CO
y

a
ex
«4








OJ
3
^
• f^
e
,£2
y
01
H





O
u

3
3




£

Q
OJ

1— *
Ml
• •^
*
CO
JJ
C
01
3
JJ
• *4
JJ
CO
e
o
y

01
JJ
00
CO
3

jj
0


CO
JJ
ituen
JJ
00
c
o
y
01
00
3




IcU
o
e
o
• •4
JJ
CO
b
O
a
14
o
y
C


~rt
CO
y
tn
X
ex.


TJ
OJ
to
CO
J3
1
JJ
C
01
E
01
u



1

TJ
X




UJ
•M

M
U
CO
S
TJ
e
3
o

00
TJ
C
CO

CO
.•4
0
00
o
JJ
e



A
^J
• *4
e
co
00
o
e
TJ
e
CO

an ic
00
0

X
• •4
U
JJ
CO
e
4J
c

i
y

01
j:

o
jj
c
• l-l
01
JJ
CO
CO
e
o
• f*
U
to
U

U-l
• ••1
-o

1—4
o



















J>^
w
m
"13
c
o
y
OJ
00
•
O JJ
c c
OJ
00 C
• •4 «f-t

b U
01 C
,e o
JJ y
— ' OJ
— y
00 -4 01 C
C TJ 3 £ 01
•-4 C U C
JI CO > CO
co • " £ b
01 CO •* — • OJ
— u oo s a
O CO TJ 09 TJ
jj 09 e E c
CO OJ CO
JJ **J ^4
y O oo A - •
oi x o oi u
•<-> u co b u e
A oi ^4 a 3 oj
3 J9 y y £
co E 0) Oi
3 o) oo * y
0! C E 3 u
b O CO OJ u
CO < 09 y 05 O





OJ
N
•u E
CO .-4
u C
•^ E
• »4
y b
CO 0
>4-r ^^
o e
u co

b 00 00
01 C C
TJ "4 -H
1- — £.
O TJ y
C CO
C CO 01

















2 3

> TJ
SOJ
X




J
(J
CO
OJ
b
— 01
-* JJ
.- CO
9 S
TJ
oo e

c o
01 b
3 00

•r4 l4
JJ
00 CO
c —
O — '
y o
CO
01
u O
00 4J
CO C
3-

e
••4 00 00
01 --
09 . U CO

00 CO 0)
co • s e
OJ JJ
b J= b X
y oo o >
C "4 «-l CO
•HO) 01
OJ C
OOTJ O C
b C —51
CO CO JJ £
— CO JJ
01 u
oi E — 14
09 3 — 1 01
3 — O..C
a o ex jj
OS- < 0



1
X b
> o
co y
01 C
JC -4

VA-I —4
0 co
y
80 —
C CO
•-4 X
TJ -C
c ex

!a TJ
c
— CO
CO
y CO
g CO
0) JJ
60>
E
TJ C
01 O
00 "4
CO JJ
CO-CO
I y
01 "4
JJ *JJ
CO •-
y TJ
••4 *44
W4 -*
"4 O
en en











I
e
o
y
X
b
CO
^J
c
O
y
01
00
O
e

CO
tf4
OJ

01
J=
JJ
It4
•"





1
O
TJ
1—4
41
21

4J
g
OJ
CO




b
OJ

O

a
a
o

b
CO
>

O

e
o

CO

o
a.
























CO
• f*

00
C J=
J£ —
y 3
CO
OJ CO
— CO
<£ 4J
oo c
3 CO
O y

jj (jj
^H **4
CO C
00
JJ CO
c
OJ 00
I!
CO O
u C











•
01
CO
JJ
00

b
O

OJ
XJ3
"4 JJ
— CO
"4 3
-0 E
• 44
CO CO
CO 01
oj a

^ "
CO 01
01 JJ

X to
JJ S
OJ b
JJ 01
CO J=
(>J u
S 0






























,
00
01
CO
CO
01
y
0
b
a

TJ

CO
CO
1

c
OJ
01
y






OJ OJ
§ «
CO 00
b
O MJ
UJ O

X 00
y c
e ••«•
01 X
TJ y
c co
01 OI
H —
00
01 C
CO *«4
CO r*
y TJ
1 C
x 4 ex c co
S ••- -rt b
er 3 co o)
OJ cr b ex
BE! OJ JJ O









TJ
01
CO
e

i

c •
O co
y jj
c
X OJ
J? >H4
OOTJ
• n OJ
* eo

C
o

J 1
CO

OJ 3
y co
a a
Uj co
b y
3 C
en w
TJ
01
3
e
c
o
y
































.
x
CD
O
y

X

01
a

"






































C-51

-------













-




















y^^

"^
V
3

•^
j_i
C
o
^

*S-X


•
1C
1
o

u
T
H- 1
PQ
<
H



































•




4J
00
o
U
41
>
• •4
4J
09
0)
as











09
U
U
to
&
E
M

>^
b
to
TJ
C
O
U
9J
«












09
• c
o
**4
4J
CO
u
-I*
E
• *4
iJ











00
O
•<-i
4-1
CO
O
•H
_4
a
a.
<









41
3
"
•- > J3
O
4J E
(Hi
3 b
09 O
OJ
b U
• ••4
X X
CO O
JC «

u
'•4
4J
CO
§
b
- CO
00
OJ b
TJ to
•*4 41
CO u
X 3
u e
X
<*j —
o o
CL
e
o -
•»4 00
4-1 -*
to O
TJ C
.- 41
x x:
O a



^^
e
— o
CO -.4
U 4J
••4 CO
E TJ
OJ ...
£. X
0 O










4J
C
41
E
TJ
e
3
o
0.
E
>M4

e
CO

e
.-4

4J
3
O
TJ
-
b
b
CO
U

•
O
V U-l 00
41 a x--4 4J
C .C • b u b C
•- 1 4J TJ 41 41 O 4)
vw 41 > a. uj g
00 b 00 -i-i
b 4J 0) 0> 1 TJ TJ
O C 4-» *v4 OJ 41 41
• UJ OJ to u 4J 00
ao E S g9 >*4 to
4J 41 .^ 01 cooo bTJ
O — TJ TJ 01 4-1 4)
3 XI 4) c TJ 00 u
•« w:rc iJC Ceo
o *- a- > =o "O c
b •* TJ 4) -H 6 -H
a 3 eu J3 u i oi E
00 C U 41 TJ 6
C 'H 4) 4) 4-1 4J
O 4J<0> U-IOO 4-1 C
"4 ObQ u^to OO
4j Z oo j: u 3 Z o


1
• p4
4^
00
41
a.
•
1 §
O -rf
t i
a b
> .e
u

B U^
C O
0
Jl C
b O
CO — 1
o • . j
O oo o
b 41 3
TJ TJ -0
X— 4)
£ u as




e
o
.»4
4J
U
3
TJ
01
at


£
%.y
•* K
TJ
01 O
f •>->





00
b e
41 o
4J *"4
CO 4-1
3 u
TJ «
C V
3 b
O
b <4-i
00 --4

b C
0 0
14-. --(
U
— CO

3 41
to e
.•4
U Q


















C
CO

c
• H

U
3
0

TJ
OJ

b
b
CO
U

OJ
b
CO





•
TJ
OJ
b
OJ
4J
CO
3
OJ
T!

e
41
JS

41
>



























•
4J
C
41
TJ
C
3
0
CL
E
.?4





















O b CO
Z 00 .C
ao
c
*f-l
00
3
09 00
— 41
CO 4J
4-1 CO
41 —
E 41
.e
x o
>
CO b
oj o
X
00
U4 41
O n
CO
00 J3
C

A 09
CO TJ
3 •-<
»-4 U
It, CO



e
o

4J 4J
c u
V CO
> b

O X
CO Id













































U

.0
o
x;
0.
o
b
TJ
X
f

UM
o

oo
c

£
cfi
3
^M
b.


















































•
U
•H
<4-(
X-^
b u
41 O<
> a
00
00 1
•- 01
4J
00 •-'
00 00
01
c -o
41 e
> «
• P4
4J 1
0 4>
41 4J
U 09
U-l CO
W 3




00
4-t
C
ta
4J
U
CO
U-l
b
3
00

oo
c

CO
3

93
U

e
CO
oo
b
O















































„



t
00
4J
b c
0 OJ
UJ g
>*4
TJ TJ
41 01
U 00
09
b TJ
4J 41
09 4J
e a
o e
81
TJ 8
4J
4J C
O O
Z U










































o
4J

>
o
J






b
OJ
4J
CO
3
TJ
C
3
O
b
ao

b
O
14-1

_«
to
4J
e
OJ
4J
O
Bu




41
C

U4

b
O
U-l

4J
J3
CO
4J
• H
3
00

4J
O

1
CO
,*
i-4
CO
b
O
TJ

f:

U-l
O

S
D.

00
C

4J
CO
3
"~i
TJ
<
C
o
4.
to
N

•
CO
b
4J
3
4J
Z

i
>*^
T>
41
X

O
4J





CO
C
o

4^
u e
to to
41
b e
• r4
U-l
— .U
3
C O
O
—4 -O
4J U
CO •-
C b
"^ b
§to
U
4J
C U
O u
u n



ij
CO
X •
u -a
D
00 b
4J 'V
C U
oj a
E '3
•H ,11
Tl TJ
41
co e
in
T) iU
4> J3
C
•«4 (U
to >
b a
oo j;









,
00
g
S
V
b
4J
00

OJ
4J
X
to
3

41
C
.^
— *












T>
4>
3
C
• rH
4J
C
O
u




















,
4J
C
OJ
1
c
3
O
a
E
.-4


^
00
4J
b C
O OJ
UJ g
.p4
TJ TJ
41 4J
4J 00
CO
b TJ
U OJ
00 4J
e to
o c
51
TJ S
4J
4J C
0 0
Z U







































C-52

-------


































•c
OJ
3
c
*H
±j
o
Cl
^

•
in
I
6

d?
i"
H






































a
3
(U

••^
«8
01
DC









OB
U
U
a
a.
e


5*,
b
a
•o
c
o
u
01
en








09
0
^t
OJ

• f)
E













00
c
o
• H
^
a
o


a
a








V
3
cr
• •d
c

u
£














•
as
i_j
U
a
a
_e


jj
e
0
o

U
• *4
C
oo
09

O
z

^
0>

a
b
00 «O
C V
O u
E *
V C
•o —

• &S ft •
~* jj j-i
— e c
3 O 01
"" ° .S

jj b T3
o o «
Z «-i oo


o


u 1
— e •
3 O 00
y O 03
— 0
w-i 13 B.
IM ft)
• mt U CO
•0 es oj
c
U* "J J=
O b 0
0 3
C — i 00
o j:
— y 09
u JJ
*8 01 C
•o -D n
q 0) C

oo oo g
41  e
f-M «"J
(0 U
U O
**4 ^H
1-5

CJ O

o
.
> 00
O —i
J X


01 •
n e
00 g
b e •€
01 O C
U .H 3
OJ jj o
a o a.
T3 « e
C 01 — <
3 b
o e
b «-* OJ
00--
e
u C •-<
0 0
U-l .prf ij
•u 3
-i « 0
B e
.* .-1 73
u g 01
c B •-
OJ JJ b
JJ C b
O O «J
tx o y

1 "
u W OJ OJ
e *
41 ••- 0)
J3 01
a 09 c
4J QJ
•-•00)
3 0) J3
» c
•rf 01
U CB >
O b OJ
Z oo j:
MJ
o
0)
00
e
OJ 1
b C
o
0) C
•c

2 to •
0}
«J u — 1
C 0)
<" 0) >
O 00 01
ai —
C b
o a. ss
—4 b
u 00 O
(0 y 4J
•a ••* .j

b OJ .-1
oo oo .c
01 b C
O 0 — i



^M
flj u
y e
•-4 01
eo E
O JJ
— OJ
O 01
••4 b
03 H























"









.
o
09 09

oj b e
.a o 01
**4 g
OJ T3 T3
g 01 01
U 09
01 
-------
                                 APPENDIX D

                 CONTAMINATED MATERIAL DISPOSAL TECHNIQUES


     Removal and treatment of contaminated bottom materials from lakes,
streams, rivers, coastal waters, and estuaries can generate the following
wastes that require ultimate disposal:

     •    Contaminated or treated sediments (Appendices B and C)

     •    Effluents from liquid waste treatment (Appendix C)

     •    Residues (solids and sludges) from aqueous waste treatment and
          incineration (Appendix C).

     These wastes may be disposed of by various methods, but the selection
of a disposal method must consider whether the waste is a hazardous waste
under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) or a regulated
PCB-containing material under the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA).
In general, the-above three waste streams must be disposed of  by strict
standards if:

     1.  They are ignitable, corrosive, reactive, and/or are toxic
         according to a prescribed leaching test (see EP Toxicity in
         Appendix G, Glossary) under RCRA (40 CFR, Parts 261-20 to
         261.24), and/or

     2.  They contain any concentration of a RCRA-listed substance, and/or

     3.  They contain PCBs in excess of 50 ppm.

     Of the criteria in Item 1, only EP toxicity is likely to apply to
contaminated sediments or to the effluents and residues generated by their
treatment or incineration.  Environmental physical and chemical
conditions at the bottoms of water bodies would generally preclude sediments
from exhibiting any ignilable, corrosive, or reactive properties that con-
taminants may have exhibited prior to entering the water body.  The contam-
inants most likely to cause EP toxicity in contaminated sediments are the
heavy metals: cadimum, chromium, lead, and mercury.

     As suggested by Item 2 above, contaminated bottom materials or the ef-
fluents and residuals generated by their treatment could also fall under
the definition of a RCRA hazardous waste if they are known to result from a
cleanup of a spill of one or more of the materials listed under 40 CFR,
                                    D-l

-------
Part 261.30 to 261.33.  It is important to note that any concentrations of
"listed" substances in the cleanup materials results in their classification
as RCRA hazardous wastes.

     PCS concentrations in sediments, treatment effluents, or residuals
are regulated under TSCA.  TSCA regulations require that substances
containing PCBs in concentrations exceeding 50 ppm be disposed at special
PCB disposal facilities approved by EPA.  Under TSCA, intentional dilution
cannot be used to reduce to PCB concentrations below the threshold concen-
tration of 50 ppm.

    This appendix describes disposal options in separate sections for
sediments, liquids, and residuals.  Options are discussed primarily in
terms of an overview of regulatory requirements and standards stipulated
under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), the Clean Water
Act (CWA), the Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act (MPRSA),
and other Federal regulations.  These regulations affect and, in most
cases,' dictate the available methods of disposal for such materials.
D.I  SEDIMENTS
     Sediments that are removed in the course of a cleanup project can vary
in composition and level of contamination.  There are basically three
methods of disposal: landfilling, land treatment, and open water disposal.
However, open water disposal is not a legal option for hazardous or PCB-
contaminated sediments.  Moreover, PCB-contaminated sediments may not be
placed in land treatment-facilities; they can be placed only in EPA-approved
landfills.  Landfilling may be used for any type of non-PCB containing
sediment disposal, but sediments containing hazardous wastes must be disposed
of in specially permitted landfills or land treatment facilities, which are
constructed and operated according to more rigid permit conditions than
those facilities limited to acceptance of only nonhazardous sediments.
Landfilling and land treatment of hazardous and nonhazardous sediments and
open water disposal of nonhazardous sediments are discussed in the following
sections.
     D.I.I  Landfilling


          D.I. 1.1  Description
     A landfill is a waste disposal facility where waste materials are
placed in or on a controlled land area and are covered in the manner that
isolates them from the environment.  A RCRA hazardous waste landfill must
be designed and operated according to the RCRA Landfill Facility Standards
under 40 CFR Parts 264 and 265 or according to the state hazardous waste
regulations in those states with authority to administer this part of the
                                    D-2

-------
RCRA regulations.  Nonhazardous waste landfills must be designed and
operated according to the regulations in the relevant state and/or local
government.  These state and local regulations are generally based on
guidelines and criteria for solid waste management, issued under sections
1008(a) and 4004 of RCRA and under 40 CFR, Parts 241 and 257.  Disposal
regulations (particularly in California) for both nonhazardous and hazardous
wastes are more stringent in certain states than Federal disposal regulations.
Therefore, state regulations should be considered carefully when identifying
and evaluating disposal alternatives.

     The RCRA Hazardous and Solid Waste Amendments (HSWA) of 1984 require new
hazardous waste landfills to have a double liner system, a leachate collection
system, and a leachate removal system.  The double liner system may consist
of two synthetic liners and at least 5 feet of clay, or one synthetic liner
and a clay layer that will not be penetrated by waste leachate for at least
30 years, even if the synthetic liner fails (USEPA 1984).  Requirements
for nonhazardous waste landfills are less stringent, but vary considerably
between states.  Generally, these requirements allow for consideration of
geologic features (such as a natural clay layer) in the design of leachate
control and groundwater protection systems.

     Wastes can be transported to an existing permitted landfill, or a new,
dedicated landfill can be constructed.  Construction of a dedicated landfill
should be considered in terms of the duration of the project, the costs of
alternate disposal options, the degree of natural waste containment offered
by the potential landfill site, local public awareness and sentiment, and
the duration and complexity of the state permitting process.  These are
only a few of the factors that will affect the decision on costs and time
involved in providing a dedicated nonhazardous landfill.


          D.I.1.2  Applications
     Hazardous waste landfills can receive both nonhazardous waste and
hazardous wastes as defined under RCRA (see Section D.I.1.1 for definitions)
Nonhazardous waste landfills can receive only nonhazardous wastes.
Revisions to the RCRA regulations, under the authority of the Hazardous and
Solid Waste Amendments of 1984, are currently being implemented.  The
revisions will prohibit landfilling of bulk liquid wastes by late 1985,
and gradually prohibit landfilling of certain types of hazardous wastes
over the next decade.
          D.I.1.3  Limitations
     There are almost no limitations for disposing of nonhazardous sediments
in existing nonhazardous landfills.  Some facilities may be restricted to
municipal or industrial wastes.  Other nonhazardous landfill facilities
may have maximum daily disposal volumes or may limit the percentage of
                                    D-3

-------
liquids allowed in bulk wastes.  The most severe limitation  to  the disposal
of nonhazardous sediments in existing landfills is the transportation
distances involved.  Long transport distances may result in  extremely high
ultimate disposal costs.

     Limitations concerning hazardous waste landfills include those
listed above for nonhazardous waste landfills and several additional
limitations.  By mid-1986, hazardous waste landfills will not be allowed to
receive materials containing free liquid (liquid that can separate by
gravity or compression from the bulk of the material).  Individual landfills
may have more stringent waste-acceptance restrictions.  PCB-contaminated
materials exceeding 50 ppm cannot be accepted at hazardous waste landfills
that do not have EPA approval for PCBs.

     It should also be noted that the option of constructing a  dedicated
landfill for disposal of contaminated sediments should be considered only
under the most extreme circumstances, such as when hundreds  of  thousands of
tons of wastes are involved.  For example, the construction  of  one four-acre
hazardous waste landfill would cost a minimum of $10 million, not including
post-closure maintenance and permitting costs.  The minimum  time to obtain
a permit for a hazardous waste landfill is about 2 1/2 years.


          D.I.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Special requirements and considerations differ significantly between
different states and depend on whether wastes are being landfilled at a new
landfill or at an existing landfill.  For a new hazardous waste landfill, a
RCRA permit is required and the facility must also be designed to meet
requirements which are stricter than those applied to existing landfills
(see previous section).

     RCRA requires all owners and operators of hazardous waste land disposal
facilities to establish a groundwater monitoring program.  The groundwater
monitoring program must be capable of determining the facility's impact on
the quality of groundwater in the uppermost aquifer underlying the facility.
Many states now require similar monitoring at nonhazardous waste disposal
sites.

     After 1985, sludges and slurries meeting the definition of a hazardous
waste must be treated (see Section C.2) to remove any free liquid before
landfilling.  EPA is currently (mid-1985) refining its definition of free
liquids and is providing guidance methods that may be used to remove free
liquids from waste streams.  Other pretreatment requirements, such as
neutralization and precipitation of metals, will depend on landfill permit
requirements and state regulations.
                                    D-4

-------
     All hazardous wastes that are being transported for off-site disposal
must be properly manifested in accordance with 40 CFR Parts 262 and 263.
These same regulations also describe the requirements for labelling,
placarding, and packaging wastes according to Department of Transportation
(DOT) regulations.
     D.I.2  Open Water Disposal


          D.I.2.1  Description
     Open water disposal involves placement of materials into ocean,
estuary, river, or lake waters or wetlands, where the materials settle to
the bottom of the water body.  Materials are normally dumped or pumped from
barges, scows, or hoppers into the water column.  This type of disposal is
regulated by under the Marine Protection Research and Sancuaries Act and
under Section 404 of the Clean Water Act.
          D.I.2.2  Applications
     The applicability of open water disposal for a particular dredged
material must be determined on a case-by-case basis.  In general, ocean
disposal and disposal in inland waters is suitable only for noncontaminated
sediments, and for sediments with only trace levels of contaminants that
can be demonstrated to cause no harm to the receiving water body.
          D.I.2.3  Limitations
     Open water disposal of dredged materials is not applicable to contami-
nated sediments that will adversely impact the chemical, physical, or
biological integrity of the receiving water body.  Because of the stringency
of testing requirements, the permitting process is costly and time-consuming,
particularly for a permit for ocean disposal or disposal in a wetland area.
Further, the presence of hazardous contaminants in dredged sediments could
cause regulatory authorities to deny an openwater disposal permit.


          D.I.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations


     Ocean disposal of dredged material is regulated by the Marine
Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act of 1972.  This act requires
that a permit can be issued only after consideration of the environmental
effects of the proposed operation, the need for ocean dumping, alternatives
to ocean dumping, and the effect of the proposed action on aesthetic,
                                    D-5

-------
recreational, and economic values.  Furthermore, bioassays and bioaccumula-
tion studies must be conducted to determine whether contaminants will
adversly affect biota.  A detailed environmental assessment is also required
(Peddicord 1980).

     Disposal of dredged material in estuaries and inland waterways is
regulated mainly by Section 404 of the Clean Water Act.  The criteria are
similar to those for ocean dumping in that issuance of a permit requires
prior demonstration that dumping will not adversely impact water quality
and biota.  Testing requirements may typically include chemical comparison
of the dredged material with the disposal site sediments and possibly
benthic bioassay and bioaccumulation studies (Peddicord 1980).
     D.I.3  Land Treatment/Disposal


          D.I.3.1  Description
     Land treatment of wastes and solids is generally a biological treatment
technique used on both RCRA hazardous and nonhazardous organic wastes.
Land treatment reduces the waste volume through evaporation and transforms
contaminants into a less complex organic and inorganic mixture suitable for
soil cultivation.

     Land treatment may be used to dispose of dredged sediments or effluent
from treatment facilities.  The wastes are spread or sprayed over land in a
controlled manner such that no runoff occurs, and all of the free liquids
in the wastes either infiltrate the ground surface or evaporate.  Land
treatment is facilitated by microorganisms that are naturally occurring in
the soil and degrade wastes.  The land application area is diked to prevent
erosion and runoff and to help keep the soil moist.  Liquid or sludge is
applied by spraying or spreading on the land surface or injection below the
surface.  Under proper conditions of aeration, moisture, and nutrient concen-
trations, and with correct application rates, bacteria degrade the wastes
to carbon dioxide and water.  The soil also has a limited capacity to
immobilize organics by various chemical means (Morrison 1983).  When only
nonhazardous liquids are involved, this technique is sometimes called
"spray irrigation".

     Land treatment of hazardous wastes is stringently controlled by Federal
requirements and by equally (or more) stringent state regulations in those
states authorized to administer RCRA land disposal regulations.  Land
treatment of nonhazardour wastes is regulated by the individual states;
Federal laws do not apply.
                                    D-6

-------
          D.I.3.2  Applications
     Land treatment of relatively contaminant-free waste is best used in
arid climates to afford maximum evaporation.  Biodegradable contaminants
can be present in the waste since treatment is accomplished by bacteria
within the soil.

     Land treatment is best suited for wastes types that are amenable to
biodegradation.  Waste oil and grease and certain pesticides and solvents
can be treated by land application.  RCRA regulations (40 CFR Part 264)
allow application of any hazardous wastes that can effectively be degraded,
transformed, or immobilized.  However, there are stringent requirements to
assure complete degradation of specific constituents and protection of the
underlying groundwater.  There is no list of acceptable or unacceptable
wastes and suitability must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis (Morrison
1983).
          D.I.3.3  Limitations
     Land treatment of hazardous wastes will probably not be permitted in
areas with a high water table since the regulations require a minimum
separation of three feet between the bottom of the treatment zone and the
seasonal high water table.  Land treatment is also not well suited to
soils with high moisture content since this may impede oxygen transfer to
soil microorganisms (Morrison 1983).  Land treatment cannot be accomplished
on frozen or snow-covered land and is, therefore, seasonally not appropriate
in some climates.  In addition to the above limitations, land treatment of
hazardous and nonhazardous waste is subject to most of the same limitations
discussed for landfills under Section D.I.I.  However, it is generally more
difficult to obtain a RCRA permit for a hazardous waste land treatment
facility than for a landfill.


          D.I.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Land treatment of wastes from a hazardous waste spill cleanup must
comply with the intent of RCRA regulations (40 CFR Part 264).  The regula-
tions require that the wastes be degraded, immobilized, or transformed in
the "treatment zone."  Groundwater in the unsaturated zone beneath the
treatment zone must be monitored to ensure effectiveness of the method.
The regulations also require a "treatment demonstration" prior to operation
of a facility.  The treatment demonstration will determine what wastes are
allowable and under what conditions.  These conditions are specified in a
facility permit required prior to implementation.
                                    D-7

-------
D.2  LIQUIDS
     Wastewater that is removed in the course of a cleanup project can vary
in the presence and concentration of contaminants.  Further, contaminated
wastewater may or may not have been treated prior to disposal (see Section
C.3).  Three methods of wastewater disposal (direct discharge, land treat-
ment, and deep well injection) are described in the following sections.
     D.2.1  Direct Discharge


          D.2.1.1  Description
     Direct discharge is the discharge of any material into "waters of the
United States," defined in 40 CFR, 122.3 as navigable waters, tributaries
to navigable waters, lakes, rivers, and streams that are used for recreation,
commercial fishing, and other interstate commerce.

     The EPA regulates direct discharges through the National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination System (NPDES).  Some states have been given the
authority to administer the NPDES program and may have more stringent
requirements than the Federal program.  In general, any party responsible
for discharging from a point source must obtain a permit that specifies
discharge limitations in terms of quantity of flow, concentrations of
contaminants, and mass of contaminants.  The contaminants chosen for each
applicant vary according to general industry and site-specific criteria.


          D.2.1.2  Applications
     Direct discharge of liquid is generally applicable to effluents from
treatment facilities and other waste streams that contain relatively low
concentrations of contaminants.  Larger, high-flow water bodies generally
are able to receive higher discharge flows and contaminant concentrations
because of dilution.
          D.2.1.3  Limitations
     NPDES permit requirements may necessitate wastewater treatment to lower
contaminant concentrations prior to discharge.  The NPDES permitting process
is generally lengthy and may be extended by the uncertainty of the discharge
compositions from hazardous materials cleanup projects.
                                    D-8

-------
          D.2.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     A request for a permit must generally be submitted a minimum of 180
days prior to the anticipated date of discharge.  The permit regulations
require that extensive data be submitted as part of the application including
information on flow rates, quantitative waste characterization, location of
discharge, etc.

     At the present time (mid-1985), EPA is determining the most appropriate
limitations for direct discharge from Superfund sites; therefore, permit
applications may meet with considerable delay.

     Furthermore, the applicant should expect monitoring to be a requirement
under the permit, regardless of the concentrations of contaminants in the
proposed discharge.  The permit will also specify monitoring methods and
frequencies and procedures for installing and maintaining monitoring equip-
ment.
     D.2.2  Deep Well Injection


          D.2.2.1  Description
     Deep well injection involves the subsurface placement of fluid through
a well that has been permitted by a state or EPA permit-issuing authority.
The well must be cased and cemented to prevent the movement of fluids into
or between underground sources of drinking water.  Furthermore, the well
must be located so that the point of injection is at least one quarter of a
mile above or beneath the lower-most formation containing groundwater.
Other design criteria and standards that apply to deep well injection are
described in 40 CFR Parts 144 through 146.
          D.2.2.2  Applications
     The permit conditions for each deep well injection facility specify
the types of wastes that may be injected.  Wastes accepted for deep well
injection are usually inorganic with low organic content.  The wastes must
meet a relatively stringent suspended and settleable solids specification
to prevent clogging of the injection zone (Wuslich 1982).

     Pending revisions (mid-1985) to RCRA regulations may result in a
ban on certain waste types from deep well injection.
                                    D-9

-------
          D.2.2,3  Limitations
     The off-site disposal of hazardous liquid wastes at an existing deep
well site would not present major limitations other than the need to manifest
each shipment.  Disposal of nonhazardous liquids by off-site deep well
injection would probably not be cost-effective.  On-site disposal of wastes
by deep well injection will almost invariably be cost-prohibitive because
of the extensive testing required to design and locate a well that can be
demonstrated to have no adverse impact on drinking water and public health.


          D.2.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations


     Monitoring programs are required with deep injection wells in order to
detect migration of contaminants into drinking water aquifers.  Injection
wells must be equipped with continuous recording devices for monitoring
injection pressure, flow rate, and volume.  Waste streams to be injected
must be pretreated using granular media filtration and possibly ultrafiltration
to remove suspended solids greater than 1 micron in size.  Persons intending
to dispose of wastes by deep well injection must apply for and obtain a
permit that complies with all applicable standards and criteria specified
in 40 CFR Parts 144-146.
D.3  SLUDGE AND'SOLID TREATMENT RESIDUALS
     Treatment residuals, as defined in this appendix, are sludges and solid
byproducts of treatment processes.  Treatment residuals include but are
not limited to spent sorbents, precipitation/coagulation sludges, filter
media, scrubber sludges, and oil and grease.  Three disposal methods (land-
filling, incineration, and land treatment) are described in the following
sections.
     D.3.1  Landfilling


          D.3.1.1  Description
     The description of landfilling of sediments under Section D.I.1.1 also
applies to treatment residuals.
                                    D-10

-------
          D.3.1.2  Applications
     The applications of landfilling for sediment disposal under Section
D.I.1.2 also apply to treatment residuals.  Treatment residuals that are
most appropriate for landfilling are spent sorbents, filter media, "fixed"
and solidified sludges, and other solid materials.
          D.3.1.3  Limitations
     The limitations of landfilling for sediment disposal under Section
D.I.1.3 also apply to treatment residuals.
          D.3.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     The special requirements and considerations of landfilling for sediment
disposal under Section D.I.1.4 also apply to treatment residuals.
     D.3.2  Incineration
          D.3.2.-1  Description
     Incineration is the process of reducing the volume and/or toxicity of
organic wastes by exposing them to high temperatures under controlled
conditions.  The main products of incineration include carbon dioxide,
water, ash, and certain acids and oxides.  The most commonly used inciner-
ators for solid and liquid wastes are rotary kiln, multiple-hearth, fluidized
bed, and high temperature fluid wall.  Some incinerators are commercially
available in mobile systems that can be transported to a cleanup project
for on-site incineration of waste materials.  Otherwise, off-site facilities
must be used.
          D.3.2.2  Applications
     The BTU content of the waste is an important factor in determining
suitability of a waste stream for incineration, and treatment residuals are
likely to have low BTU contents.  In the hazardous waste incineration
industry, it is common to blend wastes with fuels to achieve an overall
heating value of 8,000 BTU/lb or more (Oppelt 1981).  A commercial hazardous
waste facility may not accept a waste that has a BTU value unsuitable for
blending or direct use.
                                    D-ll

-------

-------
Depending upon the type of incinerator, state and Federal regulations for
incinerator facilities, and the facility's permit conditions, different
maximum air emissions concentrations may be set for chlorine, sulfur, metals,
and ash content.  In addition, the facility must be able to achieve 99.99
percent destruction and removal efficiency for each principal organic
hazardous constituent (POHC) in the permit.  Each facility permit will
specify POHCs to be used in monitoring the emission levels.  More stringent
destruction efficiencies are required to burn PCBs.  In general, rotary
kiln and high-temperature fluid wall incinerators are able to accept
compounds with a higher heat of combustion than multiple hearth and fluidized
bed incinerators (Stoddard 1981).
          D.3.2.3  Limitations


     Incineration is not applicable for destruction of inorganic wastes.
Highly chlorinated waste, such as PCBs and dioxins, are not permitted at most
facilities.  Incineration is also not applicable for any waste type that
will cause an existing facility to violate permit conditions.


          D.3.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations


     Air pollution control equipment is generally required to remove
particulates and certain gases from the exhaust gas stream.  Wet scrubbers
are generally used for this purpose, although electrostatic precipitators
may be used for removal of particulates, and afterburners may be used for
combustion of certain gases.

     Incinerators generally require use of water to cool certain portions
of the system.   Auxiliary fuel may also be required particularly for low-BTU
wastes.

     Federal regulations require that an operator obtain a permit to
incinerate hazardous wastes.  The Federal regulations specify incinerator
requirements, including test burns for new facilities, under 40 CFR Part 264.

     State regulations may be more stringent than the Federal regulations.


     D.3.3  Land Treatment/Disposal


          D.3.3.1  Description
     The description of land treatment and disposal of wastewater and other
liquid effluents under Section D.I.1.1 also applies to treatment residuals.
                                    D-12

-------
          D.3.3.2  Applications
     The applications of land treatment and disposal of liquid and solid
wastes under Section D.I.1.2 also applies to treatment residuals.
          D.3.3.3  Limitations
     The limitations of land treatment and disposal of liquid and solid
wastes under Section D.I.1.3 also apply to treatment residuals.
          D.3.3.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     The special requirements and considerations of land treatment and dis-
posal of liquid and solid wastes under Section D.I.1.4 also apply to treatment
residuals.
D.4  SUMMARY
     Disposal methods and information pertinent to their evaluation and
selection are summarized in Table D-l.
                                    D-13

-------














C/D

«— ^
tan?
o*
M
2
X
r^
U
H

kJ
•^J
CO
O
CM
CO
M
Q


I-J
 BO
33




1 C
•* O
b •«•*
W  3
> O
• H T3

U eg
4) ig
b 03

C C
co o
o c


oo
c
• H
•Hi
— «
•H

T3
C
CO
J











.
c
0

^
eo
e

1
c
o
u

41

CO
5
C
3
O

oo

T3
e
co



•O b •
4) 4) 4> 09
.43 4-1 .O pH
a E —
4J 4) 3 — '
o u e >4-i
c -a u TJ
C 4i eg -H e
eg u •-( eo
• - v eg 41 co ^4
C b E
TJ *H eg ao TJ
• •*•* € 4*
CO 3 • S 00 CO >
^ 0-TJ 4J « 0
eg .H 41 c eg ss b
b CL U b C Q.
41 4> 41 1 41 O CO
4J 41 U CO 4J
eg M u u co u u-i
E t» eg a. E "> O



















•
09
41
00
TJ
3
_M
CO

















o
4-1

|y
3



TJ
C
0
U
4)
00

eg
00
c
• H
09
3
eg
u

b
O
<4-t
—
eg
• H
u
e
41
^
O
a.
BO
e
*H
. i
•H CO
e -H
— O eg
eg — o >
•« CM ' °

0 TJ E 0-
e -H a
C co u eg
O — i
•H TJ B£
u TJ C C
O 41 CO -rt
3 4J 4J
b eo X 4J
co -H u E
C TJ SO C
O 41 O 41
CJT3O Du

4-1
C
eg
c
1
4J
c
o
u

J
o


J=
4^
'5
CO
4-1
e
4)
E

T>
41
CO



b
41
^j
CO
9

e
4>
a
o




§
.pd
•o
41
00
e

a
41
b
a.
CO

b
o
8 .

j3 v
O "
b £>
a o
b
— a.
CO
4J ^^
C eg
§^J
• l»f
0 C
b -H

'> 41
e x
4) 4J




1
0
u

41
_e
^i

09
•^4
00 •
co eo
41 e
y .H
1 1
a. co














•
to
e
a
CO
b
jj
C
41
O
e
o
u





^
CO
00
o
a.
0)

O









eg

*
c
0

4J
eg
e

1
e
o
u
b
V
4J
eg
j
—
co
tfi
4^
C
41

o
a,



41
CO
E

00
41
•^
3

CO
09
3
O
b
eg





09
4J
C
41
E

T3
41
00


o

09
41
,-4
O
>

V
ao
b
03
^

























•
CD
^
C
a
c
• •4
i
c
o
u
U-l
O

C
o
Cfi
e
41
a
00
3
09
0)
b





^
y
• •4
41
b
a.

o
u •
CO
TJ 4J
4) y
T3 CO
a) a.
4> E
e .5























































t^J
O

e
o
CO
c

1
4^
c
o
y

CO
.-4
4J
C
0)
4^
o
a.

>^
^^
BO
• «i4
O


41
J3
a
y

•M
a
eg
4-1
o





































































09
41

b
41

CO
'-4
U-l


•
CO
c
• 1*4
T)
V
00
n
4)

CO
c
.-4
e
o
u












































o
£
9 y




41 TJ
u e
eg co .
j: e
U b O
eg 4) —
41 4J 4J
— BO
9 C
OOT3 -H
C C E
•H 3 a
CD O 4-1
3 b C
eg eo o
y y

b C b
O CO 41
CM u
C eg
CO -H
•H 4J 4)
u eg y
C b 01
ft) U U-i
U C b
O 41 3
Ou 00 CO

TJ
f- ,_«
00 O
-C *H y
OCX
.c - c
CO CO
C eg

b CO
T3 03 eg
ft) 3j
4J 4) b
4J — 0)
•H J3
E eo -
b u -*
41 CO
CL u u-i
4> C
O W 03
Z 9 b
CO
41 •
BO 41

~* eg 09
CO TJ C
eg o
TJ b — 4
e oo 4J
CO 4) 03
TJ b
. O 4J
CO --4 C
T3 .O 4)
•H y
3 b c
cr o 0
•H — . y
C u
- eg c
09 03
4-1 3 c
c o -H

E 03

TJ 4-* C
ft) .-4 O
CO > U
c
4>

^J
eg
41 —
b eg
H co
o
T3 Q-
C CO
CO >H
" 0
TJ
41
3
C
• -4
4J
C
0
y









































•
CO
4>
4J
03
E
y








































D-14

-------































^_1^
^^
•a
D
3


•H
U
C
o
U
XwS

•
••H
a


j
B5
2








































u
CO
O
u
Ol
>
• rd
*d
CO
ai
cc











CO
u
u
CO
a
e
1-1

>-,
b
CO
"O
e
o
y
OJ
C/3











a
e
o
.•*
id
CO
4d
• *J
_6
°.J









00
c
o
• •d
U
a
y
• •d
^d
a
a.
<









01
3
tr
• id
E
.C
y
01
H





>
3


'
w
e
•H
i
4d
e
o
y

00
B
•H
09
3
CO
y

Id
O
Ud

w-
CO
jd
c
Ol
id
Q
OL,

Id
o
vu u
y
0) • —
> 01 1-
"t E id
CD -H CD
B <->
01 u
id Ud 0)
CO- • - 0)
•-J e
01 =
T3 -O id
BO CO
CO —H 3
•-"I h E
«J B
v a -a
JD >*d
00 3
c e tr
CO O —
0— ,J



»
o

jC
id
• fd
J

CO
id
e
4J
3
*•*
Ud
Ud
0>

•c
01
id
a
o>
it
H
ij
B
V
E ^
id -o
a o>
01 — 3
I- CO c
H « —I id
O u y
•o a. B o>
E 09 O Id
eo •-< o --
-j o ^ o








.•d
•«
01
CO

•o
c
a

fcd
01
Jd
CO
3
01
a
CO
Ud
^
3
ce

O

E
O
.H
JJ



u
O
Ud

00
4J
B
0)
i
b
•
• »d
4J
CO

U
U

CO
01
4J
CO
w

»
_0

Ud




01
no
Id
ft)
d=
y
CO
• **
O











Ud
O

C
o
• »4
4J
CO
E
• *d
§
ia
B
O
y

_4
CO
• Ad
CO B
u 01
E u
OJ O
E 0-




1
E
O
y
Ud
O
09
E
O
••d
4J •
CO CO
U 4J
U E
C CO
01 E
y ••*
E E
0 8
y u







•
>,
•o
o
dO

Id
0)
JJ
CO
3

eo
E
• H
>
• *d
OJ
y
OJ
u







































•
ce
OJ
u
01
J=
a
• *4
Ud




E
CO
y
OB
CO
01
3
Id
0.
00
B
• *d
JJ
JJ
.*d
01
0.


















































































,
00
c
•l-(
1
OB
B
O
y
1
0)
J
4J
U
dO










































dC
eo
>^d
X




1
•o
B
3
O
u
00

00
E
lfd
00
3
CO
y

k4
O
Ud

*d
co
jj
B
01
u
o
e-


>,
CO
E

CO
4J
00
o
y
B
O
.*4
U
CO
4J
U
g.
OB
E
a
H


09
•a
•^
3
tr
,,d
^d

T3
OJ
4d
CO
C

i
4d
E
O
U

>,

jC
00
• r*
X




t-d
f«l
Ol
3

a.
OJ
u
0

















•
c
o
.^
4J
CO
c
•*•«
E
CO
jd
B
o
w
k4
OJ
Jd
CO
3


CO
3
0 -0
T> 01
^ T>
CO OJ B
H jD 01
CO a
J= >, 00
CO 3
ki E co
O
Ud U Id
6 0
01 • 01 Ud
E oo E
oi — u -a
t. co a eu •
u -H oi u m
X Id U •-. T)
OJ 01 u 3 -fd
AJ o) tr-d
OJ CO u. 11 O
ja E ex k> co



Ud
o
a
c
o
• H
Id
<0
k. •
4d 03
E T3
D -^
y -d
c o
O a
y
T!
> OJ
o -o
« E
OJ
.c a
4d 00
•rt 3
» 0)




C
O
• •d
JJ
y
OJ
"i
c
hd

i
• *4
."a
£







u
• *d
CO

00
E
«fd
09
3
CO
y

id
O
Ud

,H|
CO
u
e
", *J 6
6 « •*
CO -H -C g
oo -d 01 3
U **d 4J id
O y u E
E co — O
— i fc. E y
•o
Ol
CO
E
• *d
i
jj
E
O
y

•C
E
0!

CO
cu
4J
09 •
CO CO
J JJ
c
Ol O>
00 E
-o -5
3 TJ
_ oi
co en

















































I "n
OJ 01
E u
OJ —d CO
4J id . CU
•** X U
00 0> — 1 "
1 dO u
B 00 Ol
O >< O J3
CO y
id E "
O T! CO
Ud c 6 3 •
O CO E T3
00 "d D
E u 00 00 09
••d 03 E — O
u id -H co a.
W 01 E 3 CB
— 6 3 TJ -rt
E —^ co ••< -o
1- O C 09
OJ B O 0) Id
p* ••* y ad o








































D-15

-------
                                 APPENDIX E

           IN SITU CONTAMINANT TREATMENT AND ISOLATION TECHNIQUES
     In responding to a spill or a discharge of a sinking hazardous sub-
stance, it is sometimes physically or economically impractical to consider
removing all of the contaminated material from its location in the water-
course.  Response techniques that allow the.spilled substance or the con-
taminated sediments to remain in place (or "in situ") may be applicable in
such situations.
E.1  TREATMENT
     In situ treatment methods involve the addition and mixing of chemical
or biological reagents with contaminated bottom materials in place.  The
treatment promotes a physical, chemical, or biological reaction with the
contaminants to form products that pose a reduced hazard.  Treatment methods
include sorption and chemical and biological processes.  Each of these
treatment methods is discussed in the following sections.
     E.1.1  Sorption


          E.I.1.1  Description
     Sorption is the general term that refers to two processes:  adsorption
and absorption.  In both processes, a sorbant material removes contaminants
from a substance of concern (such as sediments) and incorporates the contam-
inants into its own structure.  In adsorption, contaminants are drawn into
small pore openings on the surface of the adsorbant material by physical
and chemical attractive forces.  In absorption, contaminants are "soaked
up" by the absorbant, sometimes causing the absorbant to swell as the
process takes place.

     There are various types of sorbents and gels that can be added to
contaminated sediments to induce the sorption process:  activated carbon,
polymer foams and fibers, resins, and gelling agents.
                                    E-l

-------
               Activated Carbon—

     Activated carbon is a highly porous carbon.  It is so porous that a
large percentage of the carbon atoms are surface atoms and are capable of
adsorbing other materials.  Activated carbon is made by controlled heating
of a variety of materials, including wood, coal, and coconut shells.  Three
methods of applying activated carbon to contaminated bottom materials are
carbon "pillows", direct carbon application, and permeable treatment barri-
ers.

     Carbon pillows are permeable filter bags filled with granules of
activated carbon.  Liquids can flow through the bag material, contact the
carbon, and flow back through the bag material into the water column.
Flotation units can be attached to the bags such that the bags are in a
vertical position on the bottom of the water body and the contaminants are
removed over an interval of depth (Pilie et al. 1975).

     Granules of activated carbon can also be applied directly to contami-
nated bottom materials.  Activated carbon is more capable than sediments of
"holding" contaminants over time and, to the extent that contaminants are
transferred from sediments to activated carbon, the contaminants are made
less available to leaching into the water column or otherwise re-entering
the environment.  A three-phased equilibrium is established with the higher
contaminant concentrations adsorbed to carbon, a lower concentration on the
sediment, and the lowest concentration in water (Mackenthur et al. 1979).
Laboratory studies have demonstrated the use of activated carbon in reducing
levels of organtcs in the water column, but the feasibility of this has not
been demonstrated on a large-scale application.

     Permeable treatment barriers consist of two parallel wire mesh fences
that are firmly anchored to the bottom.  The spacing between the fences is
filled with activated carbon in the form of carbon fibers, which resemble
loosely packed steel wool.  The fibers are weighted to sorb sinking spills.
Carbon fibers developed for testing purposes have shown excellent adsorption
potential in laboratory experiments (Pilie et al.  1975), but full-scale
applications have not been demonstrated.

               Polymer Foams and Fibers—

     A wide range of polymeric foams and fibers has been developed in
conjunction with hazardous oil spill recovery work.   These products have
been manufactured in a number of forms, including pillows, sheets, strips,
booms, and pads.  They are manufactured using various materials, including
polyethylene, polypropylene, and polyurethane.  Polymer foams and fibers
can be used in the treatment or sinking spills by weighting the sorbents so
that they sink to the bottom and contact the spill.

               Resins—

     Resins are synthetic sorbents with a porous structure that is similar
to the molecular porosity of activated carbon (Bauer et al. 1976) and can
                                    E-2

-------
be applied to in situ treatment of bottom materials in the manner described
for activated carbon, above.

               Ceiling-

     Gelling agents may be used for in situ coagulation of contaminated
sediments.  One commercially available product is imbiber beads, which are
made of polybutyl styrene.  These beads have the capacity to absorb organic
substances up to 27 times their volume.  Water can initially pass through
pads or pillows of the beads, which provide approximately 30 percent void
space.  Upon contact with an organic fluid, the beads expand and fill the
void space, preventing further flow.  Water is not absorbed and organic
contaminants are permanently locked into the imbiber bead matrix.  Gelling
agents are available in blankets or packets, which are weighted so they can
be deployed to the desired depth (EMCO undated).
          E.I.1.2  Applications
     Sorbents can be used only in relatively quiescent waters because of
the logistics of placement and the risk of resuspending contaminants.

     Activated carbon can effectively adsorb a broad range of organic and
inorganic constituents.  The adsorption efficiency depends on the type of
carbon, the properties of the constituents (i.e., molecular size, polarity,
solubility, and-solution pH), and the contact time with the carbon.

     Resins are less versatile than activated carbon.  However, if sulfo-
nated, resins sorb dissolved ionic contaminants more readily and are,
therefore, better suited to sorption of metals and ionic organics than
activated carbon.  Resins also tend to sorb soluble species, whereas acti-
vated carbon favors sorption of nonsoluble compounds.
          E.I.1.3  Limitations
     In situ treatment techniques are generally not widely proven and
accepted for treatment of contaminated bottom materials.  Consultation with
researchers and technical representatives may be needed to successfully
implement the techniques.

     The primary limitation of any sorption technique is that sorptive
materials do not destroy or remove the contaminants and desorption (release
of contaminants) over the long-term may occur.  In addition, there are some
limitations to the location in which some of the sorption methods can be
applied.  For example, carbon pillows are not effective in calm waters, as
some nominal flow is needed to continuously bring contaminants into contact
with the carbon.  Permeable treatment barriers cannot be used in deep and
                                    E-3

-------
fast-flowing waters.  High flow rates tend to wash away the wire mesh
fence, whereas low flow rates limit the contact between the carbon and the
contaminants.
          E.I.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations


     Deployment and placement of sorbents can require support vessels with
booms or cranes.  Diver assistance may be necessary in deep-water applications,
Manual labor and light equipment will be needed in shallow-water applications.

     Costs of in situ sorption treatment can vary widely, ranging from low
to high relative to other in situ techniques, depending on the contaminants,
the setting, and the sorbent used.


     E.I.2  Chemical and Biological Treatment


          E.I.2.1  Description
     Various chemical and biological treatment techniques can be used to
treat in situ contaminated sediments and sinking spills or discharges.
These techniques include precipitation, neutralization, oxidation, chemical
dechlorination, -and biological treatment.  These techniques are most common-
ly used to reduce the concentrations of hazardous substances in industrial
sludges and liquids.  Chemical and biological treatment techniques involve
mixing a treatment reagent with the contaminated sediments, allowing a re-
action to take place that will modify the waste and render it less hazardous.
Most chemical and biological treatment methods require other stream diver-
sion or containment of the contaminated sediments in order to allow for
proper mixing of the treatment reagent with the sediments and to ensure
adequate time for the treatment reagent to be in contact with the sediments.

               Precipitation—

     Precipitation controls contaminants by converting high-solubility
substances into low-solubility substances, thereby limiting their ability
to contaminate the water column.  The process involves stream diversion or
containment of a spill, followed by spreading and mixing precipitating
agents with the sediments.  The result is a low-solubility solid substance
(a "precipitate") that is a less hazardous substances.  This process is
amenable to inorganic contaminants.  Sulfide precipitation reagents are the
most promising because metal sulfide precipitates are the least soluble
metal compounds that are likely to form over a broad pH range.  Calcium
sulfate, iron sulfate, or gypsum may also be used as precipitation agents.
Solutions and slurries of precipitation agents can also be applied directly
to sediments in calm waters using pumps and hoses.
                                    E-4

-------
               Neutralization—

     Neutralization involves stream diversion or containment of a spill,
followed by spreading and mixing neutralizing agents with the sediments.
This process is amenable to treating highly acidic and basic contaminants.
The treatment reagents are weak acids and bases that react to form water
and, in general, less hazardous substances.  For example, calcium carbonate
or sodium bicarbonate (bases) are used to neutralize acidic substances.
Neutralizing agents can be applied to in situ sediments as slurries by
using sand spreaders or a diffuser head, or by open pipe discharge.  They
can be applied as solids either by broadcast spreading or by use of hand
shovels within the contained area.

               Oxidation—

     Oxidation involves the application of treatment reagents t'o oxidize
spilled substances, thereby converting them to less hazardous substances.
Containment of spills or contaminated sediments may be necessary prior to
oxidation in order to prevent loss of oxidant and oxidation of non-target
compounds outside the contaminated area.  Contaminants amenable to oxidation
include a wide range of organics.  Highly chlorinated compounds and nitro-
aromatics are not well suited to oxidation.  Treatment reagents used for
oxidation are oxygen and/or ozone, and hydrogen peroxide.

               Chemical Dechlorination—

     Chemical dechlorination entails the mixing of chemicals that react
with chlorinated compounds, converting the chlorine component to chlorine
salts and other nonhazardous compounds.  The process requires stream
diversion and sediment dewatering prior to mixing dechlorination agents
with the sediments.  Treatment agents used in this process are polythylene
glycol or potassium hydroxide.  Dechlorination is amenable to highly chlor-
inated organic contaminants, such as PCBs and dioxin.

               Biological Treatment—

     Biological treatment involves containment of contaminated materials
followed by the addition of microorganisms to the materials.  These micro-
organisms metabolize the contaminants, rendering them less hazardous.  An
oxygen source (for aerobic degradation) and nutrients must also be added to
support the microorganisms.  Biological treatment is used to degrade organic
contaminants.
          E.I.2.2  Applications
     In general, in situ chemical and biological treatment methods may be
most applicable to water bodies with low-velocity flows and currents.
                                    E-5

-------
     Precipitation is applicable to inorganic contaminants that are in  the
ionic (dissolved) form, particularly metals.

     Neutralization is applicable to highly acidic and basic contaminants.
However, unless the spilled substance is otherwise hazardous or if the
volume of the spill is large in relation to the size of the water body,
natural dispersion and dilution can often rapidly return the pH of the
water body to background.

     Oxidation is applicable to most organic compounds, except highly
chlorinated organics and nitro-aromatic compounds.

     Chemical dechlorination is applicable to highly chlorinated organic
compounds, such as PCBs and dioxin.

     Biological treatment is applicable to organic contaminants, provided
that, for aerobic treatment, sufficiently high concentrations of oxygen are
naturally or artificially available to the active bacteria.
          E.I.2.3 Limitations
     In situ treatment techniques are generally not widely proven and
accepted for treatment of contaminated bottom materials.  Consultation with
researchers and technical representatives may be needed to successfully
implement the techniques.

     Sulfide precipitation of inorganic contaminants (such as metals) is
effective only under reducing conditions.  In addition, sulfide precipitation
has the potential to release toxic hydrogen sulfide gas.

     The use of ferric sulfate as a neutralization agent under aerobic
conditions may result in the formation of hydrous iron oxides.  These oxides
can scavange heavy metals from the water column and may coat the gills of
bottom-feeding organisms.

     Oxidation may be difficult to induce in compounds that are sorbed to
sediments.  Further, when oxidation does occur, it can result in degration
products that are more mobile than the original contaminants.

     Chemical dechlorination treatment systems have a limited tolerance to
water.  Therefore, this method cannot be used where in situ dewatering
cannot be accomplished prior to treatment.

     Partial degradation products of biological treatment processes may be
more soluble or more toxic than the original contaminants.  In addition,
some microorganisms used for treatment may be pathogenic.  Degradation by
biological treatment may also proceed so slowly, especially at low tempera-
tures, that .its use alone may not be practical as a rapid spill response.
                                    E-6

-------
          E.I.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     All in situ chemical and biological methods have the potential for
secondary environmental impacts either as a result of the use of toxic
treatment reagents or as a result of toxic products from reaction or degrada-
tion.  Consequently, in situ treatment is generally limited to situations
where the contaminated area can be contained during treatment or where
stream flow can be diverted for the duration of treatment (see Appendix B).

     For all in situ treatment methods, the treatment reagents should be
well mixed with the contaminated material.  Mixing can be accomplished in
shallow waters with low-flow velocity by diverting the stream flow, spread-
ing the reagents, and mixing the reagents using rubber-tired or crawler
type rotor or trenching mixing equipment.

     When stream diversion is not possible, in situ chemical injection and
mixing methods may be used in cases of sinking liquids or slurries, and
covering/capping methods may be used in cases of solids or sediments.  The
application methods must be conducted under carefully controlled conditions
to minimize contamination of the water column.  Because of the potential
for secondary contamination and the difficulty of ensuring complete mixing
of the reagent with the spill or contaminated sediments, chemical and
biological treatment without stream diversion has limited application.

     Costs of in.situ chemical and biological treatment can vary widely,
ranging from low to high relative to other in situ techniques, depending on
the contaminants, the setting, and the chemical agent or biological organism
used.
E.2  ISOLATION


     Contaminated bottom materials can be physically isolated from the water
column by a variety of methods that essentially confine the contaminants in
place.  The confinement can be short-term or long-term, depending on the
needs of the situation.  Available isolation methods include covering and
capping and chemical fixation methods.  These methods are discussed in the
following sections.


     E.2.1  Covering and Capping


          E.2.1.1  Description
     Covering is the application of a noncontaminated material over the
surface of deposited contaminated materials.  Covering is intended to
                                    E-7

-------
physically protect the contaminated material from erosion and transport and
to limit interaction of the materials with the water column.

     Capping is a special case of covering in which low-permeability materi-
als are placed over contaminated materials so that the materials are essenti-
ally "sealed", preventing physical transport and contaminant migration by
dissolution into the water column.

     There are three basic types of cover and capping materials:  inert
materials, such as sand, silt, and clay; active materials, such as greensand,
gypsum, and limestone; and synthetic liner materials.

     Inert materials are placed over contaminated materials in granular
form and are not intended to chemically alter the contaminants.  Inert
capping materials can be further divided into three classes:  coarse-grained
materials, fine-grained materials, and noncontaminated dredge spoils.

     Active cover materials can be applied alone or with an inert material.
The purpose of an active cover is to react with the contaminated materials
to neutralize or otherwise detoxify the material, as well as to function as
a cover.  Potentially applicable active cover materials include:

     •  Limestone - neutralize acids

     •  Greensand - neutralize acids

     •  Oyster shells - neutralize acids

     •  Gypsum - precipitate metals

     •  Ferric sulfate - precipitate metals, neutralize bases

     •  Alum - neutralize bases

     •  Alumina - remove fluoride.

     Activated carbon and ion exchange resins are also active cover materials
in the sense that they adsorb contaminants.  The use of these materials is
discussed in Section E.1.1, Sorption.

     The correct emplacement of active cover materials is critical.  If
placed outside the spill or contaminated area, active cover materials can
be harmful to benthic organisms.  Because of the potential hazard of these
materials, they should be employed using a diffuser head or other system
that generates little suspension.

     Synthetic liners are low-permeability, flexible sheets that are custom-
arily used to seal lagoons for seepage control or to cap waste disposal
sites for infiltration control.  Liners are made from a variety of materials,
including polyethylene, polyvinyl-chloride, and hypalon.  In applications
involving contaminated bottom materials, a continuous liner can be placed


                                    E-8

-------
over  the entire area of  contamination.  Large applications  require  splicing
.and sealing of sections, which cannot be accomplished  under water.

      There are basically three methods for placing granular (inert  or
active) cover materials:

      •  Point dumping

      •  Pump-down methods

      •  Submerged diffuser systems.

      The amount of suspension and dispersion generated during capping and
covering is largely a function of the method and equipment  used  for emplac-
ing the material.  Levels of suspension and dispersion are  greatest with
point dump methods and lowest with diffuser head applications.   In  point
dump  applications, cover material is dumped from the water  surface, so  the
initial impact is largely determined by the range of particle sizes and the
cohesiveness of the material (Hand et al. 1978).

      In comparison with  point dumping methods, pump—down methods  are advan-
tageous because they create substantially less suspension and resuspension
of contaminated sediments.  Pump-down is accomplished  by means of pumping
the cover material through a discharge pipe with an outlet  located  close to
the desired area on the  bottom of the water body.

      The submerged diffuser system is one of the most  effective  methods for
controlling the placement of cover material.  The primary purpose of the
diffuser head is to reduce the velocity and the turbulence  associated with
the discharged cover material.  This is accomplished by routing  the flow
through a vertically oriented axial diffuser.  The submerged diffuser
provides increased control over the location of cover, decreased  scouring
of the bottom area, and  less turbidity in the area of  operation.

      A variation on the  diffuser system is the application  of shotcrete
(pneumatically applied concrete sprayed by hoses and nozzles).   Close
control of the nozzle can be maintained to place an effective cap or cover
over  submerged or exposed sediments.

      The ability of bottom organisms to colonize a capped area without
significant bioaccumulation of contaminants depends on the  type  of  cover
material, the similarity to natural surrounding sediments,  the thickness
of the cover, and the potential for leaching.  The cap must be sufficiently
thick to prevent burrowing.  The majority of organisms will be found in the
upper 0.3 to 0.5 feet of the strata with certain species expected to burrow
to depths of one to two  feet.  Therefore, a cap thickness of two  feet is
considered adequate (Bokuniewicz 1981).  Clay or silt  caps  are more sus-
ceptible to burrowing than sand caps, and this also should  be considered
when  determining the thickness of the cap.
                                    E-9

-------
          E.2.1.2  Applications
     Covering and capping methods are best suited for use in waters where
bottom currents and flow velocity are relatively low.  Coarse-grained cover
materials are best suited for applications where fine-grained materials
would be transported or eroded by currents.

     Covering and capping methods may be applied as a temporary remedial
response or as a primary and long-term response action.  They can also be
used as a final step in the remedial process to isolate any residual con-
taminated material following the recovery and removal of contaminated
material.  Covering and capping methods can also be used in conjunction
with other methods, such as containment dikes or trenches, to isolate and
treat contaminated materials.
          E.2.1.3  Limitations
     Placement and long-term effectiveness of caps and covers may not be
achievable in water bodies with high velocities or currents.  Placement of
covering and capping materials may cause suspension of the materials in the
water column and resuspension of bottom materials by the turbulence of cap
or cover placement.

     Synthetic liner materials have been considered at a number of sites
for containing contaminated sediments.  Splicing of sections of conventional
synthetic liners cannot be achieved under water, generally limiting the use
of synthetic caps to relatively small surface areas.  Also, many problems
with the placement of the membrane on top of the sediment, the durability
of the liner, and the compatability of the liner with the contaminated
sediments prohibit this method from being of value as a long-term isolation
technique.
          E.2.1.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Placement of cover and cap materials requires special equipment,
including some combination of barges, scows, pumps, piping, and diffusers.
Synthetic liners require specially fabricated equipment that is not readily
available.  In all but shallow water applications, diver assistance or.
closed-circuit television observation of the covering and capping progress
may be needed to ensure that proper depth and continuity are achieved.

     Costs of covering and capping techniques can vary widely, ranging from
low to high relative to other in situ techniques, depending on the
contaminants, the setting, and the cover or capping materials used.
                                    E-10

-------
     E.2.2  Fixation
          E.2.2.1  Description
     Fixation involves the mixing of a substance (fixation agent) with
contaminated material in order to embed the contaminated material in a
stable, solid form.  The process is most commonly used in solidifying
industrial sludges in order to make contaminants less mobile in the
environment.  A number of materials are used as fixation agents, including
cement, fly ash, quicklime, silicates, and bentonite.

     There are basically two methods for applying fixation agents to
contaminated bottom materials: in situ chemical injection and stream diver-
sion followed by mixing.

     In situ chemical injection methods involve the stabilization of con-
taminated sediments through the injection of grouting materials into the
sediments.  A method for grouting with clay-cement is the Deep Cement
Mixing Method, which was developed in Japan.  The system consists of a
number of injection pipes mounted on a barge.  The injection pipes are
connected to mixing pipes that enter the sediments.  Similar equipment is
available for deep mixing with quicklime.  The process is completed by
lowering the operating mixing apparatus (mixing blades are located within
the individual shafts) to the required depth and injecting a cement- or
lime-based slurry into the sediments.  The mixing blades are then reversed
and the shafts are removed and relocated (Takenaka Doboku, Co., Inc. un-
dated).  Another barge-mounted injection and mixing apparatus continuously
mixes the slurry with bottom materials and eliminates the need to continu-
ously raise, relocate, and lower the mixing apparatus (Natori 1984).

     Dewatered, exposed sediments can also be "fixed" by mixing cement,
quicklime, or a grout with the contaminated sediments in order to promote
stabilization.  The stabilizing agent is applied to the surface and mixed
with the contaminated sediments using rotor or trencher mixing equipment.
Following completion of the sealing or stabilizing operation, the sediment
bottom is restored to its natural grade and sediment composition in an
effort to restore the habitat for bottom organisms.


          E.2.2.2  Applications
     Fixation can be applied in water bodies with relatively low-flow
velocity and currents.  Fixation may be applied in high-velocity streams by
diverting stream flow around the area of concern.  The applicability of
fixation to the contaminant of concern is a matter of selecting the appro-
priate fixation agent.
                                    E-ll

-------
          E.2.2.3  Limitations
     Permeability and chemical compatibility restrict the potential
applications of many types of grouts.  For example, clay-cement grout may
not achieve a sufficiently low permeability to be acceptable in all cases.
Quicklime is suitable only for the containment of inorganics.  Neither clay
nor cement are compatible with acids and bases.  Compatibility and durability
of bentonite must be determined on a case-by-case basis.  The long-term
permeability and durability of silica gel grouts is not well known.


          E.2.2.4  Special Requirements/Considerations
     Fixation of contaminated bottom materials can require the use of
specialized equipment, such as mixing and injection equipment and support
vessels.  Diver support or closed-circuit television cameras may be needed
to monitor the progress and continuity of the process.

     Where stream diversion is used to expose bottom materials, cofferdams,
diversion channels, and pumps may be needed to maintain stream flow.
Tillers and bulldozers may also be needed for spreading and mixing fixation
agents with the bottom materials.

     Costs of in situ fixation can vary widely, ranging from low to high
relative to other in situ techniques, depending on the contaminants, the
setting, the accessibility of the bottom materials  (e.g., shallow depth or
stream diversion), and the fixation agent used.
E. 3  SUMMARY
     The in situ treatment and isolation techniques that are described in
this appendix include sorption, chemical and biological treatment, cover
and capping methods, and fixation.  A summary of the characteristics and
applications of each of these techniques is provided in Table E-l.
                                    E-12

-------












CO
>ZD
Cf
z
3C
U
Ex2

^^
z
o
M
H
3
o
CO
HH

Q

i?

H
Z
W
22
^H
u
04
H
=3
H
M
CO

g
p^

o
s
S3
s
co


*
»™H
|
w
u
CQ

2j
r^

























































































9)

JJ 00
fl O

0)
J3
03
jj
to
91
bi
H

9)
U
e
»
03
3
M

^W
0

1

H



03
JJ
U
(0
a
B

^
bi
to
e
o
u
0)





03
e
o

to
jj
•H
J








03
C
O
•H
JJ
10
u

1-4
ex
a.

3

•H •
B U 00
O 0 U
•A v v
bl UJ JJ
10 HJ=bi9)^ JJOIJJ JJOO'H U5 — '
rtJJOOJJJ 319 31*-! 106
•H-H CO) 91 3  ^ toWO 109) 3X
ObiQOO) OJ^H^J 9)^491 OJJ
J21)9)t-lE Bbi-J EbiOC -H-H
UJJJJJ^O blbltO blUE bl^H
U3bitojj a. J3 ;« cujab >xi







E-13

-------










»•



























^™N
•^

•1
c
•H
l_i
c
o
u
-
*
~H
1
w
3
flp

0
§ a
tr
•H X
c ^
u TJ
H 3
r™ *
u
c
i


1) 4J
Ui (Q
U C
•••4
g B
U u
u C
1 0
BO U
C
.as


u x:

ce e
•o 01 E
0 u 3
.c to — i
u C O
0) -*H CJ
E e
tO b

ecu
D O a
B OS

•
u tn
O *H OJ C
U<4 (Q J (fl
•^ V ^ -C '
T3l4JT)b JJU. XtJ CO
oioito) co**Hco era 4j
u u u a-ic oao c
o.uaa 3^0 •»< -H a
OICCE J3 -^ u co x -i c
u QI *^ cn a ^ co w o a •**
CJ B B E aua T3 % O. T-4 CO
(Q *o ^^  k^
01 OJ CO CSOJ-^t OlfH — 4 4J
• l-i <-) (Q^JbO j_» O M O >
CO 4J « t- .(QC*O 03 O O > -^
C 3 -^ • nj U U n] • QJ ^
QJ « E 05 0) U -U CO C > OJ £
8 -H fl3 U — ( ^H -OO4) ^4 SCOTO
•H COJJC<-H e — * ns -^ -u 3 3 c cu
T3 C (U *H CUCOOCCO OJ O —\ O 1-
CO ^UiMCO O-HJ3G03 =3**^?jJO)
R3 U
U C
•3,8
O 4-1
-j a
o u
— i U
OQ H

o
£
3 BO
3 X




c
CO
V T3
i— 1 -H
JO p-<
•H O
4J 00

On "H
§ 8
y CO

XTJ

p-i a
a
U CO
•H T3

& o
U co






V
c ^ *
b a c

> J-> 3
O 00 O -H
u i-i e o

01 -H B

4J 4*1 C 4J
u a o a





JJ C w
O 01 TJ C
c > oi eu
0 4-1 g
Sb Qa Lf
a oi a
ty U 0>
IH X CJ b
c "-H a AJ
CJ TJ T3 b
oi •* e o
t^ ? W ^
E ,
CU iH E
u E 0
i a b
00 4-1 U-l
O O w

C
b UH Q)
O O E .

X c TJ O
a -*•* x ^
U u E
CL *H U QJ
B 0 u b


c
a BO co
C T)
b -rt O
ii a £
o a u
u u r
































•o
e
a
4)
TJ

b
BO

i-<4
a

4J
a



TJ
01

a
c
*4 •
B CO
a u
l_j *•
o i
w ES
TJ
u-i 01
O CO
r*
>

£
V
b

C


CL
01
ce

a
c
ii.



































c
o

JJ
•H
CO
O

B

O

AJ
JJ
B

TJ
01












TJ
11
CO
TJ

AJ
a
c

E
AJ
C
U

o










































•
"^
01
b
11

*•*

01
b
a





cu
o

01
AJ
U
•^


u
a

O

•H

O

»
c
11
s
























































4J
CO
i
CO
<0
1H
AJ
§
B
•
CQ
C
CO
c
S

4_l
C
o
u

CQ
3
••H
CO
u




































CJ
•*H
JZ
U
C
JS

w
0
<**

4j
a

^

s


01

a
^4
a
c

c
i
01


















































i
X b
0 0

AJ
CO TJ
01 01 .
O (0
CO U >
•H CO 
CO b b
e 3

"e "° b

BO CO 01
b 3 JS



i
O ^ 4J
4J C C
a o
-C CJ
BO £
3 *J 0)
O iH £
C 3 AJ •
CJ co
C to 0) to
O 01 b C
*0
C C
O 01 O
•^ TJ -*
o e > «
C 0) O -H
3 E b 0 .

C -H VJ 4J
oao c
C be
C O « U -H
•H CJ TJ AJ B
o I a

cy AJ AJ c c
CO -H 1) O O
=> 3 e — o








^*
TJ
01
3
C
C
O
u









































































E-14

-------







,


































T3
4)
3
TJ
C
O
0
s-*'


9
^,



u
H




























01

4J CO

Ol
ae

0)
•H
to
4J
a
01
b
H
01
u
c

09
.0
3
C/3

U-l
O

Ol
^
X
H






00
4J
U
10
a
M
X
b
a
•a
c
o
u
01
03-







00
o
•H
4-1
10
•H
•H
.J








09
E
O
•H
4-1
a
u
•p4
fH
a.
a.

Ol
3
tr
•H
C
^
u
01
t-l



















































01
J2

X
8

U 09
•H 0)
•u E
0) to
j: b
^j o
E 8
X Ol
CO B



01
b TJ
01 C
£ 10
3
09
09 U
b E
01 Ol
4-1 b
10 b
3 3
U
C
•H 8
TJ 4J
CU 4-J
CO O
S A
TJ
C
10 BO
C
b fH
oi a.
> a
O 10
CJ CJ






















































o
b 4J
O
01
fH Xt
3 fH
U 00
-H 00
u O

fH 8
TJ fH



CO
10
0) O
b to
CO
3
X O
4J fH
•H
O X
O fH
<-l 01
01 >
> fH
4J
3 a)
O ^H
fH 01
y-i b


9)
TJ


4J
01
r


























































01
u
a
a
.
fcrf
01

o
u
Ol

AJ

01

o
Ol

o

0










o
J£
3 BO
fH X

CO
b
O
U
10 10
U-t
E •
X O 09
4J fH
fH 01 M
fH 4J JD
JB to
•H 3 O
a 10 u
a > -H
§0) U
Q)
u oi a
.a co
01 1
4J 4J Ol
CO 00 4-1
to 3 fH
3 8 co





c
o

TJ 4J
C fH
10 CO
O X
oi a. J3
TJ B
0) 0 -0
b U 01
BO b
l_l flj
— 1 C 4J
05 01 fH
b B OJ
3 -H
4J TJ 4)
10 01 b
Z 00 10



^3
E
to

4J E
O U b
E > 0
O U-l
01 b
3 0.-0
tr oi
E -H a.
r" fll ftl
o TJ o
01 fH O
H 3 10
.
U-i CO
O -J
c
tj- QJ
E 8
01 fH
B TJ
4J 0)
tO 09
01
b TJ
4J 01
4-1
En
c
Ol fH
4-1 B
1 10
BO 4J
E C
o o
fj U

E
O
••H
U
(0
X
*v4
U.










































•
c
o
to
X
fH








UH
O

4J
i
4J
to
01
b
4*1




u
E

g
4-1
to
Ol
b
•"
3

T5
£












































u
fH
JS
44
C
Jl
b
O
fH
4J
to
4J
fH
,£
10








TJ
Ol
4-1 •
01 09
E 4-1
11
E TJ
O 01
U 09




01
N 1
fH TJ
fH 01
fH 09
ja
§TJ
Ol
6 4J
fH 10
C
O -H
4J B
10
TJ 4J
01 E
CO O
3 
•fH fH
00 J3 b
8 3
-01 U 00
fH 01
= 3 b
CO 8 fH
BO 01
b 4J Si
O M 4J



q\
4-1 .2
e
01 E
8 10
fH O
01 01
09 fH
.a
U-l 03
O U
CL Q*
X Q.
H 10




4J
C C
01 O

Ol 4J b
b O OJ
O. CO 4J
b 10
TJ 01 3
E "
CO E 01
fH f
CO 4J
4J b
E -H JC
II?


























































1
oo
o
u
09
fH
*
X
J3
TJ
01
4J
•H
a
•H













•
P
3
O
U







































U
•H
C
to
BO •
kl E
0 -H
10
01 4J
B b
O 01
09 CJ
C
u-i 3
O
CO
XfH
4J
•H CO
U 4J
•H 3
X O
O b
H BO




Ol C
fH O
U fH
-H 4-1 OJ X
4-1 10 4-1 4J •
b X CO -H CO
CO fH CO fH C
O.UH 3 fH O
•fi fH
TJ U- CO CO 4J
co< r u to
as u o 10 4J
01 E fH O. fH
x N oi b a s
4-1  U fH



,
CO
1 -i E
4J b - o
3 01 0) -H
O CL S 4-1 C
b 1 fH U fH
BO 3 TJ 01
O U f-l TJ .
4J fH CO E U X
C -H CO b
oi j: x 3 oi
E U U -H U
01 -H -rt CO CO 10
O 3 fH O TJ S
1 -H fH O
X TJ .0 8 JC S
fH CO OJ .C CU «3
U 3 8 U 8 U






































































3
O

-H 3
a o
J= fH
CO U-l
E
0 C 3
•H fH O
CO fH
kl TJ
CU OJ -C
> CO 4J
3 = 3 X
CO 4-1

CO O ki CJ
oi j: oi o
4-1 CU 10 CU
w E 3 >









E-15

-------
                                 APPENDIX F

                        DATA ON CHEMICALS THAT SINK


     Most commercial and waste substances are a mixture of a variety of
chemical compounds.  A variety of physical, chemical, and toxilogical data
are available for the individual chemicals, but not for the composite
substances.  Therefore, the properties of the individual chemicals are
generally used to predict the behavior of a spilled substance.

     The tendency of a substance to sink in water can be predicted from the
substance's specific gravity, a measure of density relative to the density
of water, and from its water solubility.  The water solubility of a substance
is the maximum mass of the substance that dissolves per unit mass of water,
which can be expressed as parts per million (ppm).  The solubility thus
represents the concentration of the substance at saturation in water.

     In addition to the specific gravity and the water solubility of a
spilled substance, other physical, chemical, and toxicologic properties
determine how it spreads in the environment, its ultimate fate, and the
threat to humans and to the environment.  The most important properties for
predicting environmental transport, fate, and impact include the following:

     •  Specific gravity

     •  Water solubility

     •  Physical state

     •  Reactivity

     •  Toxicity

     •  Bioaccumulation

     •  Aquatic persistence.

     The physical state of a chemical and its reactivity with water help to
determine its potential threat to the sediments.   Liquids tend to flow more
readily and to dissolve more rapidly than solids.  Chemicals that react
exothermically will dissolve and disperse rapidly, creating a water body
contamination problem, while averting contamination of sediments.
                                    F-l

-------
     If the spilled chemical remains at the bottom of a water body, it can
permeate the sediments and enter the food chain through ingestion by benthic
organisms, decompose slowly to form water soluble products, or slowly
dissolve or become suspended in the water body, producing toxic effects in
aquatic and terrestrial flora and fauna.  More seriously, the chemicals may
produce toxic effects in humans who drink the water, eat the plants or
animals, or come in contact with the water.  Whether these events occur at
all, and the extent to which they occur, is determined by the toxicity,
bioaccumulation, and aquatic persistence of the spilled chemical.  Therefore,
the urgency of remediation in the event of a chemical spill to surface
water is determined by the properties of the spilled chemical.  Knowledge
of these properties will also help in deciding what remedial actions are
necessary and most likely to be effective.

     To assist the on-scene coordinator in responding to spills of sinker
chemicals, a database was developed using chemicals from the Chemical Hazard
Response Information System (CHRIS) and chemicals regulated under the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of
1980 (CERCLA), or "Superfund".  The chemical data are presented in Table F-4.
The following sections describe the development of the database, including
how the sinkers were identified and characterized.
F.I  BACKGROUND OF THE SINKERS LIST
     The current list of 1,117 CHRIS chemicals and 90 additional chemicals
denser than water not on the CHRIS List, but on the list of chemicals
regulated under CERCLA, were combined to form an initial file of chemicals.
A new file of 697 chemicals was drawn from the initial file that contained
only those CHRIS and CERCLA chemicals with specific gravity greater than
one ("Heavies").  The water solubilities of the chemicals in the Heavies
file were then entered into the file, supplementing the CHRIS data from
standard reference texts.  Quantitative solubility data were entered whenever
possible; otherwise, relative terms, such as slightly soluble, very soluble,
etc., were used.  Another new file, "Sinkers," was then extracted from the
Heavies file, based on water solubility.  Only Heavies with water solubility
less than 100,000 parts per million in water (10 percent), or less than
"very soluble" if the solubility information was qualitative, were entered
into the Sinkers data file.

     The Sinkers file was purged of nonhazardous chemicals (such as corn
syrup); chemicals that can be transported under pressure as dense liquids,
but are gases at ambient temperatures above 32°F (such as dichlorodifluoro-
methane); and chemicals that react exothermically with water to yield
nonsinking chemicals, since they would dissipate before .cleanup could take
place.  The resulting list of Sinkers, which includes 468 chemicals, is
presented in Table F-4.
                                    F-2

-------
F.2  CONTENT OF THE SINKERS LIST


     The following information was gathered on each of 468 sinking chemicals,
within the limitation of the availability of data, and is presented on the
Sinkers List in Table F-4:

     •  Chemical name

     •  CHRIS code

     •  Physical state

     •  Specific gravity

     •  Water solubility

     •  Toxicity

     •  Ignitability

     •  Reactivity

     •  Bioaccumulation

     •  Aquatic persistence

     •  Recovery and handling hazards

     •  Recommended response.

     A significant number of data gaps exist in the information presented
in the list because quantitative data are not readily available.
Explanations of the abbreviations and symbols used on the list are provided
in Table F-l.  Criteria used for the ratings are provided in Tables F-2 and
F-3.  The information categories are explained in the following sections.


     F.2.1  Chemical Name and CHRIS Code
     The chemical names used on the Sinkers List are those used in the CHRIS
or CERCLA Lists, except that Roman numerals are used to distinguish between
oxidation states of transition metal compounds, such as cobalt acetate, as
in current chemical nomenclature:  cobalt (II) acetate, or cobalt (III)
acetate.  The CHRIS Code is provided for sinkers that were on the CHRIS
List.  It is a unique three-letter code for a particular compound.
                                    F-3

-------
                TABLE F-l.  KEY TO ABBREVIATIONS AND SYMBOLS
     Physical State      .                  Water Solubility
     L - Liquid                         S  - Soluble
     S - Solid                          M  - Moderately soluble
                                        SS - Slightly soluble
                                        I  - Insoluble
                                        R  - Reactive
                                        D  - Decomposes
                                        Numerical values are in parts
                                          per million (ppm)
                     TABLE F-2.  HAZARD RATING CRITERIA
Ra'ting   Toxicity (LD5Q )  Ignitability             Reactivity with Water
  N      >15 g/kg          Not ignitable            No reaction

  L      5 to 15 g/kg      Flash point >            Mild reaction; unlikely
                              140°F (60°C)             to be hazardous

  M      0.5 to 5 g/kg     Flash point =            Moderate reaction
                              100 to 140°F
                              (38 to 60°C)

  H      50 to 500 mg/kg   Flash point <            More vigorous reaction;
                             100°F (38°C) and         may be hazardous
                             boiling point
* Lethal dose; see Glossary, Appendix G.

-------
                TABLE F-3.  BIOACCUMULATION RATING CRITERIA
Rating
L
(Low)
M
(Moderate)
H
(High)
E
(Extreme)
Octanol/Water
Partition
Coefficient*
(Kow)
< 3
_> 3, < 5
>_ 5
™
Bioconcen-
tration
Factor*
(BCF)
< 100
:> 100
_> 1000
™
Tendency to
Adsorb to
Sediment
and Soil
Adsorbs
weakly
Adsorbs
moderately
Adsorbs
strongly
"™
Aquatic
Persistence*
95% degradation in
6 months or less
95% degradation in
2 years or less
95% degradation in
10 years or less
< 95% degradation
in 10 years or more
* See Glossary, Appendix G.
Source:  Information adapted from Hand et al. 1978.

-------
     F.2.2  Physical State
     The physical state is indicated as "S" for solids and "L" liquids.
However, some sinkers can exist as either liquids or solids, depending on
their temperature and purity.  Phenol is such a material; its physical
state is indicated as "S/L."  Liquids flow more readily than solids and
tend to pool in low points on the bottom of a water body.  The rate at
which a chemical will dissolve in water is affected by its physical state,
but additional information about the chemical should be gathered at the
spill site.  For chemicals of similar solubility, one that is a liquid or a
fine powder will dissolve more rapidly than one that has the form of large
crystals, pellets, or chuncks.  Physical state must be considered together
with the water solubility to predict whether a sinker can be removed before
it dissolves.
     F.2.3  Specific Gravity
     The specific gravity of a sinker is greater than the specific gravity
of water, causing it to sink in water.  However, not all sinkers will sink
in every situation.  Sinkers with specific gravities only slightly greater
than one will tend to disperse more readily than sinkers that are more
dense.  Of course, factors not related to the chemical, but to the environ-
mental conditions, have a substantial effect.  For instance, a rapidly
moving river will suspend and disperse liquids or finely divided solids,
even if they are denser than water.
     F.2.4  Water Solubility
     The solubility of a chemical is one of the most critical parameters
predicting its behavior in the environment.  As with the specific gravity,
but to an even greater degree, the solubility of a sinker is dependent upon
environmental factors.  Warm bodies of water will dissolve much more of a
chemical than cold ones.  Salt water will not dissolve organic chemicals
as completely as fresh water.  Turbulent water bodies will cause a sinker
to realize its solubility faster than quiescent water bodies.  If the
turbulence is caused by a river, then even slightly soluble sinkers can
become completely dissolved and dissipated in a short time.  If the
turbulence is tidal, then the sinker will tend to reach saturation rapidly,
but not be dissipated unless the spill size is small.
     F.2.5  Toxicity
     The threat posed by a spilled chemical to the nearby population and
to the environment is critically dependent on its toxicity.  The factors
                                    F-6

-------
already discussed earlier, physical state and solubility, affect the
chemical's environmental transport to potential receptors, and its bio-
accumulation and aquatic persistence, discussed below, also determine if
and how the chemical will exert its toxicity on human and environmental
receptors.  However, a spilled chemical's toxicity can also be realized
through absorption by workers attempting to remove the chemical.
     F.2.6  Ignitability and Reactivity
     The ignitability and reactivity of a sinker are mainly a threat to the
workers performing removal operations.  If the substance can ignite and
burn once removed from the water, or if it reacts with water or equipment
to generate pressure or toxic products, it must be handled more carefully.
     F. 2.7  Bioaccumulation and Aquatic Persistence
     The characteristics of bioaccumulation and aquatic persistence govern
the environmental transport and toxic effects of spilled chemicals.  If a
chemical bioaccumulates, that is, tends to remain in organisms rather than
being excreted, it is more likely to cause a toxic effect in the organism.
Even if a bioaccumulative chemical does not reach toxic levels in a lower
organism that absorbs it, it may accumulate to higher concentrations in
animals higher in the food chain, such as people.  Then it can produce
adverse health effects.  The aquatic persistence is a measure of the chemi-
cal stability of a chemical in a wet environment.  Aquatic persistence
indicates whether the chemical will last long enough to be transported in
the surface water to reach an environmental receptor, bioaccumulate, and/or
produce toxic effects.  Since the toxicity of a chemical is concentration-
dependent, low aquatic persistence has the same effect on toxicity as does
dilution or dispersion—it reduces the probability of a toxic effect.
Bioaccumulation has the opposite effect of dilution—it increases the
probability of a toxic effect on some environmental receptor.
     F.2.8  Recovery and Handling Hazards


     Personal protective equipment, appropriate to the hazard and necessary
for safe handling of sinkers during removal, is recommended in this column.
This column also contains additional toxicity information and warnings of
any other handling hazards.  The absence of an entry in this column does
not mean that the chemical poses no hazards; all chemicals on the list are
hazardous and appropriate protective clothing should be worn by response
personnel handling these chemicals.
                                    F-7

-------
     F.2.9  Recommended Response
     The most appropriate general remedial response to a spill of a sub-
stance to surface water is recommended in this column, based on all of the
other factors intrinsic to the chemical.  However, the most appropriate
response to a given spill is subject to the specifics, of the spill event
and the environmental conditions.
                                    F-8

-------













c
m

4-1
CO
H
CO
CO
u
e

B


•*


^
j
•B
9
B
•c -w
b*
*• •
M
s5
u
U 1
•H* • V
• *• E
9 ». • —
o - « c
M i *
>HtT C «
*" * 2> 2
W 0 « •
« I «• -H
,. C ** o.
V W & 01
•v « u
£il *• U
X 0 «
• u
1!
u
•1 M
f *
u ^
*
o 5
hj w
ftl >••— M i ..at. —
^ ^1 • S BbaXB9 • t —
• e — 5 5 3 • v — — e x a.

k. — •" 0 u S O - * * " * K • •'
— .«•-« — o — » e ~ j^-o x
r"5- gpTiKi -si5! ;
X • X V O •*••**** B*M w
•••Ix »- ^ x * o — * * * — b. ^a
£ri^ £S£S>JJ «?«J: 22




X J




•n • • •


* J X J

* * *

0
x e

o o «* o
a a s a
j j j _'


j • j •
S3 33
g
|
&
V
g 2
S i T
*. V <
— -5 J!

« t t 5
U W U 9







V
a
• *
Tl
• *
W l»
i!
•8 g
i 1J -8 . ~
*JS • "S-S8 B J
•MXOV • BMMX* • •
W * * — *3 3TH*-- ^XB
.•rttMfc*** *l • ha Wj< b i*
M ~* « 0 « — X • h* X
O V tl B • • *a4Mh>
"5 o« ^ ».t.efjB — 2 °
JK .>*• ~ owl- a ^ e
*•• ^ • ««^«taaa u •
hi • O Jl ** B.^ 9 O X ^ «
M«B>«O »t ^••UQW MMM
Be « « — • ««ix — o e
— • I u X •. k. J • « • h- —


E

*




at B c x

•
J J B! B!

B E

0


i M =
_ _ _ -


•9 .1.1 J
O 10 K "•
d I 3 "
*
u
1 i
: . £
e 3 s
S 8 s.
£ £ £
•Si _.
4! *" — JT
< « < <
F-9

-------



















/-^s
T3


«rf
U
«
«
• »*
M *
e ~
-'^
•^
u
H
>«
to ^*
• •*•
M d
5^
U
«* »»
•M **
U >
* •
* T
M U
* *
• M
12
fe «a
s .
SI
u u
0
•
i
—
•
u
i
u


K
w *
*« ^p
U «
•^ to
0 *
-- ;
UN to >
q «. -
:•; i
•8 •
i ! r
• to •
^ ^
•• » * u
S •« °
o . S 8'SJJ-i J!
•• — o^ m ~ < 3 • >
M a « • 9 o 3 "i 2 •-
;-o — - 8 - ». -3 J • ^ jg .
is- »g^ :»a*"
•»•:- ^-s 4j«:.-sj?g
5* S :j- S38-.2,S§- -
.-.«. --»--.••« 8. .
•2 1^ sis ss:3i!*i 2
?s ^s 4f^l jrrs^i^s i
OS & ck< - a •- fc ••uua«»2S


M





* « « a s • «



• J j _i j • j
.r * te x


•8 «5"*| S SS
£ . rt N ""
*•» O *
M f? rf%
-S SKgSg S S*
f**m e«*r«o«n t/\ »p«.

^2 a s ^ i s s
« V
• .5 S
S S 2 2
•- . o i : s
S3 82-2 i =2
£to ^ • K • • 3 •
OQ MWb^" M • to
M3 U U 3 « d to U
- E -225 i i^
2 I I i J J J S i .»
*•••• o )-• o a a B as
H i H H J I 3
•^
1.
3
C
..4
LJ
c
V 0
^ u
^ '"^
1
^
• V
u »
13
H "
3
-I "5 ?«!
Isls^ISs
:°-:g a-8!
Is r J|8..
?« " 2 • •
•- • • tfs-s-sl
JJIi "5:s
422i •S*18(


X
d




• •



J ^
a


X o • e
s i ,
« ^"
4^
O *0 r*. «*«
o ^ — o

M * •! >J
« 01 -J
1 < 5
I
a
•
•
. . 8
M W  —
1 • »
3 3 — •
3 3 i i
F-10

-------












,-,
CkIoB« M«0^« •••to
Ma *«••• O ^ M • • b»««to
Mto M W JJ > J » • g ^ — W^S^*.'*'*3*
*to-q ^ « 2 "^ 3 « a a" • « --•Oto— «AOO» —
to« — Z»*^o3o-;l •• « • to • ^ J *^ si • .a to •«» to 9 • a M •*« M •

-
s


S M M m * *
-i • • • * a
X « *
m " O
-------

















X" \ "
-a
— '
>3"
Fn
S •
S"
»
I
U 1
••* m «
M ••• U
« • e
3 to V
a* « M
•* ••
•
3 B
u O
u ••*
• M
a £
M 3
•H
M
>

U
•
m
m IH
M M
j?2
M
u
M
H
>k
to •*

5" J
"*
U
IM «rf
U >
s.:
M U
• «
• M
»* «
.B M
ft* O9
M
H «
31
u u
•
•
•
z
(
u
!
,e
u





,
*
>
3
•«
e
*
*
M
*
O
•
M
^|
•» • —
«* V
M ^
S» to *
« •
^2is
M * ••
*- a ** «M
w • * —
• MO*
M -^ to to IM
Sw M O
to *4 w
t* M •
, .-.5- .
•*• ** • O< M **
O • • • M<«
» s o • e a
•+ •* a » • •








•


•
•

§
o_
!"•"

S
«n

OB
5









<


* to
• O
>
S 2
u to
* -
• •
A •
'. 2!
S IS
M • to
to • *
:^.^i -2 i
s^s.^ s .s - . E
^•••weo e 9«« ^
-» ^ « i. o d^e»>S • •
>t*O«O* Mjli -««•
- • U «• OVMO. »•
-««—•- — — M • _ „
(*•«••%•• W9O:X9 U9
• M9U»9 S — »• •£ S
-!••-• • ^ -• • M U
• (••••M > • ^ • a
5 — • » a — •»• 2 —
u 3 j§^ — u • S • a •
• * u * M * u • .a-« -2 »>b
•w -o u •• • •»»• —3
•^•^ I«MM> MMttV^I ^B
o -».•—« o aS5Z* MTI
>o«*9»«* »a^«u — o
«••••«» «. M? 1 -a mm


m u
j




* * m •


• . -> » «
B H

«^ » » e
o


o o e 9
<*i m S o O —
"*. "! "! *• * "
n MM .« «• m

» MM • • •
H 3 S a


I
IM
•« ««
9 tf.
• X J
t ^ S
H k. 1
* • •
u o • e o
•* •* to -^ .£ •
a • ii Mas
v » >*- • a •-
• J» 0 to — to
to * O ••* M *
< < (3 -4 4 •
w
• •
«• •
4 IM « •
9 M M A
-* •
I ;::2
•» • « • 9
- • «J
W *•** •
W 9 >
• • — •
• 1 • ^
•-•*—•
9 ** to >
— •— « • 0
— U to » u 1
•« e • * • i
* — ^ i. 1 to
a
4
u
»> . .
» •s-
a • 5 "* •
I 1 • SI
2 1 -5»!
• •*••**« a
-- •«* o i • •• o
•5 » x
« «. - . -«d! t
o — •• • 5 -
- « 51J!»
- • •• s • i •:
2 fi 53=gjf


a





m • -i


• * •
•

e o — _
«"< O «
o e
f."

§ S S S
i^ w *» M
•df m ^ —

« CQ en oa
S ||


e
•
• u
- • •
• • •O to
gu — .=
• M u
A to O 6
S 5 S
(•) 31 Bb -^
! j f :
to to to a
s s a £
F-12

-------

















•a

'«
u
«
I
• to
•«! ••!
a —
to
u
M
£
to
to —
22

u
«M *t
U »
* «
(ft U
• M
to *
ft. «
M
ii
u u

j
-
w
A


i -r .
§ »; §
* n * s
•* u j ^

• a • to to • «
W ••* to * 3 U >
. J' ?8 ^i
j Sss: 5!
a
to
•** i -a
M • ^ 5
*« — •* f -^
1*3 . :
* «• j j» .••_->
M tf M M M • «
•
-> ' •












J «

Z m



1 2 "



» 5 S r*


-j j • .j

1 1 i

,
i
3 ^
to « • .*
O -fl 0 to
i I ^
; s S'
SB a ••
£ S £t
ll
• 0
u a. *
— ^
0 «• to
-vi ;
* > * ^
M a • •
• i to -
to I * a.
•5 ta «5
iJIo S

^ _»
v ?
1 S5
852
S r ^ 8
• • * •
I IS 2
1 51.1

-
,1











j

x x



• - 1 5 1



S S ^ S S S


^ ca ca ca

S 3
to
—
O J3
• ^
a w
i x i
o* a *
• o — ». ^
e <2 a », —
£••••• U
k. a ^ • — •«
S 8 S 2 o '3
Js a a e a
« j, . . .
f .
H]
15-
•V *>v
a _•
• — •
• • • to
U O to •
Irll
•» ^ • ^
5 » !Z «
i . -1
-« • • u o ••
•• :i -«»
six * - . -
•*•*•«• ^ > •
1.72 s-:
•.2.^ ^.5
• « I u »>- <• —
•?s-5 ti.-
u 1! ^ S • ••
81:2=: 12S
422S1 XSi-

-
_,





XV >J


-


J J





§•* "" • S
io ^

~

e j • 2 -
°. °. *! *7 *"!

J • 0 J J

M rM r*J
• a =



2 2
h* W
• • • o e
~ o « -• •-
— 9 O J9 A
y a a u o
1 Irs?
M M M M M
e a a o e
V « « « V
• • • • •
atinued)
o
u






•
«•
^
II
ta
^
•
^
O *
to **
-1
i :





































F-13

-------
























/^
•o
^

sr

PH
(U
iH
J3
a
H


















«
•
c
o
a.
«
•
|
1
u
•
•


9
3"
*
«• •
M
*> •
to •
y ~
>
O
U
*

W 1
M •*• u
m m c
3 to «
VMM
* a.
t
•
3 e
u o
« M
0 JJ
• 3
X
.^*
>
M
U
•
•
M
• X
•* ••
• ••*
M i0
X
M
W
M
S
X
^ |
to •"
« •-
M jj
z =

u

u »
S.2
* «
JS •«
A. M
« ^
SI
u u

«
•
•

•
•
je
u




i
i
to
1 .
> .0
! !
A m
• *
2 u
i '•
£ S
9
•«* *4
» IM ^
.3 .
•125.- i:
-«* w *M a ^. a M*M
3 «• « — — u M
2 ifiM*** • «
• •««••*• 3 to *rf *«O
s -^ ^ B .s :-: 2"
* » • s „- . - 1 • * -?
u •*»**•••* • •
• ' »« * • to •• ** B •• • ^ • M *
M • ^ »s * ^. « 3 ~ a * •• • M^
MW « O M 0 M • 6 • « *••'
• — «»s«to«I««> 0**to
M »t««M»^|B M • to • O tf*^
= : ^i s"-.s^ tsi si ss!-
ia-^iiis^rs^s- ^ t :



_i

j -i -j







• J ^ J X «l •



J _1 _) _1 -1 J »

XX 1



§••01 • — X ~
n •
°. °
o
f*



S ; § S S 2 |
o -» — r< -. e 5
- -I - - - -1 n


•4 *J Mil «J >4 aJ Bl
i i g ^ 3 1 2

• 3
i J 1
a £ i
to a. 5
» o -- •
— 0 ^ ** *- >t ^
O ^ — O K i «*
£ *<4 to to to M M
S S 5 5 51°
— u .e ^ i -2 •
^ • U U a to • 3
M *fl '•*

>•>« >t X X»*w**
*«M M N M M O X
eo a a o o -- u
£ £ £ £ £ JI5 rS

•
to
8
*
•
O
*
P«
^1 =
r.f-
-..53
* •«
- ?:-
s-i
M to
• * ^
855 -
•. ••: £
•« 4< M •
o • a • 4
» 3 e s a
< •» u a —













•



•

M



—





g
-


M
5


U
*
M
g"


»H
w
i
^
*
>
ta
•
A
^
I
^
U
H
£
*
m
«i
• ^
a
M -
M
j» '
U
9
J5
M
u
• .
M &
e
to
ft.





X







• •



V -J

•



§M O
0
•*
«



*»
<^ o ^
S 2 S
J i*.* J



u <
2 K
*
e
M
£
M
i
M
2 '
3 :
Y 3
M S
~ ^
M '•




























• X



J •

U



*•• X





2 |
— -



i 1

•V
i
•«4
.4
1 |
^
a
3
O
&
•
O
u
to
*
« 2






































0





M
<»
<0
p*



•I


•
Tl
*•
e
to
Jft
to
H

S
2
F-14

-------


/— s
T3
0)
•H
4J
O
U
V— 1
•
«a-
fa
QJ
iH
.a
tt
H





•>
•
e
o
&
•
•
•i
2
1
u
•
•
9
-«
S
• •
v •»
ta
«• «
M
»» «
:*
o
u
•
W I
~* • •
3? g
HJ
j
w
j;
3
i
ific Hater Toilcity Ignite- leecti
ity Solubility bility
u >
S.3
to o
• •
• M
SS
ChcBical NMC CMIS rl
Code Si


•o
s -^ • i
•5 ?-° -5
* • jr- ? c
3 • », „ j O
-a .° - ^
•s S "" ! °
SI s3-
: t « - »'
55 «- 2:
i * — » a a
11 ss^2
S-2 ^ H .. -
.:»•-' • • -
_; • « - - • — u — g
Zfl.^g uuB^ao * •
S3--* 2 S 2 a I S • "Sd
'.s 2 5 .- ' i--25si: J U
•i : : s -:HS?»:} : h 55
y*«^^«*-^-t *MM**«9«l **•• « «
:| }ij i tor>Hi~ |ii t3
- •" - 2 1 u 2 ! - o -o - i a 2i>. i ^
!--|2 s - r:il'=g = 1 =;i --:
2SS!^i-=rt-^ ^»u — — s-Jai — 5 • js — —
C 2 8 52 " °"c * «• s « •" *•• o S « •• « • 1
SiioSTS-1*;:; i«-s-s»»J5 JI_ •? u !
-Si24SS'£Sg »o»»».n».e)« *•< aau
M
91 • VIVBXX ••
m * ie -> -i .1 -i > z
M X X •
a | aa-|-««--o«.g
m -•
« •*
o 2 2 2 2 S "'2S2S5220
JE " 22W* — «'*>WI*«*O>A***
m — *»«•*-* ooo->*^^^

f- K 51 ^ tsJSoQBQiO 03 Ckj <
S S S=3Slg£^'SSS
L I
3 • " '
3 s i A r •: 5 2
to 3 *-0.09«
5 =•«--. SI4I5
5 2 ! : i i s 5 = i 5
2 iS'SiSS*"9333
2 S 8gSS22??^^|i
j| • ZZZZZiiAZZZZ
F-15

-------


v
c
a
o.



|
e
41
!
u
I)





6
e
M
to x

e
u
-2 • *
W ••* U
s: s
^ At
•
u a
U ••*
o _•
•a -

C
•H S
•U •
C "
OL 1 ».
U - -
^s — 2
1 "3
ta "»
o

S.J

• «
• M
.a «4
A. M
a)
M 4)
SI
U U
V
1

4
u

u




e
0
o


5

-8

i t
:. j
'i s
*•* O i >
j: i
« • • i
_ B
• • a-^ *^ aou •*••* 3
• ji « • v a ? o -»
* 1, 3 -2 S "JS" " Z **
• •••• ^OM>« o^ e-^-H
• U •* • ^W »»~ 9V h«e««QB^H
	
«








X X




X X

M


§ •£



o « o
IN W-t «
r« «• m


«
• z «»
S S 3




« 41 2
A C O
: i ^
U U fc
J .2 2
U U U
« u 3


•9 •»


7; i.
wo**
* to to •
M* ^g to
?" t
K U • ^ •«
to 3 •* •»
• • 3 *• »
> V * *
8 * — to -^ *to



5
*S "** J? a
|| f s I-3 r
• •• ^ * ^ • •)
• • • 9
^ ^ * • * m& O
,1 i"5-r«
S «••**• -Sfc •} to 9 *
9 ~ • » B ^ ^
^to( •-
•>j< * • w •• & a «
•>* J< B O •» • to j«
51 •— voevo —
i — • o u o u > «

X X



*




X X •• X X




• • j a j

-


e ° 2 - g a - o a
. •


Sea eeeoeo
if^O MO"*^"^1*
« ««n ««««••«



e>*O a.J>,uZb
9I< U
-------






















y— V
T3
01
3
C
•H
4-1
C
o"
o

•
-*
1
fa
»
W 4at
'o —
J?2
»>
U
M
S
IS
-w
W ••»
« —
** A
SI
&
a
•«•> »S
U >
is
M U
• *
• M
JS w
a. to

J!
Avoid contact «/ aolid or
•olutioa* Abaorbad via
all loutaa




X

•nJ





•




a

m


kml

e
n
M
-

M
>•
ea
'J









•m)
>H
U
•
^
U
•
U












cauaaa blurrad viaion.
haadacb*, atovachaclia,
vovitlnt.




















































^ 2
"* 2
1 1
"•.
• *U • w
0 > « >
11 i!
e
-» • « • '
• u u a u
ii - ? i8. 5
M a • •• "* M a
^ 2i^ . 2 8-- *
".-5-0 a, -••*
S-S .-» ! w • 2g2
.i^Ss °" "•!•-
S * Z r g« -•-
O m* mV • *J 0*> M
...... «i S **- * • 9 * ***
r:!= 52 »!i -
• » 2 u « a • " 9 •
!-.«* 31 Hi 2




X •

j -a





• » »




j a »

z


I i i
a
$ s s
o *** *^
- - -

« -> -»
a &
u u

a
2

«
T9 •
1*i
•^ 9
o ;
u a

>• e
O 0
J •"
«• M
,3 5












A aaver* kaxard. lolid or
concentrated aolution
deatroya tiaaua on
contact .
Cor coiive to aluminum,
xinc. and tin.












*




•

M


1 3.
« *
•*T am*.
I -
•A rf>
"* "^

nJ .J
cn
en
u
e
o
«*
3

e
«•
«
^
^

u ^

M to
• O
a —
S 5












•
* —
? J 2
! , * i-
»> « ^ a
3 « S^ f
Jf i it! -S
^ -> K J
1 a -^ $*
•I *i *•*
* • i ; -•• •
1 u 0 $ « 4,, «4
-^ • O «n «rf U •
5S S "-2833
««• a. ^ a u • u




H

X .1





• * X




J -1 -1

• as


* a » » • e
f^
§0 — 0 o e
trt O ^ M (^
•A « M m ^ -«
^ ^ •« ^ — • .™

-i o • ta -i M
z u. a •< u
§ 553 3
i
e -o
3 .' .
1* O fl '
0 -- 0 — fl
3 -a a *
— — • u
*• 9 •* S
-- •* a. •* o
X O O •«
H r • ~
a • a u =
• n T • «
•0 —00 0
M t, W U "
o o o o o

£ i ^ £ fi S
u u u u u u
*o
u
3
C
"*
C
0
u
"


















































F-17

-------
















at
3
C
•H
U
C
Or
O
-4-
Pb
0)
M
H











*
^
a
«
••
|
]
U


1
f _
t«CQv*ry 4
Malar
U 1
•*••*.
u O
u ••«
O •
u
*
m
t
•e* f*
si
IK
U
M
g
^J
*
U
>M
u
JS
ft. eg
ta
si
u u
s

•;


«
u





e
^
L
* •
w >
1!
s 1 1
SS- 1 2,1 -
-** s • - s " "•
22" • ^slsl „
hi k* ^ •*• O *• «« «*
a> • a • u u t» .: s-:is ••
js=-:: j^ ss^-ss

a a
j pj


,
.


x • *
X X

s §
•* °.
•

e e — o
J: _> -J -1
3 i s
i
v a
~ JS
y *i


\ i I
S« JS >•
9 '^ 2
o 222
e o a o
"2 a a £
u u u u









• •
ta •
O u
.§
a
»» o
U 9
11
!i





pa



91
M

§
o"

S
_1
g
u


1
u

a
w
0
o
5
•o
X
C
VJ
C
o
u




•X
JX'o « --• o
5""* **5o« •
*"*«{:•? ** W^*M ••«
J8§3-- !.' S".
»Bii « • b ^ • u
-.'2s ii- ji" i
— »••- 1"1'*J *•
S27"5 5 ». 5 ». • • 1
" • . •, h • • «
nu*«.«p« 90 ••»•, ••
i?^2.!i »



pj B -1
r .x

•si. ' '
" -
1
1 5s! S S
^ « . j j -i
y z _j <
X ft* O- C/3
u u u u
1
1
o
*9
1 V U —
S^ u
t <
MO. U
Q — jj
1 o" J. 11
i S 5 8-2
... J3 -- u 3
§ f ? 8- S
bn U b* M M
9 O 0 00
" 555 i i
F-18

-------

























^"•S,
•o


<•
1
b
cu
i-H
.a
«
H



















•1
«
I
«l
H
•s
•s
u
•
—


f
Jm
•fl
u
•* «
M
** 9
S*
o

.
u t
•* • •
^ — t U
« • a
3 u V
a> * M
4 fc
S.
V O
• -
O •
•M •*
M 3
>*
**
>
u
«
•l
«
1
4 *»
M M
•« *^
a —
«•*•
M ^
>»
w
M
o
H
U
•
i
u
IM
u
• 4
>t
,e
At
to
I
u u





i
*
•
u
•^
•
V
A
u








.2 • • a
« . S - "S - "
• S • « " 3 1
a a "^ ** •* V M
0 5 > » • 1 S •
ll\ u 2 S s • "
•s^l ss ^ • S »!
a • -— » • Uu
"•5.5 *S «2 4! "S .
j:s •:•: -i 2 2^
• •3 xjBak bu
• SI 5 J •• - o »« •
— w U-«4^ U^«M
ah.'Q «^« ^«
20 0 S "• * "-O >> ••*
23 • 2 S SJ £ S5






X






.- . .


V
• M X M n

----«• a § . g g - - . g o „ , _
• • • * •
2 S S g
s i s s s 5 I S = 5 5 s S ! 1 § ill

3 s § s s g § 5 e s a g S 1

«
*i
••* V
8V M
*4 «
w • « • a
• •ov * Z « " «
ill • M*^M|IV wa*^A£
i o a. 41 „ •>-.-o-0..;0it
. . . S t -S •Js1i--ss!S*
••Si 5 u -S fc £ 2 J, 1 i i ^r4
Sgg2 Z a * * * m 5 2 * •" •* fc «
--l".° i HHrccc- - = = =
222-S5 ^.crcrrcc s crc
2 £ 2 'i "• 1 ^^-W-ULWU u U U U
1 1 i i i i 1 l | i i M * * i i * t
gg«««« ^$32333353 3 333
"O
V
3
C
u
C
O
u




•
>
u
2 :
rl
• M

S3
* •
•v *-
241

















U

m M
*-\
(H

I ;

•B •
^ S
•-J u





•

•
g

c i
u a>
« •
a. •
f S
u u
F-19

-------
        •8
        1
Han
dt
        a • e
        a » v
        0- V X
T3
 
-------
•I
•
e
o
Ob
a*
«t
M
T
«
B
jj
•
?
L
- S
9+ •
hi H
•
J

U 1
••• • •
«* •«• u
« • fi
3 U 41
»•«**-
< h
I
; =
u a
a -
x-, 35
•o 3-
0) * 3
3 *•
C •-
•H >
4J '2
C S
0 •
a M
•— ' 1
• X
••• •«•
• s=
^3- M A
1 »
p* 5
u
OJ «*
_J *
«H o
rt H
tiJ
RJ >.
H .2
22
*i
U
•*• »«
IM M
U >
I0=
0 W
• «
* M
>t •
^ M
•V M
•
ii
u u


s
£

9
U
i
,c
u



i
u
*
A
^
3
•
U
H
&
A  -1


XXX


Sprt M MIA
«


« P. S 5 •> « o
22=SS S SS
aa • ^ M «t "J J J
Z < 0
M ft. «
a a a
v
^
M
e
«
C« 1 t
M 10
0 •
M *4 • •
e • « •
v u — a a
2 — • • • S
0 2 * MM
u ^ M o a
5 _ " S ^ .2
i • a — oo
O M O >* ^ k* U
I 2 .2 S S- 52
s2 - » • 3 i JS
1 • • ^ A A U u
a o a a a a a a
F-21

-------



















^-™s
"O
0)
3
C
•H
C
O
0

1
fa

0)
CO
H






















V
e
o
S
•s
•3
i
w



9
f.
M
to 3B
O
u

U 1
••• • *
II-
5 B
u e
u ««
o •
•* — *
*
*J
••4
u
V
m
9 »»
•2 --
• ••*
U
M
o
H

*5
« ^
*i
u
u >
* •
& to
O) ^
a. ca
CO
M *
SI
U CJ

i
4
*
«

'•

™






I *
21 »•
2 a
u ° —
* •" *
<9 ••* • •
Isli
• . .8
. a » u
u •» •*

— u
• a
M • » •<
•* * • * >• »f^ • • ^
3j .2-1 . '.ns
at • • -v k o ^ u • - •
2-8 - 2^:5. .s : 2~s :•:
«. -s?s:^-? '"-.sss
*»o« ••OMb t>^ia«ita
i • .* a -2 a a " - uM?jia
• « • -^JM*^* *^u •*«••••
— 5 • . - • • » E « JJ — 0 ^
• a SZ SSS-Z'iZ-Z oa"3-23-5


Z J z

Z «J J



.

» -» • » • J




-" • Z 31 •
« » z • z z



s § i § II
<••" o" »" 2


: ! 1 ? ? ? : 3
« M -i -1 J J J

a. -i 5
g a a
i
w i
« i "I :
10— -.
•• •
* ** P\
« * - £ «
5 I S S S
• i • • x a. &

« k< a u «
^ j> ^ « i
o o a a a
a a a a a
a a n a "e
u u u u u
a o a a a a



j
• •
* V
u >
I!
!• •
• • • •
.a • a «
.a >» w • u
a — • a u
S •• .»•_••
** w A u ••< a a
'••3 <• » • •
b • to a •« ** U
2.-S " "•. "
• » a " o • ~*
ii*: .. :^
t, • 27^sf.-
• a • • u — 5 > o

> a — • ^ «• i • to
• a a- M H^toaa.


z ->


z ••




* »




J J
Z ai



i i
v


o «•*
s a


cu <



1
*» *
N

e
e

^
0 1

—
Is
u
o




































OD






0
e
to

•J^
o

•^
o
9
^
u
a
F-22
H-16

-------























^^
•a
0)
3
e
•H
4-1
C
o
o
tu

QJ
,__j

CO
H





















«
•
e
0
*
•4

«
B
y

OB

M
O
i.
31 -0
to
«* *
tl
to as
V
j

U 1
vs i
J-S2
;
u o
u -^
9 *
• 3
>.
^J
>
'*
U
tt
«
1
** M
U
K
9
H
S
to -"
11
U
U >
tt •
a. to
co (j
* «
»» V
en

X O
u u

*
*
u
•
g











tt
.a
2
3
* V
u >
• i
•2 2
+
to •
« V
Ma.
• M 9 e
> •*••«
9 U *rf •
*• o o
• 9 9
j»: •
• •** > 3
• • 9 9*
to. *• *M to


X

-1











aJ


o
s


s
^
_

•»



_!_
_*
£
1
o

a.
o
to
9
"J
U
a





tt

^
I
• V
u >
11
!•* to
,4
to •
ss£
r - s|
?to • +*
3*9
9 U w *M
— u 9 U
• 99
^ •
J* >• > •
U « <« — ^
« i - •
JB • u to
• — > ^ 3
• • 9 9 O*
-» to -• W «
feb M •> a. to


K

-1





.




.
r


o
e
~"

lf\
•M
.M

J

o.

1
-
II
a
?
to
O.
9
to
9
"
u
a
-a


|
V*
B *
J -°
^ ^
3 1
•s^ -s
• tt *
« > "
li «
•• a
.' J1
• b X > •
W ^ "* O •
9 j> • 0 •
a* 3 • a «a • .^
• •« c a a ** m *
» . -3 --01.00
• ^ «*taoa>«*
?u *. • ^ «* T ^
3 0 - « • 0 1 •
ow.* a h*ub ~
^u u ^*-«ao *
• ° . J • ••« - i
^ »»^ > • • a • o J
is""s: •?.KsC'"-2
ji _ « •. 0 Ja
"^ o» '2"J'Ca'""'«
— » — - • ou^ua ^ J


* a

J -J






x s



as x
X


09 M
CO


s §
•• fi
•to «•

J -1

X.
a.
a

i i
•* aM*
-
i i
a> a>
o 9
to to
a. a.
9 9
to to
9 9

~ 0
a a



1
to
v
*a
, -fl
I
.
u
s
u «."2 —
• *^ •» s
• M • U — «
S? 2 ""S S «
• •• • • « *-
— 9 -to 9 9 O to
*» to 9 i** ••• ^
• M «4 » * 3 ' «•
— *
>««ritoM« 34 U ^ •
-^  X
CO W


^ (rt O ^
•• in i?* »•
c* «c P* O
M /r — —• -to

_, u « J

K — <
S a a
w
e
i f
«• 2
. a. J
e e « a
« • a. a s
§• * 2 '•
* b « a
a. a, M •••
o o o e o
u b b ••* a
o o o *- •

U u U • V
a Q a a a
T3

3
C
u
C
0
u
"^



















































F-23

-------





















X-N
•a
OJ
3
C
•H
4-1
C
o
a
\_x
<•
1
Pn
0)
«J
^^
,0
CO
H
























c






















1
H

i
*
j
i
i*
<.
4
i
C
I
9
J
a
o
d
2
S.




•
;
3

t
t
'•
•
t



U
S
I
u
•
1
:
!
8
•

•


*
^
b
•
H
•
31


1
• W
-M *
' £
i .£
I S
'I
j
• >>
« ^
; >
> 4
b ^
> U
• W
» *ri
K •
E -t
. M
3
• 4)
E "O
! 0
t U




I
;

i
i
|










• •s '
"* . • •
a p -"• • "3
o . C a M «
o-o o o -- •
8'M .« .*ri g V
- 1 S- "S
o • •• o • •** •
u •• 9 • — a •
• ja a u «
— B ^ «« •— ^
e •* — • - • —
• U * M -4 O M
« « • » • • — O
•« M " ° J> » o
" - • - o * *- 5
M »••«** u • ^ 3
- 1 * ». : •: s s ts
41-251 £ Si22






* -»



^ -i
-i i


-



o ~
fN ^«
^ ""
-i -a

s
a*
2







•
«rf
* •
M ^
^ J
M «4
^ 3
Ob •
>H >«
^ £
0 0






















a



_i



*



5 .
« —

U

«
•jj
0







O
U
>«
« -*
e u
• «
w S
« «
>* M
£ &
V V
a a



'



•
o
•
—4

U
5'
ft
»t
** •
« •
W •
• M
•a 3
2 2






z »

-

J ->
X


X • • ""



in
in r»*n ^.ff^inf*.
• s
5
2 2"
'o O
•« 21
0 i2

"- Is
9 JS 3
•" i * Z
^ • •* ^ »•
• 3 9 ».
u o 9 * T. -
a £ fc* •*• •• >* «
• T? JI M w a. *ri
u-«* »^ • «;;
«MO>«"-95
jS-k.^03^9
2 2 1^ i S S ?
• t: i :z :" ! •
a a a a a a a







»> -^ •
ji ^ • ^
u • V
• U M •— • >
?• — s •
9 M
'-1 " 5
• B
o .a — •
t -Si- ~
w • .c
1 S5-
s ~.-.
tt *• k*
to • a ^
M ^ ^
a O to 3
— Ok.

32




-i



U
X


0
•.
M

g

u
LL<
VI
a







«
•
9
CO
>.
s
a

                                        M  ^  O
                                        £  «•  S
                                        £  £  —
F-24

-------
                                                                                                  •s
                                                                                                  >
                                                                                                  .
                                     a    •          -5 o
                                    •-•»<•        o u
                                     a •  a •   -   S

                                     a s l!2    *   ** *
                                     O 9    •*    u — • M
                                                 .,..;;

                                     • •  a •    • u a X

                                     - «"2  -i  ." a

                                      .J.'P  3.?5r
                                     • ^  * • >-  • •« u u
                                     -— **•»!*—  U.*  *— M j ^ 4 0
• • <4
••* *
•S 3
to
21,
- :
8.
£!.•
to U
-S
>«**
.6 •
Oft V
— X
• • C
•
1 X
O
Tl
J«
4 1
•»
w I
•
» "
— A
k
O C
M <
X i
hi
3 C
•- •* i
.21
to
O
„
|

M
I •
• *
» M
,.2
i
1 •
' O
> O
1 "*
1 •
:3i s
5.2 -S 5
                                                                                «  • • s — • - •.

                                                                              „ 2 1" X 2 u j  .
                                                                              — o      to a • •  «
                                                                              M«*«M  '•••JS'Ji
                                                                              2 J"" 'Si" . « —
 C
 o
 o
b
 0)
r-l

XI
                                                               §     3   §    o
          U CJ
                                                                       a        a
 >»   ».   O
£   ^    to

i   1   I
O   O   Q
                                                                            C    —
                                                                            V    O
                                                                            M    •
                                                                       sea
                                                           F-25

-------
                             § ».
                     -«
                     • E ^ o •« •
                     • a i»—   >
                     a ••* — *^ K -^
                     • JS • tk O —
                       O   h«
                     • —  • O 0 •
                     • ••••e*
                       30 — J» — 3
                       • ••«•
                     uva   «u
                       ^aoe
                     a u • — M a
                     • 9 »»j« e •
                     o I u « - u
                          * >•
                    - « — • o
                    « KJI a •
                  u i u • — u





4
,

.
«
I ;
* ^
• •
; ?-• 3
• o «
* *at O -- M
* 3 to — «
0 •. 4 •
J hi • ...
- « • 9
« a • M >»
» o ** • * -v
'-S!^ 5

i a -« 3 a ••* •
- «* • * O 4*
» "9 «— » to «
1 ^ •* O.-« »* «
zsssfii:
1 S.

-** • >
> • to
• a* •
u * a. a
•* 3 •»
W « -^ —
O W *
..I ^ to
a a M
IH « • a
- 0 «
• • • 1!
to * v ^ C
• M M *• **
^ 3 O •
5 o a *• >•
X to • 0 •
                                                                                               5r
iox

ove
carbon

«tor,
0)
3
C
O
u
fc

 01
         a u ii
         »• c -
         S c
         u e
 CO
H
g

V
f«   o

•"   S
                                                    S   U
                                                    s   e

                                                    a   a
                                                          j   S
                                                         a,

                                                         'a
                                                   F-26

-------






















^~N
•o
0)
3
C
•H
4-1-
C
O
a
s— '
•
«3~
i
0)
rH
_Q
cd
H














«
*
a
a
a.
•
•
m
•z
^
e
u
V
m -
a


•3
s
x -o
h.
M
* «
**
s
u
•
•
U 1
M •«• U
• • e
3 W W
W W -
4 ft.
.
3 a
U 0
u •—
o «
• 3
X
>

u
•
41
jg
1
• X
M 
« *
& M
0) U
• 41
• M
.C *«
ft. co
u
ii
u u
;
x

•
u
I
U





IM
• s e
— • 9 a o
• xu o —
W • — •
Q *. M •
-.-«*.
• V fl • ^ trt
-— «4 •- V 3 &
>••*=•»
>. S 2 S '
w ^ O A • >•
— 0 - » A
V Z WO) '
- - • • •« -9
M C U « W
O • • • > M
M W *rf p W O •
« .- 5 « - w
* 3 k« U 3 — M
q o k« 3 « o a
x.3 k. •- i u *• «*












•



-1
z

z



«
(N
_l
a.
3

O
U
X
G
w
a
4)
X
a.
0
ta
Oi
a
i 1
• •
s ». •
M — —
O — A
** • •
u a
*rf -- O •
ilsl
1:^1
O w ^ w
«• • O ta

M
* U
• "
|
C •«•

Jt


i"""*
u »•
M ^
1!




—
a
s :
IM •—
• >
* a M
• -* W-t U •
a ^ - — *
-•*•<•*«**
* O 3

— "* • K ^

3 • s : a
i *- 8 *
0 O 9 *• *
i-34 1!*
• U • U ta
* • fc"* •
W • M M
• U ••• U *
A •« • >
O w
•o •* • a, •
— x
| S .2 S 2
«'=S .
MA •
• • 3 w a •
U > — A O —
— w a o.-
M 5 • X • —
o o 4} • a.
H • >« • u •
w
. rl
— o ^
• W « X
o — 3 •- a
M •? Oi9
K O O • ••• O
MM U W Jt M

— — * - • O
M • X X— —
o *-—-»-
w « ^ « x *
W • ••* — M
j| w i h» m — «
••^ U * b M
•-• Q 41 M • h*
• • -Q • 0.—






a
ji
•
•
M
a
3
•
w
X
«
Z     X     0
                      e   o
                      <-»   «A
                      o   o
2 !   2
  S   I

 - •   «
• •
-. —   •
• 9   a
US   «
ucawfr*
                  s

                  o
                  a
                        bt   »t   «
                        H   u   j:

                            41   ?

                            ^   i
          F-27

-------
9

i
*  •
                               u §
                      e — —
                      < j= x
                                                                              —  • m   •
                                                                                 3« V   •

                                                                                 S3   fl  •   a
                                                                               --* u  * M • a a
                                                     « 9
                                                     *» O
                                                     • w
                                              O *
                                              * o
                                                                        a « 4  • a -c d ^

                                                                        - -1: ?  . I -

                                                                        i  . "s^-^ 31
                                                                        • ••••«   •  A
                                                                          V a • U O *^ M
                                                                        — " 5 » V B • O
                                                                        • 3UOMM44*
•o
(U
3
C-
o
a
ed
H


a
o
o
u
o

u

—
u
F-




fl «
0 -
J5 -
M U
U J

">, 'T.
u u
28
u

O
O
a
j

o
^

—
f

3
O
X
e

.*z
o
"•
u

Q


w
O

u
i
u
5

9
Ou

•"
£

W
O
O

3
0

•


^
X

chlor ide

g.
*
OB

i

•


*>.
2



e

9
0

A


—
M

B

i
o
u
e
u

e
w

2


-------
T3
IV

C
c
o
u
CO
H
       • • c
       3 k. V
       O- » ^
       •< a.



       a e
       u O
       U .M
       « *rf
       e «
       s.:
      8
      u
                             ul
                                         u >
                                         s2
                 • to .
                 i:°
:vs-
i •«• •« u
                 •* M a •
                 •52,

• ••
£t
a *
; 3
** M
u a
• M
a .-4 «<
• •
U 0 !


3
O

i:

ft!
i
u
V
e
u
1

•
i

M
0
b
-
a
o
u
a
5
0
JS
e
0 >*
a *
to to
• e
a —
a >• to
to
O
—
*
M
Jl
JB
*


U
V
o
•M
to
.
M
•4
V
H
M
O
•
e
•••
o
„'
to
1
to
a
a
^
•

e
0
^ »«
•
£ 0
u •

                                                             V  . *  - •   3 »
                                                              ?M S  • •   M
                                                              SO  • •    —
                                                                 -
                                                             M  W « M
                                                             a « •   e
                                                             ** 9 * • -• 3    «rf
                                                           »>.•«••• O  ^9 —
                                                           •MwUflMMU  — W
                                                           J —   JB O — 3  •— •-«
                                                           * t. C -< • k. I  « M
                                                     «  e
                                                     ^  3
                                                            S  §
                                                                            2  S
                                         F-29

-------

























0)
3
C
•H
er
o
a

^
i
fa
.a
CO
H


















V
1

V
3K

"S
e
i
u
41


Recovery 4 Handling
Hazard*
•- • « '
M ••« U
« • a
8-« "
.
3 S
u 0
u -•*
O •
• 3
;
"2
u
•1
at »
• X
-«• ••«
e —
u

H
O
.1
•1* !d
£ 3
1
U

11
• U
• -t
>* •
-C —
a. vi
w
M 41
11
11
tj
TK.
U
•
41
.£
U


















Hoderately tomic via oral
route .
Highly irritant to akin,
eyea, aucoua «e«bran«a
and via inhalation route.
















X XX
X X


«<•< « X at
 CN «•
—



§« m 0 0
£ 2 £ C

2 35 S
j. U, U.



•9 -
• — U
f) «^
«M V U
«— C U —

M « •— «*•
• a a — —
o S ** 'S 2
S 1 1 1 I
... ££...=•.
•a c
OJ >. 0
o -- «
E — *
U J3 Q.
3  u
'x J >.
o o a
t-.CS
.2 • » • • • —
M>. >o ••• «weh«
• u 2 .J.O-0-
••«JiM «««-*• *rf •
• > • «•-«••_ . * • J "S
«« • «. -s- J's: S|j?«: »•: t-
.2-5-=° SS2 -S-'s* -5 '45 °3 2°
•-•:•=•£ H^l i-i£- ';'::| K Is
U9IK33 •- ^ J 1. a u*J!-i —Z —S
— a. • J> • •« j • — •5_'_s ^^ ^~
• o • »>•• 9 * a M BS5?B i"Z ^ •
O ».-«•• u — « • J»(o« °8*^^ ^S ^B
-« o»- 3 • >> • u a • - "3 . 'S S - i
», .- o — i. - o «.•« a — ^i _2J22 t . - .
•k^.^UVU b • • ••&• V*aMV9 •• •*
- j - 3 i • S - * .2 a a. • _ _ « „ ,j b « L. «
^ • -o • * — u c= Ji • a a ^ • - •" a I" » -
M x S S — B • -S-S"! 3c»a. «• -g S S • "SS "55
253 XSS S it I -512: S-22J:.. 42 52



X




-


3E X -J •*! XX




X -IX J J J
X XX * XX


II 1 *
- « •
"" » ~



a s s s s s
j ga j -1 us -a
< r < ^33
? !? £ 'J



i
O
"3 u
u < * "u «
< — T ^ 2
U • "
u - " S - Z
I II III














s
b«
*•








































F-30

-------
                    M ** M G
                  •V M • • 3 *
                  - 9 W 3 — «
                    MB • « •
                       W «
                    4 •  M  -
                      8 ^ — •*
                    • to O to C
                        9 • M •
                        * 3 0 O
                        « « — —
^
•* «
• 9

O O
w
* ft*
» •
w «
88

- a
at ht



•*


f
& i
•«
•

•
>
w
M
O
>«
X

to
•I
:

*rf
t ">
• x
« —
U
— •
:-

•
3

S
w
i i
!-:
•** «>


•«
•
a ja
^i
• «•
•s-
to W
9 — •
r* «

1
•
•
••

«
? •;
•V
>> *
« -
•
M
: >
•
•
. a i

- ?•
;--s
^ M
K to •"
• to V
* «
1 M B
S 2*




•
3



.

•
to
O
u
M
9
•u
^
X
?s
S •
w >

* O
S -•
« «
M^
to B
• M
. S

^ -••
•
•

u
•o
«
•V
9 *
» •
« ••*
« ••«
d M
- a
i4i
          • w
          ••• u
          • e
 0)
 3
 C
 0
 O
m
H
                                "588
                                              o
                                              a
•o

 o"
                                                                                  o   e  o   o
                                                                                  o   *  ^e   •*
                                                                                  — >   o  o   »rt
        — V
        SI
        u u
                                                                                  a
                                                                                  ^
                                                                                  •O
                                               F-31

-------
       • • e
       3 I- V
       » V u
       < a-




       3 I
01

3
C
o
u
 \




 01
rH


 «
       ti .^
       M ^
       • a
a. en


M
M V



U U
       I
       u
                                              — • u -
                                            •o • > — s
                                            ••* > o • *
                                            o o ** n »
                                            • I — A •
                                              • 9   w
                I"5
                e E
                e •«

                •o e
               I

                o  •


         J15   II
         n h. •  •- m
                                    11
                                            3 If M —
                                            M O • h* M

                                            5 2 .21 3-S
                                     •8-  i
                                      > O  3
                                     5 !  I1!
                                         l   -,«-a
                                          •   •• - e • u
                                                                               22
                                                                               a
                                                                     •»   O  O
                                                                     —   5  i
                                                                                      i
                           CO  ^  M
                                                                     oa   as  aa  M
                                                                            5  S
                                            JS


                                          F-32
                                                               -!  j

-------
                                   W 9


                                   Si
                                  *  * • u m
                                  o  e h* « hj
                                  -  3 O — «l
                                  S«  U > -
                                  • —•   mm,
                              **   i»  *rf w » « •<

                              te   M3M33S   "^

                              --   «  ?2 £ 3 2   I
                                                                  -s .
                    —   o

                    o   -
                                                                *«JJt.tf   O   3Mjf   >
                                                                O -^ •   • — ^ — •     •
                               M a o a
                               o • *M o
         a •-      *%••• • <*• ^    M u   *^
         «M*tJC   — >   O «        MM
           • M  18   •   A    >»*••
         b«w3    « U « • h*    — « £ M  •

         £h*b>   •« • a M «    * a o h« •-
         Wht«      O • O A    ••* 0   k* ^
   E   ».


 ;i   7
 !—»*-*
  ^ O u
 I  •   O
U  •  O
.—  3 «M •
•  •    a
o u  w o
                                                                                                                  d
                                                                                                                  hi
                                                                                                                -• 3
                                                                                                                • ^
                                                                                                                ht
                                                                                                                o e
                                                                                                                !J-I
• 3 -O u —   M
— O a *• Ji   -^
X • • — •   «
             325.2
              " 3 a ta •
             : i
 c
 c
 o
 o
-3"
 I
43
 CO
H
!   I
                       -.   S
                                                            ^
                                                            x
                                                            u
                                                            •
                                                            9
                           11
                                                           F-33

-------
                          *    v M
                                       ~   -   S
                                       •»   0   •"
          •4-O
          a*   ^
                                       x
                                       M
                                       3
S   3.    •   -
2   2"   J   1
i   i     i   i
                                                                       a   M
                                                                       i   i
                                                                       u   u
                                                                       m   o
                                                                       s   s
                                                                               „..
                                                      F-34

-------
•a

0)

3
      M 41


      31
                                                  li
                    •sll
                    « *- 9 >

                    MOO*
                    st
                                    M

                                   • o
_•  ^
                                      : s-s  „-
                                      — »>

                                      * -:: s .s .
                                      • • o — o   e
                                      b « a>    - o

                                      v 'MB- • • o -<
                                      « M  - i •- «>
                                      MM o  •  M ta


                                      Iti^lsl
                                       Saw • a a «
                                       « •- u O —


                                      — — • O O C J|
                                      ^ M t* w »*••• *
 22
 u ^
 O —•

 .§
2;-:,


fiss
••• M 9 •<*

Sol S
u a u &
                                                                        -  s
               w «o  i



             .  II  .-


             s  I.  4

             £  J3  S

             "  ?3  2
             IP  o -  b.
             B  JS ^  »*
Ji  a


£  I
                                              o
                                              C
       9


       I
                             •Q  e.

                             S  S
                             O  0
                                  F-35

-------
T3
01
3
C
a
a
 i


 0)
CO
H
      «•<•
      - j=
      5^
      U >

      & •*
      ca o
      r~ 9t

      SI
      u u
               i!
             *r2s!
     ,H±i2 .  I**.*
     it ?3 SS  S-Si-gl1
     i w 41 " • u  • I . ' 3
     > "*  !••»  • u o — O
j'-'jif--}  I sit 8
«-•?•; g-s* :-  -s--° «
— _• — o i  • • u    -  • e
MOO rt'a ! • • a  • ? • i ~
                                        -f  'll
                                        SI  .2 , ^
                                            S S JS
                                        u U  M —
                                                  U  U fc*
High

Higb
inha
                                                          3-2
                                                          a
                                                          J c
a o
i'^
i - O
?S f
                                            »
                                                             »  e
                                                                S
                       °.  *
                       OB  •«
                                                  ."*  °
                                                  i  1
                                  F-36

-------
•
e
0
•
^
1
!
u
V




- s
1.
m "V
•4 «
N
»H •
ta X
•1
Q

m

v i
— • 0
•ri ••• W
• • e
3 to «
< ft-
U O
u -^
• M
0 •
£ 1'

« *
a. u
a. «o
ca
M 41
M -9
X 3
X
U
•*
V
JS
u






*
^
-o
1


u >
•; i
e «
H u
.s • — • « —
m * so a -9 •
30 — • «... |
• «* M • J« M ta
U — 9 • u I • 0 «
A b ^— S • 3 g X u 5
•o ? • • .a'-S b u *" * o '• a
« > • — • «.— • > a. o o
^ •• W^Hl *^9 MO,*
h»wo>««* ^aaoo • 90
o — u 3 • • o - • eu >>e
• a*«o o-* ^«.M «»Q.M
^« MKM W0M »sj« a* M ^ « M
• • •• • O — —U »O • M —
JS"° -2 SI J«i-?S— >. ». '"-a.

••Bai^ ttS f«O • -C •£ MOO
ai.« O'V^B* l^u»»«« M « -M u
• ^ —a x. o a «i v. • — — — •<«•
M • UZ^U «l — O • X »i B •—••Jon






•i «J ^




> Z X



.is -i



c X s


o a o o
$ § si
* tfC «^ i^
*

I i i i


.J _1 M
i 1 s

1
e
Su -•
V O
M U 0
C £ * «

.a •• a>
0 0 O
.- . - .-
X X XX











22 a
- -S .
• • • • ^
to ••* •*• •*••••!
o > .• > * 41 5
• W « O * U ••* 3
— «• M -^ • •« M«0
> M 0 M * M O
000-3 6
U «rfUM3M UV
O — * — — 0
M •!•••*• *j a
"!"•" 5
»• •••••• • «
••« « to^ ub b 2°
M3 3 ^« «•» •» ••*
52 5 2 i S 2 » 2 -S S "S











• » »



j j j j j j



91 S X Z X


So • o e o — —
o o> n -» o
O 4


"°SS= » ~ S S
S 5 1C - 1 — 00 — 5

«
£ H a <
z O 0 x
M
111 • V
i i g o a. — "9 ^
1 3 £
V « II u • «
— —sea ^ u
ooovv « •• —
6C333 ouf
»«!- — — 3. • 1
J= ^ 0 0 0 kl-u
a.a,«u« u X3
S003S 1 — _ «.
S.tltSt-.S utj*-ll
Ba'z'zx =3 = 0.
F-37

-------
     I
     U !
     — • V
     ;: g
     8-S2
     «».
TJ
CU

C
c
o
o-
sr
 I
V
r-t
m
H
     u >
     « «
     a. w
     n o

      • v
     • ^
     >« •

     aT (A

     M
     H •)
     « ^
     X 3
     U 'J
             — a o e •
             JfO«««-»
             • — ^ a. ji
            •"'
            »> - « 3
            bBOMV
            • « o e  .
            > 0 u — «
         • a
         » *
         - S
 o—e
* - JI -
*   S   u  O  «
—   •   • -  • M
5   i   S«i2»; 51
2   :
^
    2-   .r-=5 s s-sssc   - » s. .
                      O & •
«   -s   Ssii^s-:   ^:|s
                      575'
?i  Jl  sJ^sJiisas  -jgi
                    |
                    1
                                F-38

-------

















x-s
•a
0)
3
C
•H
U
c-
o
y
^-s
•
-a-
I
Pu
0)
^-1
n
C8
H














•

&
•
•8
1
i
s
•
r
i»
^
^ •
M
>» •
to ai
•
|
U 1
•« • •
*« -•* u
• • e
15 -"
3 a
U 0
li
• 9
»%
»
M
U
•
•
M
1
• ^
M M

"• *«
-?2
»H
«ri
U
•^
O
H
»s
to • •
* -•
5^
u
— »«
te M
U »
ts
« u
• •
• w
.C M
a. «
m
ii
u u
]
•
U
•*
j
u








:
i
to
U
•
o
H
.u! i jj. ! i
MMQ « a^i^* •
• •* » • . *"*>• •
• a«« ^ *«»w«u »
• •*" 1 to U I • • ••
i A * • •• to to - to
— T i —to • —•-••« u
• • >••« »^« «*^
• • •- • • ••• • — ••
m a M • * w •« -. ^ < — jo
^Mto««a •^••1 j«w-^^ «M
9«<«to •••• • • • •- u
5 • S i e a « ««*• ».
y •« u ' «•«•• «a~4« >>-«
i M - o • C - • u • ji
->««•• K«to« •»•<••— I M
• •HTM* •••• { to»^«MfiM —
M t * S -Z * * • — to • to d • « • u«
M to • to • •' • to • M^ 94 •
J • • ^ V-S — • to 5 B • — « 0 - • 0
• «to«*« • — • o i a • — i. •. a ^


•
.)


a -1 -J •


_

J J J
a MM



| g » " " -
i

S3 SXS 2 o §
f* O •* — G> (*; i^
•M^ ^ M*^ Mf>lfl«
a
J «S -i » m m
ZZ -*S Q «. • M
uz aa S >. ik a.
i. i. 0. •. &.».•.•.
^
^,
2
3
: =
2 ^
: s ,
8«« •
a •
h
• • •
• 333
• -2 O O O
— w to A £ A
S> • ^ & & &
to • • • •
1 1 1 i J i
h ».»•«. «.*,••
F-39









• M to
— • • 5
•• » «.Z " •
I*. .2 - 1 I 5
I S ••* 999
I, : »-2_ s -
•• 9 o •» Jl •
«*- C— -» * to * «
V M M • *•* • •«*
•>•• • 1 • a .•
•: t s i t « i *~
IJ* s." ..a.:
• » ji » • • • «.j
i *• • •* v •«• •
2s .±2j!ta.-i
i = < 1-82:^3^
»&I:JS!L:^

































-------
     * • e
     9 to •
     V « «*
      S.
      u o
      o j;

      • a
C
a
a
fe
     3
             •s

             I
              15
                               .
                           ^  • u
                           0 • — 0
                           •e ^ o «
                             r »
•   "•*•?-«
we  -^ •   i w M
so  • • ^  « • q    __  —
 '«   » ••  .•• «M 3    •«••••&
« •*  • o 3  -• 3 •   u^««a
	*   me   —-us
          - -    o £  .
              8— •
                ••

                            e •« f  •
                            M U O • •
                                  ...  28-:i^4n
                        ?w   »~.
                        9   MM
iK3O«uu»6«   vgMu»
^s»j^i:j£   iis:-

                                             .

                                           .=•82
                                      o •; i •: :: 5

                                       — •  k • 9
                                       « X  • M 4

                                       — 2  T! 2 !
                                       •« o  6 o o
                                       • w  X w w
   3

j  -5 ?
3
   • •

   • 3
•  «* • ft^



illi.t
             4

             i

                                                        s
                                                i   i
                                   F-40

-------
T3
(U
3
C
O
U
fc
CO
H
      • • e
      S M «
      » * -
      ^ ••



      3B
      o •
      • "a
      si
      u u
      jf


      S .
i2S
& « U
**1 1;
, . «• -+ 4 M
~2 j!
                       ^ W ** •
                       • a • i
                       O O K 9 •
                                    -
                                   -93
                                   a o
                                   > h
   0     2
,  8   S *
MM  ••«   U
   M     *

      1-T
      *S a

      iM
e  •*   Q to **
&S!j  |J*

IIi!  Jk
s  .  a
u  ••*  •
5  •  »
^-'S  i
 a   M

1S^  I
   W  V ^

   I  i!
      s.:
                              O 3  •«
                                        a  H
                                      ; s  s
                                                     U



                                                     M
                                                     O
                              £  S S

                               F-41

-------
                                                               to •*
                                                               o a
                                                               S2
                   s   .
x S a  S     '
- S .2  -    .2

S !*  J     S
— * u  •     «
:;  *
                                          • ««to
                                          ** •" 4

                                        |i£l
                                        * u -. I
                              i
                                                                 3 b w
                                                                 .• a. a
                                                                 Si  S
                                                                 • u »» **
                                                            *     u a M •
                                                            •       I • to
                                                            •     m   *• — *
                                                            M     1 *• • fc
                                                               2>* w o • *
                                                               **      •
                                                            to   -^ • • * to

                                                            -   .2.2.2:  .
                                                        -*i
                                                                                            ? i

                                                                 j
                                                               Oy»
                                                               «••
                                                               • M U
                                                                           i — • * — .fi

                                                                           I «-W • •• **

                                                                           I JS 9 9 Ml O
                                                                           i e o * a —
           : g
         » • -
"S
 g
         9 a
         u o

         8-
         a •
 C
 O
 u
i
 tfl
H
         !• ••


         « wa
         u u
                                                 S    «,   S    §
                                                 ^5**
                       s   i
          
-------
1




















CD
3
C
•H
4J
C
o
0
1

0)
•HJ
•^
CO
H












V
*
0
2*
0
*
1
S


9
| m
9 "to
4 •
H
IK •
S»
o
u
U I
— • #
M ••« U
K
u O
u *•*
• -M
O J
M 3

^
•£
w
*
M

M **
S ««
u
M
O
H
£
* '.«
S-2
U

A O
• V
X •*
ft* M
2 .
SI
u u

1
—
u













•
•
M
<*M
s °
i :
08
- :
» k. •
> •* •
—• ••
• • 3
0 X M
h. M •
to •«*
2:1








j



,
u


n



I

H
M
a.
i
?
*
2
o
I
3





^ •*
\i I
« » —i
1! s!
. o
s . s, J ^ 3 .
- S.T2 .|«. " J ~s:
*^ " * 8 u" S. • -^ i S
•• • jj • •• u*"5'« - * *»i'S
jj-:s* .i£s2 : ! i8 - 5s.
M ••**»• •> O O J •• • W f • • O
2^aJ55 • 2--:*S - ' S^SS
«• » a aw i — • x o •• •* •
»••••— g • • b • »> u U «<«0. -
:•;*:':• ":«52 & iss-s*
slsjlr ^:2s ? S sl^ll


*





a -J » •



j • -> *
» M K ,


" I



S 8 = S §
^ M "« * <«
"
e B s 1

.
8
x •; s
f JS i
2 » !
o a u
^ 1 S
to to to
V V «
H H H H
3
C
^j
B
O
u




•L|
! • " "i
^in
- a • •

lili








m




*


S i 2
e * •>



«
«. = ^^«»__
S
^
« N^
M • *
3323
| S : 8

( u u • •
| 3333-S
o ??;;;••
5 i i i i i 2 a
F-43

-------














^^^
•o
0)
3
C
•H
W
C
o
u

_•*
^J
1
fa
ID
t— 1
ja
CO
H

















•
•
Ch>
•
•
It
1
I
S

J
j-;
* s
»* «
S"
j
." . e
« •— u
• • a
9 x e
f U "
4 »•
i.
9 •
U 9
U •«
0 *
• 3

M
•£
•
«
M
1
• +*
• —
••••*
*-T^
K
«•>
U
•
H
*»
to •*
l\
u
»*• M
w »
u
• •
• ej*
>* •
d M
A. «•
»
M W
SI
u u



j
•
•
u
!
M
U






• •
I Z
1 ••
1 J
'.i '.i
~:j ^|
9 I 0 •
H » H k
•; •:
• XX*
' 9 *M X O •••
« « — o- • O Jl •
Sv • ^ * e. o ««
^ ». £»•* ~< J 5 <~ •
"" 2 — • u » — • — i 8T »
w>^x 9"*^ ••^•9 u «OiO e
— X w « a • -> w .a • «• •*< «S - • ^
• — 1 • -• «aae M • » S • o
e* e>» «XMX 9 o ••••
**e«M9 «* '•'MiMee
**i^*e ^* a
x • x « -* 5» x««e xe ol« ew
eie o • — 5 o a. » • ««i a • o • 1 •
^XM xax^ e eou ^9 w^e»Vov
3 * - w«ee + • - • 09 •9Me.xS
X -o • • • • — 3 «••> Xx «. * e »^ « —


X X

J





• J X



-1-1 -IB


XX « XXX


«t — -. m o — «.
s i
t =
5 ? S 1 i s s

V •• • • • oil «4
2-0* M
2 Q x u
r* ^H (^ (•*
• 1
erf •— ^ 1
« • *•
g <\ _;
U •— «•
°
• •
J " |
M* e a
• la x
• • « o
Z 1 e j: — —
?e • a A
X 3 • u
2 is S e '*. 2
7
V
to
•
JS
••
•••
•
U
S
H
e, 1
In ?T
leocti (tovly •/ i
forcing kydrockloi
•cid. leipiretor i
protective clotkil
required. Corrodcl
eeuipaeat .


X

-i












X


I
-»
•C
-*

ft




f+

-
•
A
V
O
Id
o

s
u
u
H


fj
.a
^1
I
^•s
u >
Si
H X
*s
•S S-o
r*s -
lecoordUetio* t 1
judf oBeat occur el
•spoeiirce of 500-1
ppoi. Di !•!•••• .
droveineee, lo*e c


•

•a





•


—
x


X


§

e
•A
*

*1
_1
£




















•
•
to
3
•
i
•
*
to
£
!•
>*«
ji






































F-44

-------





























X"S
•o
01
§
•H
4J

O
o
s^

o
S

U 1
— • 0
•* i* U
; : i
or • «4
| B
U 0
o ••*
o j«
• 9
•M
»
*t
2
j
t
« IK
••* •"•*
a «••
*****
m ,4
».
u
M
^
»*
M
M .*
*rf .O

U

U >
* *
& to
• M
>• *
A M
». ta
M
•• 4)
« -9
S O
U U



!
X


«
U
•
tl
.a
v



*
o
o —
w ^
S
*-
3 to
^ 51
** •
• •
***
•* •
1]^
si 2

s
"2 " •
» -« ••
S« •
A to
• • •"
• •* • »
« — #•
S -2 "* • *


to »»* •
•«• •*« • M
U • M
^1 *^ ^ & O

X M to ••


•


•1





M



M
r*


%
^



s
*

->

£



•
A



I
3
*•
9
to
£
ja
-2
H
•





•
JB
^
1
••
• •
u >
H X
•; ^
s s
.2 :- ;
".-£5
JJ'8^ *
8« M • «
--23^


d o M ^ O
ta • M !d
IPII
X to •««. W "V


X


X





A



M
x


|
-T
V


i s
*•» ^

• «

X
••
H


X
I




0
,' 1
-• a.
S £
2 5
u -a
."
H










o
; ?
a «
jj. «j
> u
w -^ •

e — M
a • •
Mm • •
s « H

















• -a


s - »
f<4




S s ± q

• _i j -i

5 S S S
H H H «-
Tl
U M
^ —

U V
*l
«
u
•
»»
H « •
I J : ]
£ .- « 3
& 1 • • —
o u-t o oo
to - to • O
— ** — mm
M<* A O w
— .- .M *- —
H H H O H
T3
41
3
C
.»ri
U
C
o
u



•*
K * M M
7 s: •
** • M • •
<9 • * ji — a •
Is I1- ^U| ;
?— MM- •
* • o • • 5
*;; 5s :it.:


•^ •* »^ MS • • • •
• '* • • -2 S 2 -i
«• «U U • .M u • «•
je « S | » ° | j"--






•










mix x


z — e f *




-*««o ^**t*

J U « J • • • J

CJUOCU ^>MH
LJ U. U. o 9. - »
— j: o ~
a M u ••
u • >> "
J? 2 3 • • • t
£•5 M ^ ^ *^
- * * • * **
S - 5 5 53?*
^ 2 •: T. j i ^ •
e, o * a. 3
5^5 2 7. 7. x S

HHHH =J33>
F-45

-------

















TD
a;
3
C
•H
C
O
u
-
1
OJ
CO












v
e
o
j
u
K

r
e
• *
M
s£
o
w
41

U 1
III
11
9 •

'




1
• to*
«• —
M J}
•*
»»
* —
*5
w
w »
£.:
« u
ft. W
ii
u u
B
u
8
g



-




7! •=•
l! |i *.
»~ '*:
Ij rS

» • •
"^ * •«• ^1
J] Is I !







m
• • B « « K


* M
H M
• V hi
* ' 1 " ' *
M


2 2 o e e oeeeee o e
)^ *^M£ "" — O « i-» O * irvv^

3 iS v H d 2 S I g £
g;ii> SMMMR ^4
*
3
ve e
•B • •-
S 7 S 2
• — e "9 m *
M«Cb • • -* fc. ^i
«WO M » M -J^ 0 J
? 2 ? s : ^ 2 *•; £ r
i J^* »«»S
-------
                                 APPENDIX G

                                  GLOSSARY
Absorption:  The soaking up of one substance by another, particularly a
     liquid by a solid.

Adsorbate:  A solid, liquid, or gas that is adsorbed as molecules, atoms,
     or ions to the surface of a solid.

Adsorption:  The attraction of molecules, atoms, or ions or compounds to
     the surface of a solid.

Aerobic:  Having molecular oxygen as part of the environment or growing
     in the presence of molecular oxygen.

Alternative:  A collection of techniques that are used to accomplish all
     objectives of a response.

Anion:  A negatively charged atom or group of atoms.

Aquatic persistance:  Chemical stability of a substance over time in a
     water body.

Aromatics:  A class of organic compounds characterized by one or more cyclic
     rings that contain double bonds.  Benzene is a prominent compound of
     this class.

Backwash:  An upward flow of water through a filter bed that cleans the
     filter after it is exhausted.

Benthic organisms:  Plant and animal life whose habitat is the bottom of
     a sea, lake, or river.

Bentonite:  A highly plastic clay, consisting of the minerals montmorillonite
     and beidellite, that swells extensively when wetted.

Berm:  A narrow shelf or flat area that breaks the continuity of a slope.

Bioaccumulation:  The result of chemical intake by an organism when the rate
     of intake is greater than the rate of excretion, resulting in and
     increase in tissue concentration relative to the exposure concentration.
                                    G-l

-------
Bioaccumulation factor:  The ratio of the concentration of a substance
     in the tissue of an organism to the concentration of the substance
     in the environment surrounding the organism.

Biomagnification:  The increase in chemical concentration in tissues of
     organisms through the food chain;  a progressive increase in bioaccumu-
     lation through the food chain."

Biota:  Animal and plant life, especially of a particular region.

BOD (Biochemical oxygen demand):  A measure of the amount of oxygen required
     by bacteria while stabilizing decomposable organic matter under aerobic
     conditions.

Bottom materials:  Any materials that are on the bottom of a water body,
     including sediments, vegetation, and contaminating substances.
                                                         _2
Carbonate:  A compound that contains the carbonate ((COo)  ) ion.

Cation:  A positively charged atom or group of atoms.

CERCLA:  Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability
     Act (Superfund), Federal law under which uncontrolled hazardous waste
     sites and spills of hazardous materials are remediated.

CFR:  Code of Federal Regulations; publication of regulations promulgated
     under Federal .laws.

Chemical equilibrium:  A condition in which a chemical reaction is occuring
     at equal rates in its forward and reverse directions, so that
     concentrations of the reacting substances do not change with time.

CHRIS:  Chemical Hazards Response Information System; a U.S. Coast Guard
     information system pertaining to water transport of hazardous chemicals
     that consists of the following components:  the Condensed Guide to
     Chemical Hazards (handbook), the Hazardous Chemical Data Manual, the
     Hazard—Assessment Handbook, the Response Methods Handbook, Data Bases
     for Regional Contingency Plans, and the Hazard—Assessment Computer
     System (HACS).

Coarse-grained material:  Granular material (such as soil or sediments) in
     which sands and gravels predominate; in general, material larger than
     74 microns (200 mesh).

COD (Chemical oxygen demand):  A measure of the amount of oxygen required
     to convert organic compounds to carbon dioxide and water by a strong
     oxidizing agent.

Cohesive soil:  A soil that has considerable compressive strength when it
     is unconfined and air-dried and exhibits significant cohesion (clumping)
     when it is wetted; opposite of free-flowing material.
                                    G-2

-------
Colloidal particles:  Particles that are so small (1 to 100 millimicrons)
     that surface charges produce an appreciable influence on the behavior
     of the particles.

Contaminated:  Having been exposed to, and retained all or a portion of,
     a harmful substance.

CWA:  Clean Water Act; Federal law for restoring and maintaining the quality
     of surface waters.

Dewatering:  Removal of water from a substance or an area by means of
     gravity, pumps, drains, or filters.

DOT:  U.S. Department of Transportation.

Dredge bucket:  That part of a mechanical dredge that dislodges and
     collects sediments.

Dredge head:  That part of a hydraulic or pneumatic dredge that dislodges
     and collects sediments.

Embankment:  A man-made deposit of soil, rock, or other material used to
     form an impoundment.

Endangered species:  Biota that are in danger of extinction, especially
     those species that are officially so declared by the U.S. Department
     of Interior and/or state agencies.

Environmental setting:  The total natural background of a location,
     including hydrology, geology, climatology, and biology.

EP Toxicity:  Extraction Procedure (EP) test used by EPA as a determination
     of toxicity; the degree of leaching of contaminants from a substance
     is measured under conditions that simulate a waste landfill.

Estuary:  Part of a flowing water body where its current is met and
     influenced by tides.

Exothermic:  Releasing heat as a by-product of a chemical reaction.

Exposure:  The subjecting of a receptor to a contaminating substance.

Fauna:  Animal life, especially of a particular region.

FDA:  Food and Drug Administration of U.S. Department of Health and Human
     Services.

Filter cake:  A concentrated solid or semisolid material that is
     separated from a. liquid by filtration.
                                    G-3

-------
Fine-grained material:  Granular material (such as soil or sediments) in
     which silts and clays predominate; in general, material smaller than
     74 microns (200 mesh).

Flocculant:  A reagent added to a dispersion of solids in a liquid to
     bring together fine particles to form aggregates, or floes.

Flocculate:  To aggregate or clump small particles into larger masses.

Flora:  Plant life, especially of a particular region.

Free-flowing material:  Generally granular material (such as soil or
     sediments) that can be poured or dumped with minimal clumping;
     opposite of cohesive material.
Grain size:  The effective diameter of a particle measured by sedimentation,
     sieving, micrometry, or a combination of these methods.

HAGS:  Hazard Assessment Computer System; a system for obtaining rapid
     hazard evaluations from U.S. Coast Guard headquarters; part of CHRIS.

Habitat:  The area in which a biological population normally lives or
     occurs.

Halogen:  Any element of the halogen family of chemical elements
     (e.g. chlorine, bromine, fluorine).

HSWA:  Hazardous, and Solid Waste Amendments to RCRA.

Hydrostatic pressure:  The pressure at a point in a fluid at rest caused by
     the weight of the fluid above the point.

Hydroxide:  Compound containing the OH~ group; the hydroxides of metals are
     bases and those of non-metals are usually acids.

IARC:  International Agency for Research on Cancer of the World Health
     Organization.

Immediate response:  An action or multiple actions that are implemented
     with minimal planning and consideration of alternatives to control a
     rapidly worsening situation or to minimize the impacts of a severe
     situation.

Impact:  The effect or result of a receptor being exposed to a contaminating
     substance.

In situ;  In its original place, as opposed to being moved or relocated.

Ions:  Atoms, groups of atoms, or compounds, that are electrically charged
     as a result of an imbalance between protons and electrons.
                                    G-4

-------
Leach:  The transfer of liquid, solid, or dissolved compounds from a solid
     matrix to a liquid as a result of passing of the  liquid through the
     interconnected pores of a pile or cell of the solid matrix.

Leachate:  The liquid that is produced as a result of  leaching; generally
     considered to be contaminated.

LD5Q (or lethal dose):  The concentration of substance that is fatal to
     50 percent of the population that is exposed.

Micron:  One-millionth of a meter; 25,400 microns equal one _inch.

Mesh:  A size of screen or particles passed through a  screen in terms of
     the number of openings occuring per linear inch;  200 mesh is equivalent
     to 200 microns.

MPRSA:  Marine Protection, Research, and Sanctuaries Act; Federal law under
     which dumping of materials into ocean waters is regulated.

NAS:  National Academy of Sciences.

NCP:  National Contingency Plan; Federal plan for implementing CERCLA.

NIOSH:  National Institute for Occupational Health and Safety of the U.S.
     Department of Health and Human Services.

NOAA:  National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration of the U,S. Department
     of Commerce.

NPDES:  National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System; a program for
     controlling point discharges to surface waters; administered by USEPA
     under the Clean Water Act.

Objectives (or response objectives):  Goals that are established for
     minimizing, eliminating, or reversing the impacts of a release of a
     contaminating substance.

Octanol-water partition coefficient:  A measure of the affinity of a
     substance for octanol (a liquid that behaves chemically similar to
     animal fat tissue) relative to water.

On-site:  On the same or contiguous geographical area.

Organic matter:  Substances comprised mainly of carbon and originating
     in animal or plant life or in laboratory synthesis.

OSC (On-scene coordinator):  Person that is responsible for responses to
     spills of hazardous substances.

OSHA:  Occupational Safety and Health Administration of the U.S. Department
     of Labor.
                                    G-5

-------
Oxidation:  A chemical reaction in which a compound or radical loses
     electrons.

Packed bed:  A fixed layer of granular material arranged in a vessel to
     promote intimate contact between gases, vapors, liquids,, solids,
     or various combinations.

Partition:  The tendency of a substance to exhibit an affinity for one
     material over another (such as sediments over water).

PCBs (Polychlorinated biphenyls):  A toxic and highly persistent class of
     compounds that were originally used as insulating fluids in electrical
     equipment.

Persistence:  Chemical stability of a substance over time.

pH:  A measure of the hydrogen ion concentration of a substance, which
     controls the direction, speed, and extent of chemical and biochemical
     reactions.

Publicly owned treatment works (or POTW):   In general, a central system for
     collecting and treating municipal wastewater.

Quiescent waters:  Areas of a water body that have relatively little1wave
     action, current, and flow velocity.

RCRA:  Resource Conservation and Recovery Act; Federal law under which
     solid and hazardous wastes are regulated.

Receptors:  Persons, plants, animals, or objects that are subjected to a
     contaminating substance.

Release:  A substance that has entered the environment through a leak,
     discharge, or other failure of a containment or confinement system.

Remote sensing:  A class of techniques for monitoring a situation that
     does not involve physically entering the substances being monitored;
     examples are sonar and x-ray fluorescence.

Residual (or byproduct):  A material that is produced without intent
     during the processing or treatment of other materials.

Response (or response action):  An action or multiple actions that are
     taken to minimize the impacts of a release of contaminating materials
     to the environment.

Resuspension:  The causing of bottom materials to become suspended in the
     water column, usually by agititation.
                                    G-6

-------
Scour:  The clearing and digging action of flowing water, especially the
     downward erosion caused by stream water in sweeping away mud and silt
     from the outside bank of a channel.

Scrubber:  A device for removal of entrained liquid droplets, dust, or an
     undesired gas component from a gas stream.

SDWA:  Safe Drinking Water Act; Federal law under which standards and
     criteria are established to protect drinking water.

Sediments:  Material that has settled to the bottom of a water body, consist-
     ing primarily of eroded and transported soil and organic matter.

Sediment-water partition coefficient:  A measure of the affinity of a
     substance for sediments relative to water.

Sensitive species (or indicator species):  Biota that exhibit an usually
     rapid or extreme reaction to a changed environmental condition; such
     reactions can provide a qualitative measure of contamination patterns.

Sinker:  A chemical substance that is heavier than water and has low
     solubility in water.

Slurry:  A mixture of solids and liquid, generally of a consistency that
     can be pumped.

Soil permeability:.. The quality of a soil horizon that enables water or
     air to move through it.  The permeability of a soil may be limited
     by the presence of one low-permeability horizon, even though others
     are highly permeable.

Solute:  The substance dissolved in a solvent.

Sorbent:  A substance that can take up and hold a contaminating substance;
     includes absorbents and adsorbents.

Specific gravity:  The ratio of the density of a material to the density
     of water at a specific temperature.

Spill:  Release of a substance from a container, generally of short duration.

Standards and criteria:  Regulatory or advisory numerical limits for
     concentrations of contaminating substances; generally apply to drinking
     water and discharges of waste streams to surface water.

Suspended solids:  A mixture of fine, nonsettling particles in a liquid.

Technique:  A process, method, or technology that is used to accomplish
     a response.
                                    G-7

-------
Toxicity:  The characteristic of being poisonous or harmful to plant or
     animal life; the relative degree of severity of this characteristic.

Transformation rate:  The rate at which the properties of a chemical change
     to pose a lesser or greater hazard.

TSCA: .Toxic Substances Control Act; Federal law under which selected
     chemicals are regulated (including PCBs).

Turbidity:  Cloudiness of a liquid caused by suspension of solid particles;
     a measure of the suspended solids in a liquid.
Underdrain:  A subsurface drain pipe or gravel drainage layer into which
     water flows.

USCG:  United States Coast Guard of the U.S. Department of Transportation

USEPA:  United States Environmental Protection Agency.

USGS:  United States Geologic Survey of the U.S. Department of Interior.

Water column:  That part of a water body that is water, as opposed to the
     bottom, banks, vegetation, etc.
                                    G-8

-------
                                APPENDIX H

                                REFERENCES
1.  Banzoli, V., V. Ditella, L. Dossi, and P. Gaua.  1976.  New Concept of
    Underwater Remote Controlled Tracked Vehicle for Deep Water Trenching
    Operations.  In: Eighth Annual Offshore Technology Conference, Houston,
    TX.  May 3-6, 1976.  p. 647.

2.  Barnard, W.  1978.  Prediction and Control of Dredged Material
    Dispersion Around Dredging and Open-Water Pipeline Disposal
    Operations.  T.R. DS-78-13, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment
    Station, Vicksburg, MS.  114 pp.

3.  Bauer, W.H., D.N. Borton, and J.J. Bulloff.  1975.  Agents, Methods,
    and Devices for Amelioration of Discharges of Hazardous Chemicals on
    Water.  CG-D-38-76.  United States Coast Guard, Office of Research and
    Development, Washington, D.C.

4.  Bernstein, C.S.  1985.  Hammering Out a New RCRA.  Civil Engineering.
    Vol 55, No. 4.  pp. 57-60.

5.  Bokuniewicz, H., ' 1981.  Burial of Dredged Sediment Under the Sea
    Floor:  Can You Do It?  In:  Proceedings of the 14th Annual Dredging
    Seminar.  TAMU-SG-83-103 Texas A&M University.  November 12-13.

6.  Brunotts, V.A., L.R., Emerson, E.N. Rebis, A.J. Roy.  1983.  Cost
    effective treatment of priority pollutants compounds with granular
    activated carbon.  In:  Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Wastes,
    Washington, D.C.  Oct. 31 - Nov. 2.  pp. 209-216.

7.  Byroade, J.D., A.M. Twedell, and J.P. LeBoff.  1981.  Handbook for Oil
    Spill Protection Cleanup Priorities.  EPA 600/8-81-002.  Versar, Inc.
    Prepared for:  USEPA, Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory,
    Cincinnati, OH.

8.  Casarett, L.J. and J. Doull (eds.).  1975.  Toxicology:  The Basic
    Science of Poisons, McMillan Publishing Corp., Toronto.  768 pp.

9.  Callahan, M.A. et al.  1979.  Water - Related Data of 129 Priority
    Pollutants.  EPA - 440/479-029a.  U.S. Environmental Protection
    Agency, Washington, D.C.  Two Volumes.
                                   H-l

-------
10.   Church, H.  1981.  Excavation Handbook.  McGraw-Hill Book Co.,
     New York, NY.   1,024 pp.

11.   Clark, D.E., P. Colombo,  and R.M. Neilson, Jr.  1982.  Solidification
     of Oils and Organic Liquids.  BNL-5162, prepared for:  Brookhaven
     National Laboratory.  U.S. Department of Energy, 25 pp.

12.   Clark, G.  1983.  Survey of Portable Hydraulic Dredges.  T.R. HL-83-4.
     U.S. Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.  Ill pp.

13.   Conway, R.A. ,  and R.D. Ross.  1980.  Handbook of Industrial Waste
     Disposal.  Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York, NY.

14.   Cope, F., G. Karpinksi, J. Pacey, and L. Steiner.  1984.  Use of Liners
     for Containment of Hazardous Waste Landfills.  Pollution Engineering.
     Vol. 16, No. 3.

15.   d'Angremond, K., J. Brakel, and A. Hoekstra.  1978.  Assessment of
     Certain European Dredging Practices and Dredged Material Containment
     and Reclamation Methods.   T.R. D-78-58, U.S. Army Engineer Waterways
     Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.  228 pp.

16.   Dawson, G.W.,  B.W. Mercer, and R.G. Parkhurst,  1976.  Comparative
     Evaluation of  In-Situ Aproaches to the Treatment of Flowing Streams.
     In:  Proceedings of 1976 National Conference on Control of Hazardous
     Materials Spills, New Orleans, LA.  April 25-28.

17.   DeRenzo, D.J., ed. 1978.   Unit Operations for Treatment of Hazardous
     Industrial Wastes.  Noyes Data Corporation, Park Ridge, NJ.  920 pp.

18.   Dorr-Oliver, undated.  The Dorr Clone Hydrocyclone.  Bulletin DC-2,
     Atlanta, GA.

19.   Eagle Iron Works.  July 1981.  Scalping-Classifying Tanks.  General
     Catalog Section B.

20.   Eagle Iron Works.  1982.   Fine and Coarse Material Washers.  General
     Catalog, Section C.  Des Moines, Iowa.

21.   EMCO.  Undated.  Imbiber Beads.  Product Literature.  Little Rock, AR.

22.   Environstone Gypsum Cement.  1982.  A Major Breakthrough in Radwaste
     Binder Technology.  TAC-225/USG/6-82, United States Gypsuir Company,
     Chicago, Illinois.

23.   Erickson, P.R. and J. Hurst.  1983.  Mechanical Dewatering of Dredge
     Slurries.  In:  Ninth Meeting, U.S.-Japan Conference on Management of
     Bottom Sediments Containing Toxic Substances, Jacksonville, Florida.
     October 17-18, 1983.  24 pp.
                                    H-2

-------
24.  Essoglou, M. et al.  A Transportable Open Ocean Breakwater.  In:
     Ocean: 75 Conference, Institute of Electrical and Electronic
     Engineering, Inc., San Diego, California, 1975.

25.  Ghassemi, M.K. Yu, and S. Quinlivan.  1981.  Feasibility of
     Commercialized Water Treatment Techniques for Concentrated Waste
     Spills.  Prepared for U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Municipal Environmental Protection Agency, Cincinnati, Ohio.  115 pp.

26.  Granlund, R.W., and J.F. Hayes, undated.  Solidification of Low-Level
     Radioactive Liquid Waste Using a Cement-Silicate Process.  Delaware
     Custom Material Inc., State College, Pennsylvania.  4 pp.

27.  Green, P.  1981.  Dewatering coal and refuse.  Coal Age.  May.
     p. 145-157.

28.  Haliburton, T.A.  1978.  Guidelines for Dewatering/Densifying
     Confined Dredged Material.  Dredged Material Research Program,
     Technical Report DS-78-11, prepared for:  Office, Chief of Engineers,
     U.S.  Army, Washington, D.C.  119 pp.

29.  Hand, T.D. , A.W. Ford, P.G. Malone, D.W. Thompson, and R.B. Mercer.
     1978.  A Feasibility Study of Response Techniques for Discharges
     of Hazardous Chemicals That Sink.  CG-D-56-78, U.S. Army Engineer
     Waterways Experiment Station.  Prepared for:  U.S. Coast Guard,
     Office of Research and Development, Washington, DC.

30.  IARC, International Agency for Research on Cancer, part of the
     World Health Organization.

31.  JBF Scientific Corporation 1978.  An Analysis of the Functional
     Capabilities and Performance of Silt Curtains.  T.R. D-78-39.  Office,
     Chief of Engineers, United States Army, Washington, DC.  182 pp.

32.  Jones, D. et al. 1979.  A Transportable Breakwater for Near-Shore
     Applications.  In:  Proceedings of the Specialty Conference, Civil
     Engineering in the Oceans, IV, San Francisco, California.  American
     Society of Civil Engineers.  433 pp.

33.  Jones, R.H., R.R. Williams, and T.K. Moore.  1978.  Development and
     Application of Design and Operation Procedures for Coagulation of
     Dredged Material Slurry and Containment Area Effluent.  Dredged
     Material Research Program, Technical Report D-78-54, Prepared for:
     Office, Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.  95 pp.

34.  JRB Associates.  1982.  Handbook:  Remedial Action at Waste Disposal
     Sites.  EPA-625/6-82-006.  Prepared for:  U.S. Environmental Protection
     Agency, Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, OH.  495 pp.

35.  Kaing, Y. and A.R. Metry.  1982.  Hazardous Waste Processing Technology.
     Ann Arbor Science Publishers, Inc., Ann Arbor, MI.  549 pp.
                                    H-3

-------
36.  Kent, J.A. (ed).  1974.  Riegels Handbook of Industrial Chemistry,
     7th Edition.  Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York.

37.  Kirk-Othmer.  1982.  Encyclopedia of Chemical Technology.  Third
     Edition.  John Wiley and Sons, New York.  24 Volumes.

38.  Krizek, R.J., J.A. Fitzpatrick and O.K. Atmatzidis.  1976.
     Investigation of Effluent Filtering Systems for Dredged Material
     Containment Facilities.  Dredged Material Research Program Report
     D-76-8, prepared for:  Office of Engineers, U.S. Army.  168 pp.

39.  Lewis, R.J. and R.L. Tatken (eds.).  1980 Edition.  Registry of
     Toxic Effects of Chemical Substances.  NIOSH publication # 81-116.
     U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Washington, DC.

40.  Long, B.W. and D.H. Grana.  1978.  Feasibility Study of Vacuum
     Filtration Systems for Dewatering Dredged Material.  Dredged
     Material Research Program, Technical Report D-78-5, prepared for:
     Office, Chief of Engineers, U.S. Army, Washington, D.C.  123 pp.

41.  Lubowitz, H.R. and C.C. Wiles.  1981.  Management of Hazardous
     Waste by a Unique Encapsulation Process.  In:  Land Disposal
     Hazardous Waste:  Proceeding of the Seventh Annual Research
     Symposium.  EPA-600/9-81-002b, Municipal Environmental Research
     Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.  pp. 91-102.

42.  Lyman, J.L.., .W.F. Reehl, and D.H. Rosenblatt.  1982.  Handbook of
     Chemical Property Estimation Methods.  McGraw Hill Book Company
  -  New York.  960 pp.

43.  Mabey et al.  1981.  Aquatic Fate Process Data for Organic Priority
     Pollutants.  EPA Report # 440/4-81-014.  USEPA Office of Water
     Regulations and Standards, Washington, D.C.  434 pp.

44.  Mackenthur, K.M., M.W. Brossman, J.A. Kohler, and C.R. Terrell.
     Approaches for Mitigating Kepone Contamination in the Hopewell/James
     River Area of Virginia.  In:  4th United States/Japan Experts Meeting
     on Management of Bottom Sediments Containing Toxic Substances.

45.  Mallory, C.W. and M.A. Nawrocki.  1974.  Containment Area Facility
     Concepts for Dredged Material Separation.  Dredged Material Research
     Program.  Report D-74-6, prepared for:  Environmental Effects
     Laboratory, U.S. Army Engineering Waterways Experiment Station,
     Vicksburg, MI.  236 pp.

46.  Malone, P.G., N.R. Francinques, and J.A. Boa,  1982.  Use of Grout
     Chemistry and Technology in the Containment of Hazardous Wastes.
     In:  Proceedings of Management of Uncontrolled Hazardous Waste Sites,
     Washington, D.C., Hazardous Materials Control Research Institute,
     Silver Spring, MD.
                                    H-4

-------
47.  McLellan, S.  1982.  Evaluation of the Use of Divers and/or Remotely
     Operated Vehicles in Chemically Contaminated Waters.  JRB Associates,
     prepared for:  EPA, Edison, NJ.  80 pp.

48.  Meritt, F.   1976.  Standard Handbook for Civil Engineers.  McGraw-Hill
     Book Co., New York, NY.  1,305 pp.

49.  Metcalf and Eddy, Inc. 1979.  Wastewater Engineering:  Treatment,
     Disposal, Reuse.  McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York, NY.  920 pp.

50.  Morrison, A.  1983.  Land Treatment of Hazardous Waste.  Civil
     Engineering.  Vol 53, No. 5.  pp 33-38.

51.  Nalco Chemical Co.  1979.  Nalco Water Handbook, McGraw-Hill Co.,
     New York, NY.  p. 12-1.

52.  National Academy of Sciences.  1977.  Drinking Water and Health.
     National Academy of Sciences, Washington, D.C.  939 pp.

53.  Natori, M.  Undated.  Japan Bottom Sediments Management Association,
     Tokyo, Japan.  Written communication to Kathleen Wagner, JRB Associates.
     14 pp.

54.  NIOSH.  Criteria Documents.  U.S. Department of Health, Education, and
     Welfare.  Numerous Documents.

55.  NUS Corporation.  1983.  Feasibility Study - Hudson River PCBs Site.
     USEPA Contract No. 68-01-6699.

56.  Oppelt, E. T.  1981.  Thermal Destruction Options for Controlling
     Hazardous Wastes.  Civil Engineering.  Vol 51, No. 9.  pp 72-75.

57.  Patty, F.A. et al.  1963.  Industrial Hygiene and Toxicology, 2nd
     Edition Revised.  Interscience (A division of John Wiley & Sons),
     New York.  Three volumes.

58.  Peddicord, R. K.  1980.  Technical Aspects of the US Regulations
     Governing Disposal of Dredged Material.  In:  Proceedings of Ninth
     World Dredging Conference - Dredging Progress in Equipment and Methods,
     Vancouver, British Columbia, Canada.  Oct 29-31.  1980.  pp 447-456.

59.  Pilie, R.J., R.E. Baier, R.C. Zieglar, R.P. Leonard, J.G. Michalovic,
     S.L. Peck, and D.H. Boch.  1975.   Methods to Treat, Control, and
     Monitor Spilled Hazardous Materials.  EPA-670/2-75-042, United States
     Environmental Protection Agency.

60.  Pradt, L.A. Developments in wet air oxidation.  Reprinted from
     Chemical Engineering Progress.  Volume 68, No. 12, 1972.   Updated
     1976.  pp. 72-77.
                                    H-5

-------
61.  Raymond, G.  1983.  Techniques to Reduce the Sediment Resuspension
     Caused by Dredging.  In:  Proceedings of the 16th Texas A&M Dredging
     Seminar (In Preparation), College Station, TX.  1983.

62.  Repa, E. et al.  1985 (In Press).  Leachate Plume Management.  EPA
     Office of Research and Development, Cincinnati, Ohio.

63.  Reynolds, J., J. Seamans, and A. Van der Steen 1977.  Trenching in
     Granular Soils.  In:  Second International Symposium on Dredging
     Technology, BHRA Fluid Engineering and Texas A&M University,
     November 2-4, 1977.  pp. E2-13, E2-20.

64.  Richardson, T. et al.  1982.  Pumping Performance and Turbidity
     Generation of Model 600/100 Pneuma Pump.  T.R. HL-82-8, U.S. Army
     Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.  660 pp.

65.  Sax, N.I., et al.  1979.  Dangerous Properties of Industrial Materials
     5th Edition.  Von Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York.  1118 pp.

66.  Seymour, R. 1977.  Tethered Float Breakwater:  A Temporary Wave
     Protection System for Open Ocean Construction.  In:  Eighth Annual
     Offshore Technology Conference, Houston, Texas,  p. 253.

67.  Sims, R. et al.  1984 (In Press).  Review of In-Place Treatment
     Techniques for Contaminated Surface Soils.  EPA 540/2-84-003a, Office
     of Solid Waste and Emergency Response, and Office of Research and
     Development, United States Environmental Protection Agency.

68".  Skinner, J.H.  1984.  Memorandum.  Draft Technical Guidance for
     Implementation of the Double Liner System Requirements of the RCRA
     Amendments.  USEPA, Office of Solid Waste, Washington, DC.
     December 20, 1984.

69.  Stoddard, S.K., G.A. Davis, H.M. Freeman, and P.M. Deibler.  1981.
     Alternatives to Land Disposal of Hazardous Wastes:  An Assessment
     for California.  Toxic Waste Assessment Group, Governer's Office of
     Appropriate Technology, State of California.  288 pp.

70.  Takenaka Doboku Co. Ltd., Takenaka Komuten Co., Ltd., and Toyo
     Construction Co., Ltd.  Undated.  Deep Chemical Mixing Method -
     product literature.  Japan.

71.  Tao Harbor Works.  Undated.  Tao Leaflet 78N-610.

72.  Toyo Construction Co., Ltd.  Undated.  Technical bulletin.  Tokyo,
     Japan.

73.  U.S. Coast Guard.  1978.  CHRIS A Condensed Guide to Chemical Hazards.
     Commandant Instruction M16465.ll.  U.S. Department of Transportation.
                                    H-6

-------
74.  U.S. Coast Guard.  1978.  CHRIS Hazardous Chemicals Data Manual.
     Commandant Instruction M16465.12.  U.S. Department of Transportation.

75.  U.S. Coast Guard.  1973.  CHRIS Hazard Assessment Handbook.  Commandant
     Instruction M16465.13.  U.S. Department of Transportation.

76.  U.S. Coast Guard.  1978.  CHRIS Response Methods Handbook.  Commandant
     Instruction M16465.14.  U.S. Department of Transportation.

77.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1979.  Process Design Manual:
     Sludge Treatment and Disposal.  EPA 625/1-79-011, Municipal
     Environmental Research Lab, Cincinnati, Ohio.

78.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1980.  Environmental Emergency
     Response Unit Capability.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency,
     Edison, New Jersey.  26 pp.

79.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1982.  Process Design Manual
     for Dewatering Municipal Wastewater Sludges.  EPA-625/1-82-014
     Municipal Environmental Research Laboratory, Cincinnati, Ohio.

80.  U.S. Environmental Protection.  1982.  Guide to the Disposal of
     Chemically Stabilized and Solidified Waste SW-872.  Office of Solid
     Waste and Emergency Response, Washington, D.C.  114 pp.

81.  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency.  1984.  Minimum Technology
     Guidance on Double Liner Systems for Landfills and Surface
     Impoundments—Design, Construction and Operation.  Draft.  Office
     of Solid Waste, Land Disposal Division, Washington, D.C.

82.  Verschueren, K.  1983.  Handbook of Environmental Data on Organic
     Chemicals, Second Edition.  Van Nostrand Reinhold Company, New York.
     1310 pp.

83.  Wetzel, R., K. Boyer, W. Ellis, A. Wickline, P. Spooner, K. Wagner,
     C. Furman, J. Meade,  and A. Lapins.  1985.  Removal and Mitigation
     of Contaminated Sediments.  Science Applications International
     Corporation.  Prepared for:  USEPA, Hazardous Waste Engineering
     Research Laboratory,  Edison, NJ, and U.S. Coast Guard, Office of
     Research and Development, Washington, DC.

84.  Windholz, M. et al. (ed.).  1976.   Merck Index.  Merck and Co.,
     Rahway, New Jersey.  1313 pp.

85.  Wuslich, M.G.  1982.   Criteria for Commercial Disposal of Hazardous
     Waste.   In:  Proceedings of National Conference on Management of
     Uncontrolled Hazardous Wastes.  Hazardous Materials Control Research
     Institute, Silver Spring, MD.  pp. 224-227.
                                    H-7

-------
                                 APPENDIX I

                     BLANK WORKSHEETS FOR DOCUMENTATION
                             AND DECISIONMAKING
     Blank copies of the following worksheets that are presented in the
body of this handbook are provided in this appendix:

        Discharge Summary Worksheet
        Spilled Substance Data Worksheet
        Water Body Data Collection Worksheet
        Environmental Setting Worksheet
        Exposure and Impact Data Worksheet
        Worksheet and Screening Response Categories
        Worksheet and Screening Response Techniques
        Worksheet and Development of Response Alternatives
        Alternatives Evaluation Worksheet.
It is recommended that additional, separate copies be made for use in field
response situations.
                                    1-1

-------
                       DISCHARGE SUMMARY WORKSHEET
Site
Time of Observation	Date_
Type of Water Body	"
CIRCUMSTANCES OF DISCHARGE

Location
Source
Cause.
Status (Circle One):    Discrete          Intermittent          Continuous

Time Elapsed Since Discharge Began	

Quantity of Material Released	 Rate of Release	

Duration of Release (if intermittent)
      Substances Released .                           Quantity
Form of Release (Circle One):
Powder    Crystal/Pellets    Chunks    Semi-Solid    Liquid                     J


EXTENT OF CONTAMINATION
          Sediments                                 Water Body
OBSERVATIONS
                                  1 of 1

-------
                       SPILLED SUBSTANCE DATA WORKSHEET
      Information
         Factor
Substance A  Information   Substance B  Information
               Source                     Source
1.  Specific Gravity
2.  Physical State
3.  Particle Size
4.  Water Solubility
5.  Water Reactivity
6.  Chemical Reactivity
7.  Ignitability
8.  Surface Tension
                                                               (continued)
                                    1 of 2

-------
                 SPILLED SUBSTANCE DATA WORKSHEET (continued)
      Information       Substance A  Information   Substance B  Information
         Factor                        Source                     Source
 9.   Octanol-water
     partition coeffi-
     cient
10.   Sediment-water
     partition coeffi-
     cient
11.   Bioaccumulation
12.   Aquatic persistence
13.   Transformation
     rate constants
     o  Hydrolysis
     o  Oxidation
     o  Biotrans-
        formation
14.   Toxicity
     o  Aquatic species
     o  Mammals
     o  Human
     o  Food chain
                                    2 of 2

-------
                    WATER BODY DATA COLLECTION WORKSHEET
Information                     Site-Specific             Information/
Requirements                        Data                     Source
WATER BODY;

Depth of Water Body
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Average

Width of Water Body
  Minimum
  Maximum
  Average

Water Current Direction
  Surface
  Subsurface

Water Current Velocity
  Surface
  Subsurface   .  ..

Tidal Cycle
  Time of high tide
  Time of low tide
  Velocity of tide
  Amplitude of tide

Wave Height
                                                             (continued)
                                   1 of 2

-------
              WATER BODY DATA COLLECTION WORKSHEET (continued)
Information                     Site-Specific             Information
Requirements                        Data                     Source
SEDIMENTS :

Depth to Contaminated
  Sediments

Sediment Type

Sediment Grain Size

Sediment Organic
  Carbon Content

WATER;

Suspended Particulate
  Concentration

Water Temperature
  Profile      . . .

Salinity- Profile


SEASONAL CONSIDERATIONS;

Seasonal Conditions
and Impacts
  Drought
  Snow melt
  Storm flood


SKETCH WATER BODY/CHANNEL CONFIGURATION (CROSS-SECTION)
                                   2 of 2

-------
                      ENVIRONMENTAL  SETTING WORKSHEET
                                                            Information
Site Information                                              Sources
DISTINCTIVE HABITATS  (Check and  list  if  near  spill  area)

	 1.  Breeding Grounds, Nesting, or Roosting  Sites
     2.  Wildlife/Refuges
     3.  Endangered Species Habitats
     4.  Marshes or  Swamps  (e.g., mangrove)
     5.  Subtidal Seagrass  Systems
     6.  Harvesting Beds
     7.  Coral Reefs
     8.  Soft Bottom Benthos
     9.  Unused Natural Ecosystem  (ecologically  or
         aesthetically important)
    10.  Other
                                                             (continued)
                                   1 of 3

-------
                ENVIRONMENTAL SETTING WORKSHEET  (continued)
                                                            Information
Site Information                                              Sources
ENDANGERED SPECIES (List)
SENSITIVE SPECIES  (Check if applicable and list)

	 1.  Aquatic (Fish/Shellfish)


	 2.  Birds	

	 3.  Reptiles/Amphibians

	 4.  Mammals	

     5.  Plants...
SENSITIVE WATER BODY USAGE (Check if applicable)

Type of Use                        Distance Downstream  From  Spill

CONSUMPTIVE WATER USE

	 1.  Drinking Water Supply
	 2.  Industrial Water Supply
	 3.  Irrigation
	 4.  Fire Water Supply
RECREATIONAL USE

	 1.  State/National Park
	 2.  Swimming
	 3.  Boating
	 4.  Fishing
     5.  Other
                                                             (continued)
                                    2 of  3

-------
                ENVIRONMENTAL  SETTING WORKSHEET  (continued)
                                                            Information
Site Information           '                                  Sources
COMMERCIAL USE  (Check  if applicable and  list)

     1.  Shellfish
     2.  Finfish
     3.  Resort area or other waterfront  property
     4.  Marinas
     5.  Harbor/Docks
     6.  Transportation  (shipping  lanes)
POTENTIAL RECEPTORS (Check if applicable and identify)

	 1.  Fish 	

     2.  Shellfish
     3.  Aquatic Plants
     4.  Reptiles/Amphibians
     5.  Other aquatic or benthic receptors
     6.  Birds
     7.  Mammals

     8.  Humans
Adapted from Byroad, Twedell, and LeBoff, 1981.


                                   3 of 3

-------
H
W
W

CO
5
O
W
OS

co
o
PL,
X
W
           H
           Z
           W  S
           H  OS
           O  <
           cx,  p2

           Z  OS
           o  o
               fc
           H
           Z
                  u
oS     co   s
w
OS  —

CO  M
O  S
O-l  M
X  H
Ed

    H
    Z
    W
           Eb M
           O OS
              3
           W CO

              2
              X
              a
           w os
           "" o
              w
           CO O
           u w
           OS OS
                                                             1  of   1

-------
                WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE CATEGORIES
  I. Select the site scenario that characterizes the existing site
     conditions (check one or both):

     	 Contaminants are relatively stationary.

     	 Contaminants are mobile.


 II. As identified in Table 4-1, Column B, the preferred response category,
     or "train" of categories, is as follows:

     (1)  	   (3)  	

     (2)                        	   (4)  	   	    	
III.  Applicability of the preferred response category:

     Ilia.  Is containment necessary for implementation of removal
            (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to Illb)            No (go to IIIc)

     Illb.  Is containment applicable (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to IIIc)            No (go to IVa & d)

     IIIc.  Is immediate and total removal physically applicable
            (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to Hid)            No (go to IVa, b & c)

     Hid.  Does removed material require treatment? (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to Hie)            No (go to IHf)


     Hie.  Is treatment applicable (circle one)?

                   Yes (go to Hlf)            No (go to iVd)
                                                   (continued)
                                   1 of 3

-------
         WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE CATEGORIES (continued)
    Illf.   Is disposal of removed material or treatment residuals
           necessary (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to Illg)            No (go to Illh)

    Illg.   Is disposal applicable (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to Illh)            No (go to IVa & d)

    Illh.   The preferred response category is applicable at the site.  The
           reasons for its applicability are as follows:
IV.  Other Response Categories:

    IVa.   Summarize the reasons why the preferred response category is
           not applicable at the site.
    IVb.   Is immediate partial removal applicable (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to IVbl)            No (go t IVc)

           IVbl.  Does partially removed material require treatment?
                  (circle one)?

                         Yes (go to IVb2)             No (go to IVb3)

           IVb2.  Is treatment applicable (circle one)?

                         Yes (go to IVb3)             No (go to IVd)

           IVb3.  Is disposal necessary (circle one)?

                         Yes (go to IVb4)             No (go to V)

           IVb4.  Is disposal applicable (circle one)?

                         Yes (go to V)                No (go to IVd)


                                                     (continued)
                                  2 of 3

-------
         WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE CATEGORIES (continued)



    IVc.   Can removal be temporarily delayed (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to Hid)            No (go to IVd)

    IVd.   Is in situ response applicable (circle one)?

                  Yes (go to V)               No (go to IVe)

    IVe.   "No action" should be considered.

           (go to V)
 V. Based on existing site conditions, the following other response catego-
    ries are applicable at the site:

    o  Partial removal (accompanied by treatment and/or disposal)
    o  Removal implementation delay
    o  In situ treatment/isolation
    o  No action possible
       (go to VI)
VI. Summary:

    Via.   The following response categories are applicable at the site:

           o  Containment
           o  Removal
           o  Treatment
           o  Disposal
           o  In situ treatment/isolation
           o  No action

    VIb.   Comments:
                                  3 of 3

-------
                WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE TECHNIQUES
Identify those categories and Response Techniques that are applicable
under existing site conditions.
       Containment Techniques

       Containment curtains
       Trenches and pits
       Dikes and berms
       Cofferdams
       Temporary cover material
       Pneumatic barriers
       Floating breakwater

       Removal Techniques

       Mechanical dredges
         - Dipper dredges
         - Bucket ladder dredges
         - Clamshell dredges
         - Draglines
         - Conventional earth
             excavation equipment
       Hydraulic dredges
         - Plain suction dredge
         - Cutterhead dredge
         - Dustpan dredge
         - Hopper dredge
         - Portable hydraulic dredge
         - Hand-held hydraulic dredge
       Pneumatic dredges
         - Airlift dredge
         - Pneuma dredge
         - Oozer dredge
Comments Regarding
Applicability/Inapplicability
                                                       (continued)
                                   1 of 3

-------
   WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE TECHNIQUES (continued)
Treatment Techniques for Removed Material

Sediment/water separation         	
  - Settling basins               	
  - Hydraulic classifiers         	
  - Spiral classifiers            	
  - Cyclones                      	
  - Filters                       	
Sediment dewatering               	
  - High-rate gravity settlers    	
  - Centrifuges                   	
  - Belt press filters            	
  - Vacuum filters                	
  - Pressure filters              	
Water treatment                   	
  - Adsorption                    	
  - Ultrafiltration               	
  - Reverse osmosis               	
  - Ion exchange                  	
  - Biological treatment          	
  - Precipitation                 	
  - Wet air oxidation             	
  - Ozonation                     	
  - Ultraviolet radiation         	
  - Discharge to publicly owned
      treatment works             	
Sediment treatment                	
  - Contaminant immobilization    	
  - Contaminant treatment
Disposal Techniques

Sediments
  - Land disposal
  - Open water disposal
Water
  - Discharge to surface water
  - Land application
  - Deep well injection
Treatment residuals
  - Land disposal
  - Incineration
  - Land application
  - Deep well injection
                                                 (continued)
                            2 of 3

-------
   WORKSHEET FOR SCREENING RESPONSE TECHNIQUES (continued)
In Situ Treatment and Isolation Techniques

Treatment                         	
  - Sorption                      ^^^^^_^
 . - Chemical treatment            ^_^^^^^
  - Biological treatment          	
Isolation                         	
  - Capping                       	
  - Covering                      	
  - Fixation
                            3 of 3

-------






C/2
W
>
1— 1
H
Z
fyt
«M
M
H
3
W
CO
z
0
O-i
C/3
§
r_
NM
O
H
Z
Oi
o
J
W
>
u
Q
Oi
£

H
M
U
W
o
«£










3
4J
1-1
C/2
^1
rH
«0
CO
o
c,
w
•H
O







4J
C
0)
e
4-1
to
0)
(-1








t-H
CO
>
O
E
0)
Oi


c

•H
!0
^
O)
4-1
,— 1
<:
o
4J
0)

-------
                       co   en
                   »-l  C   4-1
                   01  tJ   C
                  jr  a)   a)
                   4J  u   E
                  o  c   s
                       o   o
                   CO
                   o
                  CJ
                   0)
                  M-l
                   CO
                  C/2
Ed
o

z
o
M
H
o

§
                   C  i-l
                   O   CO
                       C  CL,
                          ^2  4J   O
                           a  .-I   ca
 >  0)
 c  e
ta



 I
4-1
 C  >,
 01  4J
 e -H
 tt) iH
i—I -H
 D. JO
 e  «
                                    O,
                                    a
                           c
                           CO
M

H
                 JO
                  CO
                  0)
                  o
                  c
                  CO
                  o
                 U-4
                  01
                 P-c
                                                                                                                                                                           4
                  II

                  >
                  CO
                  c
                           CO
                           0)  4J ^v
                           >  C  4J
                          -H  CU  0)
                          4-1  e  CD
                           cfl  D. j3
                                   *
                      a;
                      W  4J   >
                 i-l      i-l   0)
                 
-------